e- tender form - rajasthan › tender › tenderform30815.pdf · e- tender form . signed &...

Signed & sealed by the tenderer (RCDF)

in token of acceptance of above) Jaipur

0

Tender ID 2016_RCDF_30815_1

FOR

“DESIGN, SUPPLY, ERECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF 25

KLPD DAIRY PLANT ALONGWITH UTILITIES ON TURN KEY BASIS”

AT VILLAGE SARDARPURA, PANCHAYAT BABAI, TEHSIL KHETRI

DISTRICT JHUNJHUNU (RAJ.).

RAJASTHAN COOPERATIVE DAIRY FEDERATION LIMITED

SARAS SANKUL, JAWAHARWAL NEHRU MARG, JAIPUR

Phone No: 0141-2702501-508, Telefax: 0141-2710209, 0141-2702135

Website: www.sarasmilkfed.coop, E-mail: [email protected]

E- TENDER FORM

http://www.sarasmilkfed.coop/

mailto:[email protected]



1

RAJASTHAN CO-OPERATIVE DAIRY FEDERATION LTD.,

“SARAS SANKUL”,J.L.N. MARG, JAIPUR–302017 Phone No. 0141-2702501-508 : Telefax 0141-2702135 : Website : sarasmilkfed.rajasthan.gov.in

E-mail : [email protected], [email protected]

No. RCDF/DPM& Proj./(C-4008)/2015-16 Dated 26.02.2016

NOTICE INVITING TENDERS

E-Tenders are invited for “Design, Supply, Erection, Testing and Commissioning on Turn-key

basis for 25 KLPD Dairy plant at Khetri (Jhunjhunu), 20KLPD Milk Chilling plant at Ghadsana

(Sriganganagr), 500MT Grain Silos at CFP, Lambiakala (Bhilwara) & Pali, Civil works for Godown

& Expansion of Ghee section at Kota dairy for Rs. 56.50 lacs, Construction of C.C. Road &

Hard pad at CFP, Jodhpur for Rs. 50.00 lacs, Civil work for Seed Godown at SPP, Bikaner for

Rs. 47.00 lacs & Civil work for construction of RMG at CFP, Lamiakala (Bhilwara) for Rs.

150.00 lacs. Details can be obtained from our website www.sarasmilkfed.rajasthan.gov.in &

http://eproc.rajasthan.gov.in, www.sppp.rajasthan.gov.in i.e. spp portal.

General Manager (DPM & Proj.) Copy to:-

1. General Manager (P & A), RCDF, Jaipur – please arrange to get the above NIT

published in daily news papers as per norms.

2. Manager (Systems), RCDF, Jaipur – Please arrange to get the above NIT uploaded on

the RCDF website also with the enclosed detaild NIT and tender forms and also arrange

to published the same with individual tender ID on e-procurement website by

02.03.2016.

3. Dy.Manager (Systems), RCDF, Jaipur Nodal officer, State Public Procurement Portal –

Please also arrange to get the above NIT/Tenders uploaded on the State Public

Procurement Portal by 3.00 PM on 02.03.2016.

General Manager (DPM & Proj.)



http://www.sarasmilkfed.rajasthan.gov.in/

http://eproc.rajasthan.gov.in/



2

RAJASTHAN CO-OPERATIVE DAIRY FEDERATION LTD.,

“SARAS SANKUL”,J.L.N. MARG, JAIPUR–302017 Phone No. 0141-2702501-508 : Telefax 0141-2702135 : Website : sarasmilkfed.rajasthan.gov.in

E-mail : [email protected], [email protected]

No. RCDF/DPM& Proj./(C-4008)/2015-16 Dated 26.02.2016

NOTICE INVITING TENDERS

E-Tenders are invited for “Design, Supply, Erection, Testing and Commissioning on Turn-key basis

for 25 KLPD Dairy plant at Khetri (Jhunjhunu), 20KLPD Milk Chilling plant at Ghadsana

(Sriganganagr), 500MT Grain Silos at CFP, Lambiakala (Bhilwara) & Pali, Civil works for Godown

& Expansion of Ghee section at Kota dairy for Rs. 56.50 lacs, Construction of C.C. Road &

Hard pad at CFP, Jodhpur for Rs. 50.00 lacs, Civil work for Seed Godown at SPP, Bikaner for

Rs. 47.00 lacs & Civil work for construction of RMG at CFP, Lambiakala (Bhilwara) for Rs.

150.00 lacs. Details can be obtained from our website www.sarasmilkfed.rajasthan.gov.in &

http://eproc.rajasthan.gov.in, www.sppp.rajasthan.gov.in i.e. spp portal.


Table A S.

No Description of Item Total

Qty.

(In nos.)

Place/Plant/ M.U./CFP

Tender ID No. Pre bid

conference

at 11 AM

Tender

opening

date at 3.30

PM

EMD

(in Rs.)

1 Design, Supply, Erection,

Testing and Commissioning

of 25 KLPD Dairy plant

alongwith utilities on Turn-

key basis at Khetri

(Jhunjhunu) (Raj.)

1 Lot Khetri

(Jhunjhunu) 2016_RCDF_

30815_1 16.03.2016 06.04.2016 7,00,000/-



of 20 KLPD Milk Chilling

plant alongwith utilities on

Turn-key basis at Ghadsana

(Sriganganagar) (Raj.)

1 Lot Ghadsana

(Sri-

ganganagar)

2016_RCDF_

30816_1 16.03.2016 06.04.2016 3,00,000/-



of Grain Silos of 500MT

alongwith civil works on

Turnk Key basis at Cattle

Feed plant Lambiakala

(Bhilwara) & Pali (Raj.)

2 Set CFP

Lambiakala

(Bhilwara)

- 01 CFP,

Pali - 01

2016_RCDF_

30817_1 17.03.2016 07.04.2016 5,00,000/-

Requisite tender fee as well as EMD in the form of DD/Pay Order favouring RCDF Ltd., Jaipur and tender processing

fees in the form of DD/Pay Order favouring Managing Director, RISL must accompany the tender documents failing

which the tenders shall not be considered. Each item shall be considered as separate and independent and decided

accordingly. Tender fees, EMD alongwith processing fees should be deposited in the physical form upto tender

submission date i.e. preceding working day of respective tender opening date and will be received upto 3.00 PM.

M.D., RCDF reserves the right to accept or reject any or all tenders in part or full without assigning any reason thereof.




http://www.sarasmilkfed.rajasthan.gov.in/

http://eproc.rajasthan.gov.in/



3

: 2 :

Table B

Work No. 04: Expansion of Ghee Section & Civil work for Godown at Kota Dairy.

Tender ID No. : 2016_RCDF_30818_1 1 Estimated cost of construction work - Rs. 56.50 Lacs.

2 Earnest money

(By D.D. only in favour of RCDF Ltd; Jaipur)

- Rs. 1,13,000/-

3 Tender Fees


- Rs. 1000/-

4 Tender Processing Fees

(By D.D. only in favour of MD, RISL payable at Jaipur)

- Rs. 1000/-

5 Date & time of downloading of tender - 15.03.2016, 9.30 AM to

30.03.2016, 5.00 PM

6 Date & time of submission of tender - 15.03.2016, 9.30 AM to

30.03.2016, 5.00 PM

7 Date & Time of opening of tender - 31.03.2016 at 11.00 AM

8 Completion period of work - 06Months

9 Validity of quoted rate in tender - 90 Days

Work No. 05 : Construction of C.C. Road & Hard Pad at CFP, Jodhpur.

Tender ID No. : 2016_RCDF_30819_1 1 Estimated cost of construction work - Rs. 50.00 Lacs.

2 Earnest money


- Rs. 1,00,000/-

3 Tender Fees


- Rs. 1000/-



- Rs. 1000/-


30.03.2016, 5.00 PM


30.03.2016, 5.00 PM




Contd...3



4

: 3 :

Work No. 06 : Civil work for Seed Godown at SPP, Bikaner.

Tender ID No. : 2016_RCDF_30820_1

1 Estimated cost of construction work - Rs. 47.00 Lacs.

2 Earnest money


- Rs. 94,000/-

3 Tender Fees


- Rs. 1000/-



- Rs. 500/-


30.03.2016, 5.00 PM


30.03.2016, 5.00 PM




Work No. 07 : Civil work for construction of RMG at CFP, Lambiakala (Bhilwara).

Tender ID No. : 2016_RCDF_30821_1

1 Estimated cost of construction work - Rs. 150.00 Lacs.

2 Earnest money


- Rs. 3,00,000/-

3 Tender Fees


- Rs. 1000/-



- Rs. 1000/-


30.03.2016, 5.00 PM


30.03.2016, 5.00 PM


8 Completion period of work - 10 Months


Requisite tender fee as well as EMD in the form of DD/Pay Order favouring RCDF Ltd., Jaipur and tender

processing fees in the form of DD/Pay Order favouring Managing Director, RISL must accompany the tender

documents failing which the tenders shall not be considered. Tender fees, EMD alongwith processing fees

should be deposited in physical form as per scheduled date & time of submission of tender before 31.03.2016

(10.30 AM) for works shown in Table B.

M.D., RCDF reserves the right to accept or reject any or all tenders in part or full without assigning any

reason thereof.




5

1. Manager (Systems), RCDF, Jaipur – Please arrange to get the above NIT uploaded on the RCDF

website also with the enclosed detaild NIT and tender forms and also arrange to published the same

with individual tender ID on e-procurement website by 02.03.2016.

2. Dy.Manager (Systems), RCDF, Jaipur Nodal officer, State Public Procurement Portal – Please also

arrange to get the above NIT/Tenders uploaded on the State Public Procurement Portal by 3.00 PM

on 02.03.2016.




6

Important Information

Subject: e-Procurement/tendering system at RCDF

Government of Rajasthan has decided to implement e-procurement system for their

departments and PSU to enhance efficiency & transparency in public procurement from April

2012, in which all purchases/ works/ services etc. of value ` 50.00 Lacs or above will be

processed electronically through State e-procurement portal i.e. www.eproc.rajasthan.gov.in.

Accordingly at RCDF, the existing process of manually submitting bids will be discontinued.

Information regarding tenders will be posted on the above mentioned website & bids will also

be accepted via the website. A registered user with a valid Digital Signature Certificate (DSC)

will be able to access the website, view & download tender details, fill in tender bids & upload

(send) to the website. At the scheduled time of tender opening, details of all bids can be viewed

by the bidders.

Requirement for participating: Internet access (details available on the home page of website

www.eproc.rajasthan.gov.in), DSC & registration on the website.

Bidders will need to get a class III digital certificate with encryption – decryption facility

through controller of certifying authorities (CCA) approved certifying agencies. Information

regarding DSC is available at the home page under ‘Information regarding DSC’. A

bidder should enroll on the e-procurement website & register the DSC. Please arrange to fulfill

the necessary requirements of e-procurement, since only the authorized bidders can participate

in the tender.

A additional fee ( Rs.1000/- per tender/bidder for tender value > 50.00 lacs) is payable to

RajCOMP info services ltd.(RISL) for participating in e-procurement.

Help manual for bidder is available on the home page of the website under ‘Help for

contractors’. You can also call on 0141-4022688 & 1800-233-7315 for any assistance

regarding e-procurement during office hours.

Bidders training will be provided free of cost by RISL.

You may contact concerning department for further clarification(s).


http://www.eproc.rajasthan.gov.in/

http://www.eproc.rajasthan.gov.in/



7

Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation Limited “Saras Sankul” J.L.N. Marg, Jaipur-302 017

Phone No.2702501 : Fax 2702135 : Website : www.sarasmilkfed.rajasthan.gov.in : E-mail: [email protected]

No. RCDF/DPM& Proj./(C-4008)/2015-16/884-87 Dated 29.02.2016

INDEX

S.N. PARTICULARS PAGE NO.

1. NIT 01-06

2. INDEX 07-08

3. CHECK LIST OF DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED 09

4. ELIGIBILITY & QUALIFICATIONS CRITERION 10-12

5. SYNOPSIS OF TENDER 13-17

6. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS 18-37

7. ADDITIONAL GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS 38-41

8. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ERECTION

CONTRACT WHEREEVER APPLICABLE 42-83

9. ANNEXURE – I Tender Acceptance Letter (to be given on

Company letter head) 84

10. ANNEXURE –

II

Section –I Manufacturers authorization

form format 85

11. ANNEXURE –

III

Section –II- Schedule-I format of Major

works completed during past five years. 86

12. ANNEXURE –

IV

Section –II- Schedule-II format of Works

in hand during current year 87

13. ANNEXURE –

V

Section –III- Technical Deviation

statement format 88

14. ANNEXURE –

VI

Rate quotation form for supply / supply,

installation & commissioning of

equipment. Rates to be filled in prescribed

file .XLS only.

89-94

15. ANNEXURE –

VII

Form of agreement required to be

submitted by the supplier 95-97

16. ANNEXURE –

VIII

Form of Bank Guarantee for 30% advance

payment 98-99

17. ANNEXURE –

IX

Performa of Bank Guarantee for

releasing 10% balance payment. 100-101

18. ANNEXURE-

IX(A) Performa bank guarantee for EMD & SD 102-103



8

18. ANNEXURE – X

Detailed technical specification Sub section-1 Project information

Sub section-2 Instruction to bidder

Sub section -3 Design basis

Sub section-4 Responsibilities

Sub section-5 Project management

Sub section-6 Scope of supply and

technical specification

Sub section-7 Battery Limits

Sub section-8 Deviation from technical

requirement

Sub section-9 Joint data and Documents

Sub section-10 Bidders Meetings

104

105-108

109-112

113-117

118-120

121-125

126-129

130-305

306-307

308-309

310-311

312-313

19. List of Recommended Makes 314-316

20. BUILDING LAYOUT PLANS 317-320



9

A check list of documents required to be submitted

(Each Tenderer is required to upload the required documents failing which the tender will become

liable for no further consideration/evaluation)

Sr.

no. Particulars Cover

Yes/No Page No.

1. Copies of documents defining the constitution of tendering firm along with duly attested power

of attorney for participating in tender on behalf of the firm.

Cover-

A

2. Whether manufacturer if yes please attach scanned copy of manufacturing licence. Cover-

A

If no, manufacturer’s authorization form be uploaded as per Section I. Cover-

A

3. Submit experience of past performance in works of similar nature within the past five years as

per Schedule I of Section II. (Attach copies of Purchase Orders & performance certificates).

Cover-

A

4. Submit details of current works in hand and other contractual commitments, if any, as per

Schedule II of Section II. (Attach copies of Purchase Orders).

Cover-

A

5. Submit Technical Deviation statement form as per Section III. (Where there is no deviation, the

statement should be uploaded duly signed with an endorsement indicating “No Deviations”.

Cover-

A

6. Enclose P&L statement and balance sheet for last three years. (Summary only) Cover-

A

7. Enclose information regarding current litigation if any. Cover-

A

8. Furnish copies of documents showing that the bidder has completed three dairy projects for

similar and higher capacity during the last five years.

Cover-

A

9. Submit copy of IT returns submitted for the previous three years. Cover-

A

10. Submit copy of PAN Card Cover-

A

11. Submit copies of Sales Tax Returns submitted for the previous three year. Cover-

A

12. Submit copy of Registration certificate of VAT Cover-

A

13. Submit acceptance of tender document and specifications in the enclosed format. Do not up-

load tender document.

Cover-

A

14. Scanned copy of Demand Draft of Rs. 1,000/-, for each item separately, in favour of MD,

RCDF payable at Jaipur, towards the tender fee.

Cover-

A

15. Scanned copy of Demand Draft towards the prescribed EMD in favour of MD, RCDF, payable

at Jaipur.

Cover-

A

16. Scanned copy of Demand Draft of Rs. 1000/- towards the Tender Processing Fee in favour of

MD, RISL Payable at Jaipur

Cover-

A

17. Please furnish your complete Correspondence address along with all details viz. Telephone

Numbers, Fax Numbers, E-mail ID and the name & designation of the contact person(s) &

his/their mobile numbers. The information may be submitted on the firm’s letter head.

Cover-

A

18. Submit a list of recommended spare parts along with their individual prices valid for one year,

as per clause 3.2, in PDF format in part two of the bid.

Cover-

A

19. Rates quotation in prescribed .XLS file only. Cover-

B

Note : Please submit the documents as per check list S. No. and also mention the S. No. on respective

documents.



10

Eligibility & Qualifications Criterion

1. The bidder shall furnish, as Part-I of its bid, documents establishing the bidder’s eligibility

to bid and its qualifications to perform the contract if its bid is accepted. The bidder

should also give information in the format attached to the bid document.

2. The documentary evidence of the bidder’s qualification to perform the contract if

its bid is accepted shall establish to the purchaser’s satisfaction :

(a) that in the case of a bidder offering to supply goods under the contract

which the bidder did not manufacture or otherwise produce the bidder has

been duly authorised by the goods manufacturer or producer to supply the

goods. The bid shall include Manufacturers Authorisation Form given under

Section-I ANNEXURE – I. Offers from other agents, brokers & middlemen

shall not be accepted.

(b) that the bidder has the financial, technical and production capability

necessary to perform the contract. To this end, all bids submitted shall

include the following information under Section – II :

(i) Copies of original documents defining the constitution or legal status,

place of registration and principal place of business of the company

or firm or partnership etc.

(ii) Power of Attorney or a true copy thereof duly attested by a Gazetted

Officer in case an authorised representative has signed the bid.

(iii) Details of experience and past performance of the bidder (or each

party to a joint venture) on works of similar nature within the past

five years, and details of current works in hand and other contractual

commitments shall be submitted as per Schedule-I ANNEXURE – III

and Schedule-II ANNEXURE – IV given in Section-II respectively

of this bidding document.

(iv) Reports on financial standing of the bidder such as profit and loss

statements, balance sheets of the past three years. (Summery only)

(v) Information regarding any current litigation, past debarment /

blacklisting in which the bidder is involved is required to be

furnished.



11

3. For the purpose of establishing the bidders ability to execute this particular,

contract, bidders shall submitted following document:

(a) The bidder should be in business of the jobs tendered for a minimum period

of three years at the time of bid opening.

(b) The bidder’s annual financial turnover in last three years shall not be less than

Rs. 12 Crore in each year.

(c) The bidder shall have completed the three dairy projects of similar or above

capacity in last five years.

(d) The bidder shall furnish a copy of the Income Tax Returns for the last three

years.

4. Bid submitted by a joint venture of two or more firms as partners shall comply

with the following requirements :

(a) the bid and in case of a successful bid, the form of agreement shall be signed

so as to be legally binding on all the partners;

(b) one of the partners shall be nominated as being incharge and this authorisation

shall be evidenced by submitted a power of attorney signed by legally

authorised signatories of all the partners;

(c) the partner incharge shall be authorised to incur liabilities and received

instructions for an on behalf of any and all the partners of the joint venture

and the entire execution of the contract including payment shall be done

exclusively with the partner incharge;

(d) all the partners of the joint venture shall be liable jointly and severally for the

execution of the contract in accordance with the contract terms and a relevant

statement to this effect shall be included in the authorisation mentioned (b)

above as well as in the form of bid and the form of agreement (in case of the

successful bid) and

(e) a copy of the agreement entered into by the joint venture partners shall be

submitted with the bid. The tenderer should have completed atleast one

project under joint venture with same name and style.

(f) experience, resources, men and machinery of each party to the joint venture

will be taken into account only to the extent of their participation for

performing tasks under the joint venture agreement.

(g) all the partners of the joint venture shall be liable jointly and severally for the

execution of the contract in accordance with the contract terms and a relevant

statement to this effect shall be included in the authorisation mentioned (b)

above as well as in the form of bid and the form of agreement (in case of the

successful bid) and

(h) a copy of the agreement entered into by the joint venture partners shall be

submitted with the bid;

(i) Experience, resources, men and machinery of each party to the joint venture

will be taken into account only to the extent of their participation for

performing tasks under the joint venture agreement.



12

5. Documents Establishing Goods – Eligibility and Conformity to Bidding

Documents.

5.1 The bidder shall furnish as part of its bid, documents establishing the eligibility and

conformity to the bidding documents of all goods and services which the bidder

proposes to supply under the contract.

5.2 The documentary evidence of the goods and services eligibility shall consist of a

statement in the price schedule on the country of origin of the goods and services

offered which shall be confirmed by a certificate of origin issued at the time of

shipment.

5.3 The documentary evidence of the goods and services conformity to the bidding

documents may be in the form of literature, drawing and data and shall furnish :

(a) a detailed description of the goods essential technical and performance

characteristics;

(b) a list giving full particulars, including available sources and current prices of

all spare parts, special tools etc. necessary for the proper and continuing

functioning of the goods for a period of two years, following commencement

of the goods use by the purchaser ; and

(c) a statement of deviations and exceptions to the provisions of the technical

specifications demonstrating the goods and services substantial

responsiveness to those specifications in the form provided under Section-

III ANNEXURE – V.

5.4 The bidder should clearly confirm that all the facilities exist for inspection and

shall be made available to the inspecting authority.

5.5 Pursuant to Clause-5.3(c) above, the bidder shall note that standards for

workmanship, material and equipment, and references to brand names of catalogue

numbers designated by the purchaser in its technical specifications are intended to

be descriptive only and not restrictive. The bidder may substitute alternative

standards, brand names and/or catalogue numbers in its bid, provided that it

demonstrates to the purchaser’s satisfaction that the substitutions are substantially

equivalent or superior to those designated in the technical specifications.

5.6 The bidder shall furnish Photo copy of PAN card.

5.7 The bidder shall furnish Photo copy of VAT registration.



13

SYNOPSIS OF THE TENDER

1.0 Purchaser : The Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation Ltd., Jaipur

Saras Sankul, Jawaharlal Nehru Marg, Jaipur

2.0 Contact : Phone No.2702501 : Fax 2702135 : Website : www.sarasmilkfed.coop

: E-mail: [email protected]

E-mail: [email protected]

3.0 Job : “DESIGN, SUPPLY, ERECTION, TESTING AND

COMMISSIONING OF 25 KLPD DAIRY PLANT

ALONGWITH UTILITIES ON TURN KEY BASIS” AT

KHETARI DISTRICT JHUNJHUNU (RAJ.).

4.0 Exclusions : All Workshop Tools & Machines, Sanitary Installation, Water

Disposal, Water Hydrants, Environmental Works, Laboratory

Glassware, Chemicals & Equipment, Workshop tools, furniture,

Telephone & Intercom Systems and civil works.

5.0 Scope of Work: The scope of work includes design, supply, installation, testing &

commissioning of plant and machinery, utilities as per list

detailed below:-

S.

No

Particulars Quantity

(in Nos.)

1. Electric Weighing Scale with bowl 500 Kg., & dock automa+tion 1 Set

2. Chain Can Conveyor with can tipping bar (powered ) 1 No.

3. Dump Tanks -

1000 Kg. x 2 (for good milk & sour milk)

2 Nos.

4. S.S. can Scrubber 2 Nos.

5. Can drip saver 1 No.

6. Platform balance 100 Kg. 1 No.

7. Milk Pumps 10,000 LPD / 3.5 HP 4 Nos.

8. Balance tank 200 ltrs. 8 Nos.

Sub Total (A)

B) Process Section :

1. Milk Chillers 10,000LPH 1 No.

2. Milk Pasteurizer 5,000 LPH expandable to 10000 LPH 1 No.

3. Milk Separator 5,000 LPH 1 No.

4. Raw Milk Storage Tanks (HMST) 15 KL 2 Nos.

5. Pasteurised Milk Storage Tanks (HMST) 15 KL 2 Nos.

6. Cream Ripening Tanks 5 KL 1 No.

8. Butter Churn 2 KLPH 1 No.

9. Milk Pumps 10,000 LPH (3.5 HP) 4 Nos.

10 Ghee Kettle 1000 L. 1 No.

11. Ghee Settling Tank 1000 L 1 No.

12. Butter melting Vat 1000 L 1 Set

13. Ghee & Butter Oil pumps 5000 ltr. per hr. 2 Nos.

14. Ghee Clarifier 1 KLPH 1 No.



14

15. Ghee storage tank Cap. 2.5 Ltrs. 1 No.

16. Sour Milk Separator 2 Nos.

17. Butter Trolley cap. 600 Kg. 2 Nos.

18. Ghee pouch filling machine cap. 1500 1 No.

Sub Total (B)

C) Liquid Milk Packing :

1. Form fill and Seal Machine (Mechanical) 1 No.

2. Crate Conveyors / Rollers 1 No.

3. Plastic Crates 2000

Nos.

4. Milk / ghee pouch collection tray arrangement 1 Lot.

5 Manual operated jet type crate washer. 1 No.

Sub Total (C )

D) Services 1. Complete Refrigeration Plant with Ice Bank system with suitable IBTs,

Ammonia Compressors, Condensers, Condenser Pumps, etc.

1 Lot

2. Cold store of 7Mtr* 7Mtr. size with AHUs, insulation, doors, air curtains, safety

devices etc.

1 No.

3. (a) Boiler 1000 Kg./ hour -

(b) Chimney for 1 Ton boiler

(c) Boiler feed water tank Cap.2000 ltr

(d) F.O. Service Tank cap. 825 Ltrs. with structure

(e) F.O. tanks of 35 KL with, F.O. Loading & Unloading system with oil pumps,

oil service line, with heating arrangement etc.

1 No.

1 No.

1 No.

1 No.

1 Lot

4. Water softening plant with accessories 100000ltrs. per day 1 Set 5. Air Compressor (Screw) 1 Set 6. RO system 5000 per hr. alongwith PVC tank & pipe lines etc 1 Set

Sub Total (D)

E) Electricals :

1. Complete electrical work consisting of HT panel for 11 KVA 3 phase 50

Hrs. AC Supply, AC Supply, OCB/VCB, Electric panels for

(Refrigeration, dock, Ghee, Butter section, pre-pack, boiler, ETP)

Transformer with 315 KVA with accessories (H-Pole, ACB, distribution,

boards, HT cable, Automatic power factor control capacitor bank, control

panels, LT cables various size.

1 Lot

Sub Total (E)

F) General :

1. D.G. Set 160 KVA 1 Lot

2. Erection & commissioning of equipments along with allied pipe lines i.e.

(SS pipe line, GI pipe line with required valves, MS Pipe line HP / LP

with insulation and steam valves)

1 Lot

3. Work shop tools 1 Lot

4. Lab equipments 1 Lot

5. Fire fighting / safety equipment 1 Lot

6. Effluent treatment plant 1 Lot

Total Scope, Mechanical & Electrical Equipment (A+B+C+D+E+F)



15

Note:-

(1.) The plant & machinery, utilities shall be supplied as per respective specification

detailed at Annexure -

(2.) The tenderer should provide plant and machinery layout defining inter-connection of

equipment and flow of milk, water, steam etc.

(3.) Approvals are required from RCDF before fabrication of equipment and for the

execution of awarded work:- General arrangement drawing of the IBT coils,

accumulator and valves arrangement shall have to be got approved by the contractor

before fabrication.

(4.) Steam generation system : Boiler with chimney, feed water tank, day oil service tank, Furnace Oil tank, FO loading &

unloading system with allied pipelines, heat tracing etc, PRS, High/low pressure line,

expansion joint, steam/water flow meter, water softener, steam trapes, condensate recovery

system.

(5) Complete electrical work

Metering system, HT/LT panel with equipped with all safety control, VCB/ACBs,

transformers, DG Set, APFC panel, HT & LT cables, cable tray.

(6) In addition to the standers mentioned, all works shall also conform to the requirements of

the following for which necessary certifications of the concerned departments are to be

obtained and submitted to the concerned Milk Union/RCDF:-

a. Indian Electricity Act and rules framed there under.

b. Fire, Insurance and Regulations Act.

c. Regulations laid down by the Chief Electrical Inspector of the State/State Electricity

Board.

d. Regulations laid down by the Chief Inspector of the Factories & Boilers of the State.

e. Regulations laid down under the Explosive Act.

f. Regulations as per Weight and Measure Act.

g. Pollution Control Board of Rajasthan.

h. Bureau of Indian Standards

i. Any other regulations laid down by the local authorities.

Applications under various Acts should be moved through MD, Union well in advance so that

operation of the plant could be started as per rules and regulations from the day one after

handing over the plant. However, actual fee and other charges deposited with the government

authorities will be reimbursed to the Contractor after production of receipt.

6.0 Eligibility (a) The bidder should be in business of the jobs tendered for a minimum period of three

years at the time of bid opening.

(b) The bidder’s annual financial turnover in last three years shall not be less than Rs. 12

Crore in each year.



16

(c) The bidder shall have completed the three dairy projects of similar or above capacity in

last five years.

(d) The bidder shall furnish a copy of the Income Tax Returns for the last three years.

7.0 Completion : Design, Supply, Erection, Testing & Commissioning within 12

Months from the site clearance. 8.0 Payment : For Supply of equipment

30% advance against Bank guarantee 60% after third party inspection and quality verification at works, and on safe receipt of the equipment ordered at site The third party for inspection and quality verification shall be appointed by the RCDF. 10% after completion of job & against performance BG

For Erection & Commissioning

10% advance against Bank guarantee 80 % after erection, commissioning & completion of trial runs 10% after completion of job & against performance BG

9.0 Liquidated damages: 0.5% per week beyond the contract period &

maximum upto 5% of the contract value. 10.0 Bid validit : 120 days from the date of opening of bids

11.0 Quality Control A : The equipment under the purview of your supply should be

inspected by your own technical experts at your works and such

inspection report should be forwarded to us in triplicate alongwith

dispatch documents. However, the RCDF, reserves its right of

inspection at any stage of fabrication manufacture of the

equipment/material. The final inspection in any case will be carried

out at RCDF project site.

You should forward to us the test certificate, wherever applicable,

obtained from the concerned authorities/principal manufacturers

either regarding quality or any other details of the items utilised in

the process of manufacture/fabrication.

B Bidder should submit the quality assurance plan for equipment

under scope of supply for approval, accordingly the inspection may

be carried out by Third Party / RCDF to ensure the quality of

respective item.



17

12. PRE-BID MEETINGS

12.1 Bidders are requested to attend pre-bid meeting on scheduled date and time for

technical/commercial discussion related to project.

12.2 Bidders may have technical discussions with the Dairy / clients, project team before the

tender closing date. Subjects for discussion at the pre-bid / technical meeting may

include:

Project management

Technical clarifications

Scope of supply

Concept of the design

Processes

Equipment designs

Equipment suppliers

Automation

Plant management

Quality control

Existing equipment to be utilized in the job

Battery limits

Acceptable alternatives

This will be the only opportunity for bidders to discuss the project in detail with

Dairy before the commercial bid opening, and all technical matters / clarification

related to tender should be resolved in this meetings.



18

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1.0. PREFACE

Note:- This tender is an e-tender. Consequently offline submission of tender

documents other than Demand Drafts is not allowed. All the terms & conditions

may be read and interpreted in this light. Only offline submission of DD’s towards

tender fee, tender processing fee & EMD is required. These are required to be sent

by post so as to reach the office of General Manager (Purchase) , Rajasthan Co-

operative Dairy Federation Ltd. “SARAS SANKUL” Jawahar Lal Nehru Marg,

Jaipur-302017 before the tender opening date & time.

1.1 The Rajasthan Co-Operative Dairy Federation Limited, Jaipur hence forth termed as

R.C.D.F. LTD., invites the competitive bids from the technically & financially sound

individual / HUF / firm / Company for “DESIGN, SUPPLY, ERECTION, TESTING

AND COMMISSIONING OF 25 KLPD DAIRY PLANT ALONGWITH UTILITIES ON

TURN KEY BASIS” AT KHETARI DISTRICT JHUNJHUNU (RAJ.).

1.2 The Managing Director, Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation reserves the

right to reject any or all the tenders in full or part thereof, which in his opinion

justifies such action without further explanation to the tenderers.

2.0 TENDERING PROCEDURE

IMPORTANT NOTES

1. ALONG WITH THE SAME ALL IN THE DESIRED FORMAT

DOCUMENTS THAT ARE REQUIRED TO BE SUBMITTED AS PER

ELIGIBILITY & QUALIFICATION CRITERION SHOULD ALSO BE SELF

ATTESTED ALONG WITH SEAL OF TENDERER & SHOULD BE

SCANNED AND UPLOADED / SUBMITTED IN THE FIRST COVER OF

THE TENDER.

2. ON THE BASIS OF THE ABOVE DOCUMENTS THE TENDER SHALL BE

TECHNICALLY EXAMINED & ONLY IF FOUND TO BE QUALIFIED

TECHNICALLY THEN THE FINANCIAL BIDS OF THE TECHNICALLY

QUALIFIED TENDERS WOULD BE OPENED.

3. THE FINANCIAL BIDS ARE REQUIRED TO BE SUBMITTED ONLY IN

THE PREESCRIBED PERFORMA IN THE XLS SHEET PROVIED FOR

THE SAME.

2.1 The tender form is not required to be submitted at the time of e-bidding. In

lieu of the same a acceptance letter accepting the tender in its entirety in the

prescribed format enclosed at Annexure-I is required to be submitted on the

Company letter head. In addition self attested photocopies of all the

documents required for fulfilling the eligibility & qualifications criterion are

also required to be scanned and submitted with the e-bid



19

2.2 No telegraphic/telephonic/telex/Fax tenders shall be considered. Further the

tenderer may please note that the successful tenderer would be required to submit a

duly sealed & signed hard copy of the tender form along with the security deposit,

agreement etc. upon award of rate contract

2.3 LEGAL COMPETENCY OF SIGNING THE TENDER

Individual signing the tender or other documents connected with this tender must

specify whether he signs as :

a) “Sole Proprietor” of the firm or constituted attorney of such proprietor.

b) The partner of the firm, if it is a partnership firm in which case, he must

have authority to refer to arbitration disputes pertaining to business of the

partnership either by virtue of the partnership deed or by holding the power

of attorney.

c) Constituted attorney of the firm, if it is a Company.

NOTE:

1) In case of (b) above, a copy of the partnership deed or general power of

attorney duly attested by a notary public should be furnished or any

affidavit on stamp paper of all the partners admitting execution of the

partnership deed or the general power of attorney should be furnished.

2) In case of partnership firms, where no authority to refer disputes concerning

to the business of the partnership has been conferred on any partner, the

tender and all other related documents must be signed by every partner of

the firm.

3) A person, signing the tender form or any documents constituting an integral

part of the contract, on behalf of another shall be deemed to warranty that he

has authority to bind such other and if, on enquiry it appears that the person

so signing has no authority to do so, the buyer may without prejudice to

other civil remedies, terminate the contract and hold the signatory liable for

all costs and damages.

2.4 EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT

2.4.1 (a) Earnest money as mentioned in the NIT, must accompany the tender. The earnest

money shall be required to be paid by a crossed demand draft in favour of Managing

Director, Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation Ltd., drawn on any scheduled or

nationalized bank in India, payable at Jaipur. The tenders accompanied by cheques instead

of demand draft towards earnest money will not be considered. Earnest money shall have

to be paid according to the items offered by tenderer covering the total quantity required

for all the projects.

2.4.1 (b) In addition tender processing fees of Rs. 1000/- payable by demand draft in favour of

Managing Director, RISL (payable at Jaipur and non- refundable) and tender fees

Rs.1,000/- for each item separately, payable by demand draft in favour of RCDF Ltd.,

Jaipur (payable at Jaipur and non-refundable) are also required to be submitted along with

the tender failing which the tender will be summarily rejected.



20

2.4.2 Any tender whose tender fee, tender processing fee & EMD as stated above does not reach

this office before the tender opening date & time is liable to be summarily rejected.

Earnest money of unsuccessful tenderer will be returned within 120 clear / working days

from the date of opening of the tender.

2.4.3 No interest shall be paid for the earnest money deposit for the period during which it (the

earnest money) lies in deposit with the Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation Ltd.

2.5. The tenderers should state herein the complete address to which the orders, notices and

further correspondence pertaining to the tender and agreements are to be sent. Any

correspondence made by the RCDF/milk union at the address given herein shall be

deemed to have been delivered to the party notwithstanding that such correspondence may

not in fact have been delivered. Any change in the address thereafter must be notified to

the Managing Director, Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation Ltd., Jaipur and the

concerned milk unions and a copy in confirmation of RCDF/milk union having recorded

change in address be obtained in writing from RCDF/milk union. In absence of such

confirmation the correspondence made on the address given herein shall be valid once the

confirmation is issued by RCDF/milk union subsequent correspondence shall be sent to

the new notified address.

Address_______________________ Telegraphic

Address_______________________________________________

Phone No./ ________________________ Mobile no.______________

Fax No.________________ E-mail _________________

Name of contact Person: _______________________.

2.6 The tenders received shall be opened on the date and time given in the N.I.T. at the

Office of the Managing Director, Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation Ltd., Jaipur.

The tenderers or their accredited agents will be allowed to be present at the time of

opening of the tender.

2.7 Negligence on the part of tenderer in preparing the tender confers no right to withdraw the

tender after it has been opened.

2.8 The specifications, conditions, schedules drawing of the tender constitute an

integral part of the tender.

2.9 All tenders in which any of the prescribed conditions are not fulfilled or which

have been vitiated by errors in calculations totaling, or other discrepancies or

which contain overwriting in figures or words or corrections not initialed and dated

will be rejected.

2.10 In the place of substantial non conformity with the specifications or if it contains

any inadmissible reservations seen or otherwise, in contravention to the sprit and

latter of the tender documents, such tenders shall be summarily rejected.

2.11 The tenderer whose tender is accepted (hereinafter called the supplier/contractor)

will be required to furnish security for the due fulfillment of his contract in the

form of a bank Demand Draft or Bank Guarantee of 5% of the contracted value

(F.O.R. site). This bank Demand Draft / Bank Guarantee of Nationalized /

Scheduled Bank drawn in favour of Managing Director, RCDF, Jaipur is to be

submitted within a period of 10 to 15 days from the date of placement of Purchase

Order. The EMD amount shall be adjusted in the aforesaid security.



21

The security will be refunded if otherwise found to be qualifying for refund within

six months from the date of expiry of contract. No interest will be paid by the

RCDF on such security amount. In case of breach of any terms and conditions of

the contract or on unsatisfactory performance of the contract the RCDF shall have

an absolute right of being compensated through liquidated damages or penalties

and the amount of security deposit shall also, in such an event, be liable to

forfeiture in full or part for being appropriate towards aforesaid liquidated damages

and the decision of MD RCDF shall be final in this regard. If the tenderer fails to

deposit the security or to execute the agreement within the period specified, such a

failure will be treated as a breach of the terms and conditions of the tender and

shall result in the forfeiture of the Earnest Money besides any other action for the

default. The expenses of completing & stamping the agreement shall be paid by the

tenderer who shall furnish to the RCDF one executed stamped counter part of the

agreement free of charge.

In case the contractor/supplier completes it contractual obligations, except

for performance of equipment for which 10% amount is deducted/retained while

processing payments against supply and / or erection, the security deposit can be

refunded at such point of time as may be decided by the Purchase Section at its

sole discretion.

All compensation or other sums of money payable by the contractor to

Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation Ltd. under the terms of this contract may

be deducted from, or paid by the sale of a sufficient part of his security deposit or

from any sums which may be due or may become due to the contractor by the

Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation Ltd. on any account whatsoever, and in

the event of his security deposit being reduced by reason of any such deduction or

sale as aforesaid, the contractor shall within ten days thereafter make good in cash

endorsed as aforesaid any sum or sums which may have been deducted from or

raised by sale of his security deposit or any part thereof.

2.12 No refund of tender fee is claimable for tenders not accepted or Forms returned or tenders

not submitted.

2.13 SPECIAL NOTES TO TENDERER

2.14 PRE BID CONFERENCE : Pre bid conference dates for the equipments are given in the NIT. The tenderers can

seek any clarifications in the Pre-bid conference on the tenders they intend to participate

in, and so the tenderers are advised to depute their authorized representative to attend

the same, without fail.



22

3.0 SCOPE OF TENDER.

5.0 Scope of Work : The scope of work includes design, supply, installation, testing

& commissioning of plant and machinery, utilities as per list

detailed below:-

S.

No


(in Nos.)



3. Dump Tanks -


2 Nos.




7. Milk Pumps 10,000 LPD / 3.5 HP 4 Nos.

8. Balance tank 200 ltrs. 8 Nos.

Sub Total (A)









9. Milk Pumps 10,000 LPH (3.5 HP) 4 Nos.










Sub Total (B)





Nos.

4. Milk / ghee pouch collection tray arrangement 1 Lot.


Sub Total (C )



23

D) Services 1. Complete Refrigeration Plant with Ice Bank system with suitable IBTs,


1 Lot


devices etc.

1 No.


(b) Chimney for 1 Ton boiler

(c) Boiler feed water tank Cap.2000 ltr


(e) F.O. tanks of 35 KL with, F.O. Loading & Unloading system with oil pumps,


1 No.

1 No.

1 No.

1 No.

1 Lot

4. Water softening plant with accessories 100000ltrs. per day 1 Set 5. Air Compressor (Screw) 1 Set 6. RO system 5000 per hr. alongwith PVC tank & pipe lines etc 1 Set

Sub Total (D)

E) Electricals :

1. Complete electrical work consisting of HT panel for 11 KVA 3 phase 50

Hrs. AC Supply, AC Supply, OCB/VCB, Electric panels for

(Refrigeration, dock, Ghee, Butter section, pre-pack, boiler, ETP)

Transformer with 315 KVA with accessories (H-Pole, ACB, distribution,

boards, HT cable, Automatic power factor control capacitor bank, control

panels, LT cables various size.

1 Lot

Sub Total (E)

F) General :

1. D.G. Set 160 KVA 1 Lot

2. Erection & commissioning of equipments alongwith allied pipe lines i.e.

(SS pipe line, GI pipe line with required valves, MS Pipe line HP / LP

with insulation and steam valves)

1 Lot

3. Work shop tools 1 Lot

4. Lab equipments 1 Lot

5. Fire fighting / safety equipment 1 Lot

6. Effluent treatment plant 1 Lot

Total Scope, Mechanical & Electrical Equipment (A+B+C+D+E+F)

Note:-

(1) The plant & machinery, utilities shall be supplied as per respective specification


(2) The tenderer should provide plant and machinery layout defining inter-

connection of equipment and flow of milk, water, steam etc.

(3) Approvals are required from RCDF before fabrication of equipment and for

the execution of awarded work:- General arrangement drawing of the IBT

coils, accumulator and valves arrangement shall have to be got approved by the

contractor before fabrication.

(4) Steam generation system : Boiler with chimney, feed water tank, day oil service tank, Furnace Oil tank, FO

loading & unloading system with allied pipelines, heat tracing etc, PRS, High/low



24

pressure line, expansion joint, steam/water flow meter, water softener, steam trapes,

condensate recovery system.




(5) In addition to the standers mentioned, all works shall also conform to the

requirements of the following for which necessary certifications of the concerned

departments are to be obtained and submitted to the concerned Milk Union/RCDF:-



c. Regulations laid down by the Chief Electrical Inspector of the State/State

Electricity Board.

d. Regulations laid down by the Chief Inspector of the Factories & Boilers of the

State.










1. The Tenderer shall be responsible for developing the conceptual layout and flow

diagram to ensure operation of the plant with minimum investment. 2. Since this will be Turnkey Job it will be the full responsibility of the Tenderer to carry

out all minor works necessary to achieve the rated capacity of the plant even though

they might not have been expressly mentioned in the tender document.

3. All the equipment to be supplied will have to be manufactured/supply as per the

standard specifications adopted by the Milk plant manufacturer/dairy industry in the

country.

4. This contract will be “Fixed Rate Contract” and the contractor will have to supply the

equipment and complete the erection and commissioning within the agreed contract

value and no escalation of prices will be allowed.

5. It is absolutely essential to complete the job of design, fabrication, supply, erection and

commissioning of Milk Dairy project within 12months from the date of signing the

contract and receipt of advance.

6. The tenderer is advised to visit to site so as to apprise himself of actual site condition

and quantum of work involved.

3.1 Supply :

The suppliers shall supply the material/articles in accordance with specifications

stipulated for the article in the tender at ANNEXURE –X.



25

3.1.1 Erection, Testing & Commissioning:

The tenders shall erect/install the equipment in accordance with the terms and

conditions/specifications stipulated in Schedules of the tender.

4.0 TURN – KEY CONTRACT This is a turn - key project. All necessary material which may be required for the successful completion of the project falls in the scope of the work. Cost of installation for any addition or deletion in quantities will be calculated based on the unit prices indicated. If any extra quantities of quoted items are needed then the tenderer shall supply those at the quoted unit price. If any extra item (s), not included in the tender but required for successful completion of the work, the same will be either supplied by the RCDF/Milk Union and erected by the tenderer or supplied and erected both by the tenderer at mutually agreed rates considering purchase price, taxes and handling charges etc. Necessary ESI/PF deductions, wherever applicable shall be borne by the tenderer.

The requisite approval from Chief Electrical Inspectorate, Government of Rajasthan must be

obtained by the tenderer and the actual payment shall be reimbursed by RCDF/Milk Union

against production of original documents.

The tenderers are required to give the price bid for all items section-wise in the same faction as

of Part – A showing the F.O.R. unit rate for supply as well F.O.R. unit rate installation, testing

& commissioning as well the total cost.

In addition to the standards mentioned, all works shall also conform to the requirements of the

following for which necessary certifications of the concerned departments are to be obtained

and submitted to the concerned Milk Union/RCDF:-



c. Regulations laid down by the Chief Electrical Inspector of the State/State

Electricity Board.

d. Regulations laid down by the Chief Inspector of the Factories & Boilers of the

State.












26

5.0 BID PRICES

5.1 The price should be quoted on the basis of F.O.R. site inclusive of all taxes. All taxes are to

be built up in the financial bid part as on 21.03.2016 and are to be shown separately. Any

addition/deletion/variation in taxation or future taxes leveled by the State or Central Govt.

beyond this date shall be born by RCDF/Concerned Unions. It should be absolutely clear

that any tax applicable as on 21.03.2016 but not considered by the tenderer while

submitting financial bid shall be deemed to have included in the rate offered by the

tenderer.

The bidder shall quote for the total package of Design, Fabrication, Supply, Erection,

Testing & Commissioning on the Turn key basis. The prices quoted under different heads

should be grouped as under.

Supply - Including packing, forwarding, taxes & duties, freight, loading & unloading at

site and insurance etc. Detailed price break and list of equipment as given under Annexure

– VI.

Erection & commissioning – Labour charges including service tax should be given for all

the equipment and the steel structure as per the list given under Annexure – VI.

Discount - If any should also be indicated separately. The bidders‟ separation of price

components as above will be solely for the purpose of facilitating the comparison of bids by

the purchaser and will not in any way limit the purchasers right to contract on any of the

terms offered.

5.2 FIXED PRICE:

Prices quoted by the bidder shall be fixed during the bidder’s performance of the contract and not subject to variation on any account.

5.3 PRICE OF SPARE PARTS:

All the bidders are required to submit the list of spares with rates. In case of bought out

items a list giving full particulars, including available sources and current prices, of all

spare parts, special tools, etc. which are necessary for the proper and continuing

functioning of the plant for a period of two years should be furnished. These prices should

be valid, for acceptance by the purchaser and placement of orders, for one year from the

date of bid opening.

5.4 The prices thus quoted by firm, free from all escalations and valid for a period of 120 clear

days from the closing date of the tender.

5.5 All the tenderers should quote for supply of equipment in fully fabricated and

assembled condition.

5.6 BREAK – UP PRICES All the bidders shall furnish the cost separately for the supply and

installation/commissioning along with detailed cost break-up (item-wise), which will be



27

applicable for progressive payments. Items and works for which no break-up price is

furnished by the bidder will not be paid for by the purchaser when supplied/executed and

shall be deemed covered by other break-up prices. Such break up cost should be based on

ex-works cost and percentage of ex-works cost should be indicated separately for packing

and forwarding, transportation, insurance and other incidental charges, erection and

commissioning on percentage basis for each item.

5.7 Spare Parts :

The tenders shall submit a recommended list of spare parts alongwith the price

valid for one year for each items of the equipment which would be reasonable to

anticipate as necessary, to enable the equipment to be operated and maintained in a

satisfactory manner for a period of 24 calendar month from the date of

commissioning.

5.7.1 The cost of spare parts will not be considered in evaluating the tenders.

5.7.2 The prices thus quoted for the spares should be valid for 12 calendar months from

the date of opening of the tender.

5.8 Sales Tax/ Entry Tax:

The Sales Tax, Entry Tax , Surcharge and any other type of taxes prevailing up to date of

submission of the rates must be included in the net rate. This however should be shown

separately, so that in the event of any subsequent change in these charges by the

Government (State or Central), the same will be considered for increase/decrease over the

net rates.

Wherever possible C/D forms shall be issued to avail concessional rates of the

Central/State Tax. The Entry Tax, if applicable, should be included where the supplier

belongs to outside Rajasthan and Purchase Order/RAL placed on outside Rajasthan. The

tenderer must also indicate the details of Sales Tax Registration and the number allotted to

them by Sales Tax authorities.

5.9 Octroi :

Octroi duty, if applicable at the destination shall be paid extra on all dispatches made from

the suppliers works/warehouses to the point of destination.

5.10 Excise Duty:

Excise duty or surcharge prevailing upto the date of submission of the rates must be

included in the net rate. This however, should be shown separately, so that in the event of

any subsequent change in these charges by the Government (State or Central), the same

will be considered for increase/decrease over the net rates. However, the increased excise

duty due to change in slab on higher turnover shall be payable by the tenderer.

5.11 Service Tax:

The Service Tax and Surcharge prevailing upto date of submission of the rates must be

included in the net rate. This however should be shown separately, so that in the event of



28

any subsequent change in these charges by the Government (State or Central), the same

will be considered for increase/decrease over the net rates.

5.12 Unloading charges at site – For supply order the price should exclude unloading charges.

However for installation contract the price must include these charges.

5.13 If the price for reasons of change in statutory taxes and duties by Government taking place

during the period of bid finalisation or during the normal delivery period envisaged in the

Purchase Order/Contract.

(a) The material/equipment/machinery offered must be securely packed at the cost of

the suppliers to withstand tough handling enroute by road/rail/air. Packing should

be provided with protective lining to avoid damage to the surface of the packing

and the items packed inside.

(b) Marking :

Each package delivered under this tender shall be marked by the suppliers at their

own expenses. Such markings shall be distinct and should bear the following:

(i) Name of the supplier.

(ii) Details of the items in the package.

(iii) Weight gross, net and tare.

(iv) Name and address of the consignees as mentioned in the Purchase

Order.

Marking shall be carried out with such a material as may be considered necessary

as regards quickness of drying, fastness and indelibility.

6.0 Insurance:-

The supplier shall arrange insurance coverage, according to the dispatch

instructions issued by Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation Ltd., Jaipur and the

supplier should cover all dispatches. However, to avoid any complications that

may arise at the time of settlement of claims by the underwriters for the transit

losses it is proposed that the insurance coverage shall be arranged by the supplier

as under:

(a) The insurance coverage shall have to be arranged commencing from their

warehouse/works to the warehouse of the buyer (All Transit risks).

(b) Suppliers are requested to take insurance with any Nationalised Insurance

Company.

(c) The cover provided by the insurance shall be in such amount so as to allow

complete replacement for any item lost or damaged.

7.0 Guarantee :-

The supply of equipment as well as installation, if entrusted shall have to be carried

out by the supplier to the entire satisfaction of the buyer. The supplier shall also

guarantee to repair/replace without any extra cost, the items or parts there of if

found defective due to defective design, workmanship or substandard material

brought to the attention within 12 calendar months from the date of satisfactory



29

commissioning or within 24 months from the date of receipt of material at site,

whichever is earlier. If it is necessary to send the defective equipment or parts

thereof for repair/replacement the cost of loading, unloading, repacking and

transportation from the site to works and back to site shall have to be borne by the

supplier. The guarantee however does not cover any damage resulting from normal

wear and tear or improper attendance or mishandling of the equipment by the

buyer/his authorised representatives.

The contractor shall have to guarantee the complete installation for

satisfactory performance for a minimum period of one year from the date of

commissioning of the plant. Any defect arising out of faulty erection/installation or

use of substandard material or workmanship shall have to be rectified by the

contractor at his own cost.

7.1 Warranty:

All the suppliers shall provide a warranty for a minimum period of 12 calendar

months from the date of commissioning of the equipment for the satisfactory

performance of the equipment supplied to the designed/rated/installed capacity or

any other norms fixed by the buyer. Also, they should provide a warranty for the

period as stated above to the effect that supplier shall alone be responsible for all

the litigations/disputes/claims and other legal complications that may arise in

connection with the patent rights design rights and the rights of ownership of the

materials.

7.2 Right to operate & use unsatisfactory material or equipment :-

If after delivery, acceptance and installations and within the guarantee period, the

operation of use of materials or equipment proves to be unsatisfactory to the buyer,

he shall have the right to continue to operate or use such materials or equipment

until rectifications of defect, errors or omissions by repair or by partial replacement

can be made without interfering with the buyer’s operation.

8.0 Technical information required with tenders :-

8.1 The tenderers have to mention clearly that the specification of the materials

tendered are strictly in adherence to the technical specifications stipulated in

Schedule. In case of any deviation, the tenderers shall have to mention the same in

details.

8.2 Maximum outputs of machines are to be specified for information only.

8.3 Schematic drawings and technical literature of equipment tendered shall have to be

furnished.

8.4 Overall dimensions of the various equipment shall have to be mentioned in detail.



30

8.5 The total weights (in dry and working) of the various equipment/item shall have to

be stated clearly.

8.6 The safety interlocks/devices in the equipment shall have to be highlighted.

8.7 The consumptions and services requirements of various equipment shall have to be

detailed.

9.0 Commercial information required with tender :-

9.1 Brand Names:

If the supplier is quoting for spare parts, which is not manufactured by him, but he

has obtained the same from another manufacturer then he should state the name of

the manufacturer with address, brand name and catalogue number etc. and the

spare parts offered should conform to the same performance capability as that of

the main item for which it is meant.

9.2 Terms of Payment :

Following terms of payment would be applicable to this order subject to supplier/

contractor having furnished security deposit for 5% of the F.O.R. order value for

the due fulfilment of this contract in form of cash/DD in accordance with the

Clause No.2.11 of the tender document. In case the contractor/supplier completes

its contractual obligations before 12 months the cash/DD deposit can be refunded

before 12 months at the sole discretion of RCDF before aforesaid period of 12

months.

9.2.1 For supply of equipment :-

30% of the ex-works order value (basic cost) shall be paid on acceptance of the

order subject to the supplier furnishing a Bank Guarantee valid for 12 calendar

months from the date of guarantee for an equivalent amount from a scheduled or

Nationalised Bank in the enclosed proforma given at Annexure-VIII. The Bank

Guarantee can be released by RCDF once the advance is fully recovered / adjusted.

The execution of agreement in the format at Annexure-VII is also a precondition

for clearing advance.

60% (90% in case of the supplier/contractor who has not taken advance) after third

party inspection and quality verification at works, and on safe receipt of the

equipment ordered at site but not later than 45 days from the date of receipt of the

equipment at site. The third party for inspection and quality verification shall be

appointed by the RCDF.

The 10% of the FOR site value shall be paid within 12 calendar months from the

date of commissioning or 24 months from the date of receipt of the same at site,

whichever is earlier. However the balance 10% will also be released, if so desired

by the supplier, provided the supplier furnishes a Bank Guarantee from a

Scheduled or Nationalised Bank for the 10% value valid for a period of 12 calendar



31

months from the date of issue of Bank Guarantee in the proforma enclosed given at

ANNEXURE – IX.

9.2.2 For Erection :-

90% on submission of progressive bills duly certified by the authorised

representatives/Site Engineer of RCDF and balance 10% within 12 months from

satisfactory commissioning of the equipment. However, the balance 10% will also

be released, if so desired by the supplier, provided the supplier furnishes a Bank

Guarantee from a Scheduled or Nationalised Bank for the 10% value valid for a

period of 12 calendar months from the date of issue of Bank Guarantee in the

Performa enclosed.

10.0 Delivery Schedule of Items:- (a) Bidders should submit a detailed item wise delivery schedule keeping in view the

completion period of the contract. Such items shall be grouped under monthly

delivery schedule with total value of such items. This will facilitate for ensuring

the cash flow requirement for the project.

(b) The delivery time given in the contract is to be adhered to strictly. For this

purpose the supplier has to inform RCDF the progress made towards

fabrication of the items ordered from time to time during the delivery

period. The supplier has to maintain good progress of work during the

delivery period so as to deliver the items ordered in time. It is essential that

RCDF is informed of the quantified progress made by the supplier by

Registered Post once after 1/3rd

of delivery time elapses and again after 2/3rd

of delivery time elapses. In case RCDF does not receive such progress

reports it will presume that the work has not been taken up by the supplier in

the right earnest and that RCDF in such a situation will be at liberty to

withdraw the work order and forfeit the earnest money as well as security

deposit simultaneously. The supplier is therefore advised strictly to follow

this essential condition of the contract.

(c) It may be noted that delay/time taken in release of advance payment

whether for reasons of supplier not furnishing the Bank Guarantee exactly in

the Performa given in this tender document or any other reasons

whatsoever, will not affect the delivery period. Similarly delay in execution

of the agreement will also not affect the delivery period. The tenderer is

therefore advised to take note of this important condition. The successful

tenderer should therefore take immediate action for execution of agreement

and submission of bank guarantee of advance, if desired, within 10 to 15

days of placement of purchase order. It normally takes 30 days to release the

advance, subject to submission of B.G. as per our format.

(d) In case of failure by supplier in making deliveries within the time specified,

the Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation Ltd. may procure the materials

supplies and services from any other sources and hold the suppliers

responsible for any losses occurred thereby. Further the Rajasthan Co-



32

operative Dairy Federation Ltd. reserves the right to terminate the services

of such suppliers in such case without assigning any reasons thereof.

(e) In case supplier fails to supply machinery/equipment in delivery period,

interest at the rate of 19% per annum will be charged on the advance

amount from the date by which delivery fails due to the actual date of

supply unless an extension in delivery period is mutually agreed to by the

supplier and RCDF.

11.0 Completion of work :

The entire job of “DESIGN, SUPPLY, ERECTION, TESTING AND

COMMISSIONING OF 25 KLPD DAIRY PLANT ALONGWITH UTILITIES ON

TURN KEY BASIS” AT KHETRI DISTRICT JHUNJHUNU (RAJ.). is to be

completed within 12 months from the date of issuing the work order.

It may be noted that delay/time taken in release of advance payment whether for

reasons of supplier not furnishing the Bank Guarantee exactly in the proforma given in

this tender document or any other reasons whatsoever, will not affect the completion

period. Similarly delay in execution of the agreement will also not affect the completion

period. The tenderer is therefore advised to take note of this important condition. The

successful tenderer should therefore take immediate action for execution of agreement

and submission of bank guarantee of advance, if desired, within 10 to 15 days of

placement of purchase order.

In case of failure by contractor in completing the job within the time specified, the

Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation Ltd. Will have liberty to get the job completed

from any other sources and hold the contractor responsible for any losses occurred

thereby. Further the Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation Ltd. reserves the right to

terminate the services of such contractor in such case without assigning any reasons

thereof.

11.0 Compensation for delay :

Clause 1 : The time allowed for carrying out the work as entered in the tender shall be

strictly observed by the contractor and shall be reckoned from the 15th

day after the

date of written order to commence the work as given to the contractor. The work

shall throughout the stipulated period of the contract be proceeded with all due

diligence, time being deemed to be the essence of the contract on the part of the

contractor and the contractor shall pay as compensation an amount equal to half

percent or such smaller amount as the Managing Director, RCDF Ltd. (whose

decision shall be final) may decide on the tendered amount for every week that the

work remains uncommenced or unfinished after the proper date subject to a

maximum of 5% of the net value of each item of the accepted order which remains



33

undelivered or partially delivered if the delivery has not been made the order stands

cancelled ten weeks after expiry of the stipulated delivery unless the validity is

extended in writing by the Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation Ltd.

And further to ensure good progress during the execution of work, the

contractor shall be bound in all cases in which the time allowed for any work

exceeds one month (save door special jobs) to complete 1/8th

of the whole of the

work before ¼ th of the whole time allowed under the contract has elapsed. The

contractor shall further be bound to carry out the work in accordance with the dates

and quantities as may be given by RCDF from time to time.

Clause 2 :-

The Managing Director, RCDF Ltd. may without prejudice to his right

against the contractor in respect of any delay or inferior workmanship or otherwise

or any claims for damage in respect of any breaches of the contract and without

prejudice to any rights or remedies under any provisions of this contract or

otherwise and whether the date for completion has or has not elapsed by notice in

writing absolutely determine the contract in any of the following cases :-

(i) If the contractor having been given by the Officer-in-charge or authorised

representative, a notice in writing to rectify, reconstruct or replace any

defective work or that the work is being performed in an inefficient or

otherwise improper or unworkman like manner shall omit to comply with

the requirements of such notice for a period of seven days thereafter or if the

contractor shall delay or suspend the execution of the work so that either in

the judgment of the Officer-in-charge or authorised Engineer (which shall

be final and binding) he will be unable to secure completion or he has

already failed to complete the work by that date.

(ii) If the contractor being a company shall pass a resolution or the court shall

make an order that the company shall be wound up or if a receiver or a

manager on behalf of a creditor shall be appointed or if circumstance shall

arise which entitle the court or creditor to appoint a receiver or a manager or

which entitle the court to make a winding up order.

(iii) If the contractor commits breach of any of the terms and conditions of the

contract.

(iv) If the contractor commits any acts mentioned in clause 19 hereof.

When the contractor has made himself liable for action under any of the cases

aforesaid, the Managing Director, Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation Ltd.

shall have powers :-



34

a. to determine or rescind the contract as aforesaid (of which termination or

rescission notice in writing to the contractor under the hand of the Managing

Director, RCDF Ltd. shall be conclusive evidence). Upon such

determination or rescission the full security deposit of the contractor

calculated on the tendered amount shall be liable to be forfeited and shall

absolutely be at the disposal of Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation

Ltd.

b. to employ labour paid by the Federation and to supply materials to carry out

the work or any part of the work debiting the contractor with the cost of the

labour and the price of the materials (of the amount of which cost and price

certified by the Officer-in-charge shall be final and conclusive) and

crediting him with the value of the work done in all respects in the same

manner and at the same rates as if it has been carried out by the contractor

under the terms of his contract. The certificate of the Officer-in-charge as to

the value of work done shall be final and conclusive against the contractor

provided always that action under the sub-clause shall only be taken after

giving notice in writing to the contractor. Provided also that if the expenses

incurred by the Federation are less than the amount payable to the contractor

at his agreement rates, the difference shall not be payable to the contractor.

c. after giving notice to the contractors on measure up the work of the

contractor and to take such part there of as shall be unexecuted out of his

hands and to give it to another contractor to complete in which case any

expenses which may be incurred in excess of the sum which would have

been paid to the original contractor if the whole work had been executed by

him (of the amount of which excess, the certificate in writing of the Officer-

in-charge shall be final and conclusive) shall be borne and paid by the

original contractor and may be deducted from any money due to him by

Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation Ltd. under this contract or on any

other account whatsoever or from his security deposit or the proceeds of

sales thereof or a sufficient part thereof as the case may be.

In the event of any one or more of the above courses as may be

deemed best suited to the interest of the Federation being adopted by the

Managing Director, Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation Ltd., the

contractor shall have no claim to compensation for any loss sustained by

him by reason of his having purchased or procured by him by reason of his

having purchased or procured any materials or entered into any

engagements, or made any advances on account of or with a view to

execution of the work or the performance of the contract. And in case action

is taken under any of the provisions aforesaid, the contractor shall not be

entitled to recover or be paid any sum for any work there for actually

performed under this contract unless and until the Officer-in-charge has



35

certified in writing the performance of such work and the value payable in

respect thereof and he shall only be entitled to be paid the value as certified.

Contractor remains liable to pay compensation if action not taken under

Clause 3.

Clause 3 :-

In any case in which any of the powers conferred by Clause 3 hereof shall have

become exercisable and the same shall have not been exercised, the non-exercise

thereof shall not constitute waiver of any of the conditions hereof, and such power

shall notwithstanding be exercisable in the event of any future case of default the

contractor for which by any clause or clauses hereof he is declared the contractor

for which by any clause or clauses hereof he is declared liable to pay compensation

amounting to the whole of his security deposit and the liability of the contractor for

past and future compensation shall remain unaffected.

12.0 Force Majeure Clause :-

The terms and conditions mutually agreed shall be subject to the Force Majeure

Clause. Neither the supplier nor the buyer shall be considered in default in

performance of its obligations hereunder, if such performance is prevented or

delayed because of war, hostilities, revolutions, civil commotion, strike, epidemic,

accident, fire, wind, flood, earthquake or because of any law, order, proclamation,

regulation, or ordinance of any Government or any act of God or any other cause

whether of similar or dissimilar nature, beyond the reasonable control of the party

affected should one or both of the parties be prevented from fulfilling his/their

contractual obligations by a state of Force Majeure lasting continuously for a

period of six months, the two parties should consult with each other regarding the

future implementation of the agreement/purchase order.

13.0 Settlement of disputes :

In the event of any dispute in the interpretation of the terms of this agreement/

Purchase Order or difference of opinion between the parties on any point in the

Purchase Order arising out of, or in connection with the agreement/accepted

purchase order or with regard to performance of any obligations hereunder by the

either party, the parties hereto shall use their best efforts to settle such disputes or

difference of opinion amicable by mutual negotiations.

In case, no agreement is reached between the two parties in respect of or concerning

any of the provisions herein contained or arising out of this supply order/ tender/

agreement as to the rights, liabilities or duties of the said parties hereunder or as to

the recovery of any amount, the same shall be referred to the Sole Arbitrator M.D.,



36

RCDF who in turn may refer the dispute to any officer of RCDF for adjudication.

The arbitration shall be in accordance to the law of Arbitration & Conciliation Act,

1996. The decision of the Sole Arbitrator shall be final and binding on both the

parties.

All the disputes pertaining to the said contract / supply order / tender / agreement

shall vest to the jurisdiction of Courts at Jaipur.

14.0 Right of Acceptance :

The Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation Ltd. does not pledge itself to accept

the lowest or any tender and reserves to itself the right to accept the whole or any

part of the tender or portion of the quantity offered. The tenderer is at liberty to

tender for whole or any portion or to state in the tender that the rates quoted shall

apply only if the entire quantity is taken from them.

15.0 Form of Tender Rate Quotation :

The form of tender rate quotation is given at Annexure-VI enclosed with

Schedule–I.

16.0 IMPORTANT NOTES :

16.1 TIMELY DELIVERY, OF SPECIFIED QUALITY OF MATERIAL, PLANT &

MACHINERY SATISFYING ALL DESIGN AND FUNCTIONAL

REQUIREMENTS ORDERED, IS THE ESSENCE OF THE CONTRACT.

THEREFORE, FAILURE TO DELIVER IN TIME OR NOT CONFORMING TO

PRESCRIBED SPECIFICATIONS & QUALITY WILL MAKE THE SUPPLIER

LIABLE FOR BLACKLISTING THE FIRM AND THEREBY DEBARRING

THE SUPPLIER FROM PARTICIPATION IN FUTURE TENDERS BY RCDF,

MILK UNIONS & OTHER AFFILIATED UNITS. AS FOR THE PRESENT

CONTRACT PENALTIES, COMPENSATION AND OTHER PROVISIONS AS

GIVEN IN THE TENDER DOCUMENT SHALL BE INVOKED ON FAILURE

OF THE PARTY.

16.2 RCDF and milk unions shall have the fullest liberty to notify the defaulting firm to

Business/Trade Associations/Public Sector undertakings/autonomous bodies and the like

about the default and breach of contract committed by a firm giving out names of the

partners of the firm. A register is intended to be maintained for such defaulting firms and

their partners.

16.3 RCDF will not consider the tender of such firms who has earlier been

debarred/censured/black listed or even those firms who have on their role key

employees/ key executives/ proprietors/ partners of another already debarred/censured/

black listed firms in one or the other capacity.

16.4 All the tenderers without fail, should furnish full technical details about tendered

project.

17.0 The quantities mentioned in the tender are tentative and the actual quantities to be

procured may vary upward or downward suiting to the actual requirements.



37

18.0 Supplier will execute agreement on non-judicial stamp paper of Prescribed value

before 30% advance can be released to him. Format of the agreement is given at

Annexure-VII.

19.0 If the Managing Director shall at any time, and for any reasons whatever, think

any portion of the work should not be executed or should be withdrawn from the

contractor he may, by notice in writing to that effect, require the contractor not to

execute the portion of the work specified in the notice or may withdraw from the

contractor the portion of the work so specified and the contractor shall not be

entitled to any compensation by reason of such portion of the work having been

executed by him, and the value (i.e. cost at tendered rates) of the portion of work so

omitted or withdrawn shall in cases where the contractor has for any reason already

received payment for it or in the cases of lump-sum contracts be deducted from any

sum them due or thereafter to become due under the contract or otherwise against

or from the security deposit or the proceeds of sale thereof.

20.0 No term or condition in addition to those mentioned above will be agreed to.



38

Additional General Terms and Conditions which shall form

an integral part of Purchase Order

1. INSPECTION :

The equipment under the purview of your supply should be inspected by your own

technical experts at your works and such inspection report should be forwarded to

us in triplicate alongwith dispatch documents. However, the RCDF, reserves its

right of inspection at any stage of fabrication manufacture of the

equipment/material. The final inspection if any case will be carried out at RCDF

project site.

You should forward to us the test certificate, wherever applicable, obtained from

the concerned authorities/principal manufacturers either regarding quality or any

other details of the items utilised in the process of manufacture/fabrication.

2. DESPATCH INSTRUCTIONS :

The material are to be despatched to the project site by the mode of transport

specified in the order under intimation to us. Depending on the type of material,

you shall have to carryout proper packing/creating to avoid breakage in transit.

Other details of despatch such as marking, consignee a particulars etc. are given

under clause No.4 of this purchase order. For using any mode of transport other

than the specified one prior concurrence from us in writing should be obtained. All

consignments should be despatched on freight paid basis irrespective of price basis.

In the event of freight paid basis irrespective of price basis. In the event of freight

payable by us, you shall have to obtain our prior approval and produce necessary

documentary evidence in support of your claims. Unless otherwise stated, the

original RR/LR should be sent by registered post directly to the consignee

alongwith a copy of invoice and two copies of delivery challan/packing list.

3. INSURANCE :

You shall have to arrange all transit risk insurance on warehouse basis for the items

to be supplied by you. In the cases, where orders are placed on ex-works basis, the

premium shall be paid by us at actuals to you against production of documentary

evidence. In the event of any damage to /loss of consignment in transit, it will be

your responsibility to lodge necessary claims with the cariers/underwriters and

pursue them till settlement. Since insurance policy will be taken in our name, if

required, we shall give you necessary authorisation letter, authorising you to lodge

and pursue claims on your behalf with the carriers/underwriters. Also you shall

have to make good the losses/damages occurred in transit by making

replacement/payment to us in the first instance and if claims are settled by the

underwriters and any amounts are released by us, the amount thus realised in

settlement of claims shall be reimbursed to you.

In other words, the prime facie responsibility rests on you for getting compensation

of the damages/losses incurred if any, due to all transit hazards.



39

In the case, when order is placed on ‘free delivery at site’ basis, no insurance

premium will be paid by us. However, in such case also, all transit risk insurance

policy must be taken to safeguard your own interest and to protect the material

against transit hazards.

4. DELIVERY CLAUSE :

The stipulated delivery time given in the order is the essence of this contract. You

must, therefore, strictly adhere to the delivery schedule mentioned in the order.

5. DEMURRAGE :

You shall bear and reimburse to useful demurrage charges, if any paid by reason of

delay on your part in forwarding the original despatch documents to destination

given in the purchase order.

6. REJECTION :

We reserve the right to reject the goods either in part or full if at the time of

delivery, it is noticed that the goods supplied do not conform to the

specifications/description given in the order. The rejection, if any, will intimated to

you in writing within a reasonable time. You will be liable to repair/replace the

rejected goods within the stipulated time. Till the repair/replacement is done, the

rejected goods shall be lying at your risk, cost and responsibility. If you do not

arrange to repair/replace the rejected goods within a period stipulated by us, we

may dispose of such goods at your risk and in the manner which we think fit. We

shall be entitled to retain the incurred on storage, handling and disposal of the

rejected goods. We shall also be entitled to recover the expenses made by us on

storage land handling of such rejected goods till the goods are removed from our

premises/stores.

7. COMPENSATION FOR DELAY :

The accepted delivery schedule of supply and/or installation shall be governed by

the compensation for delay clause as given in the tender. Under the clause, if the

delivery or installation of the equipment is not made by the stipulated date, you

shall have to pay a penalty @ half percent the value of each item per week subject

to a maximum of five percent of the net value of the unexecuted part of the

accepted order. Alternatively in the event of non delivery of the materials or non

completion of installation within the stipulated time, we reserve the right to cancel

the order and procure the material/get installed from any other the order land the

party.



40

8.0 GUARANTEE :

The supply of equipment as well as installation, if entrusted, shall have to be

carried out by you to the entire satisfaction of RCDF.

You shall also guarantee to repair/replace without any extra cost, the items or parts

thereof, if found defective due to bad designing, workmanship or substandard

material, within 12 months from the date of commissioning or 24 months from the

date of receipt of material at site whichever is earlier. If it is necessary to send the

defective equipment or parts thereof to your works for repair/replacement, without

forming any precedence the cost of repacking, loading, unloading, transportation

from the site to your works and back to site shall have to be borne by you. The

guarantee however, does not cover any damage resulting from normal wear and

tear or improper attendance or mishandling of the equipment during repair by

personnel other than the supplier or their authorised agents.

9. WARRANTY :

You must provide a warranty for a minimum period of one year from the date of

commissioning of the equipment for satisfactory performance of the supplied

equipment according to the designed/rated/installed capacity or any other norms

fixed by RCDF.

10. DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS & MANUALS :

10.1 Prior to commencement of fabrication, you shall have to submit for our approval,

two sets of drawings of all the items ordered for supply showing overall

dimensions with typical sections, details of service connection and their

requirement, details of drive units etc. The drawing should also show a complete

bill of material, wherever applicable.

10.2 Three copies of each operation and maintenance manuals and service instructions

alongwith the drawings showing details of part list, against each item of your

supply should be sent to us. You should also furnish us service requirements like

water (hot water, chilled water and main’s water), electricity, lubricant air etc. for

each equipment, wherever applicable.

10.3 You shall provide a list of spare parts, which will be required for the plants and

equipments supplied by you for at least two years of normal operation with the

names and the addresses of the manufacturers from whom they can be procured.

The list should contain the code numbers of the parts, which are required to be

procured in addition to the machine number and model etc.

10.4 In case, any documents, drawings are supplied to you by RCDF the same must be

treated as confidential, must not be copies, reproduced, transmitted or disclosed

otherwise in whole or part, not duplicated, modified, divulged or discussed to any

third party nor misused in any other way without the consent of the RCDF in

writing. All such documents, and drawings shall be the property of RCDF and they

must be returned to RCDF after done with.



41

11. SUBMISSION OF BILLS :

Bills in triplicate under registered post, stating therein our purchase order reference

alongwith necessary inspection certificates from your inspector in respect of the

material supplied and copies of despatch documents should be sent to our Head

Office at Jaipur. Unless otherwise state, the payment shall be made to you by

Crossed Account Payee Cheque by post according to the terms of payment

mentioned in the Purchase Order.

12. CANCELLATION OF CONTRACT AND REFUND OF ADVANCES :

We shall be free to cancel our order in part or full, in the case of non-delivery of

material/non-completion of installation within the stipulated delivery period or

breach of any one of the clauses mentioned herein. Consequential losses, if any, on

account of our getting installation done or obtaining supplies from alternative

sources besides payment of higher price shall be recovered from you. In the event

of cancellation of the order, you will be liable to refund the advance amount, if

any, to the RCDF in full. Suppliers will have no right to forfeit the advance amount

received by them.

13. SUB-CONTRACT :

In the event of awarding sub-contract to any of the parties by you for the

manufacture/supply/erection of any parts/spares/components that will be used in

the ordered equipment, you must furnish us details about your sub-contractors,

their experience, specification etc. The sub-contract can be awarded by you only

after obtaining written approval from us. In the event of sub-contract also the prime

facie responsibility rests on you regarding quality, quantity, guarantee/warranty of

the materials supplied by the sub-contractors.

14. FORCE MAJEURE CLAUSE :

The terms and conditions mutually agreed upon shall be subject to For Majeure

Clause. Neither the supplier nor the purchaser shall be considered in default in

performance of its obligations hereunder, if such performance is prevented or

delayed because of war hostilities, revolution, civil commotion, strike, epidemic,

order, proclamation, regulation, or ordinance of any Government or of any act of

God or of any other cause whether of similar or dissimilar nature, beyond the

reasonable control of the party affected. Should one or both the parties be

prevented from fulfilling his/their contractual obligations by a state of Force

Majeure lasting continuously for a period of six months, the two parties should

consult each other regarding the future implementation of the contract.

15. ARBITRATION CLAUSE :

For settlement of any dispute arising out of this order, Jaipur shall be the

jurisdiction irrespective of any jurisdiction clause mentioned in your

correspondence. The arbitration proceedings shall be governed by the provisions of

the Indian Arbitration & Conciliation Act, 1996 and the rules made there under or

any enactment or statutory modifications thereof for the time being in force subject

to condition No.13 of General Terms & Conditions Schedule – I of the tender

document.



42

TERMS & CONDITIONS

FOR

ERECTION/TESTING/

COMMISSIONING

OF

25 KLPD DAIRY PLANT &

MACHINERY

RAJASTHAN COOPERATIVE DAIRY FEDERATION LIMITED SARAS SANKUL, JAWAHARWAL NEHRU MARG, JAIPUR

Phone No.0141-2702501-508/2702135 : Telefax: Fax : 2710209/2702135 Website : www.sarasmilkfed.rajasthan.gov.in

E-mail: [email protected]



43

SCHEDULE-III

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ERECTION CONTRACT

1.0 Material drawings etc.

1.1 All goods or materials shall be erected/supplied under the scope of erection with the

specifications stated herein, and those covered under scope of work.

1.2 All goods or materials supplied or used shall be unused, new and of first quality. Where

foreign or partly foreign goods or material are to be used, this must be specifically stated

and brought to the notice of RCDF.

1.3 Wherever necessary or required by RCDF, the erector shall furnish the necessary test

and/or inspection certificate etc. from the appropriate authorities as per IBR, IER and

other statutory regulations at no extra cost.

1.4 All remarks, suggestions and modifications as suggested by the authorities mentioned in

1.3 above, shall be carried out by the erector to the entire satisfaction of the referred

authorities and no extra cost shall be payable in this regard to the erector by the RCDF.

1.5 The supplier shall furnish the necessary foundation drawings with all pertinent details for

each of the equipment under the purview of the supply alongwith the sets of drawings for

approval.

2.0 Assigning & Subletting :

Assigning or subletting the contract shall not be done by the party unless written

permission is obtained from RCDF. Written permission if given shall not relieve erector

from his obligations under the contract and he shall take full responsibility for all the

works carried out by the Sub-vendor.

3.0 Purchaser’s comments :

Erector shall not be relieved of his obligations under the order including but not limited to

his warranty obligations stated herein merely by incorporating the purchaser’s design and

fabrication comments on the goods hereunder.

4.0 Secrecy Clause :

4.1 The technical information, drawings, specifications and other related documents forming

part of purchase order are the property of Purchaser and shall not be used for any other

purpose, except for the execution of the order. All rights, including rights in the event of

grant of a patent and registration of designs are reserved. The technical information,

drawings, specifications, records and other documents shall not be copied, transcribed,

traced or reproduced in any other form or otherwise, in whole or part and/or duplicated,

modified, divulged and/or disclosed to a third party nor misused in any other form

whatsoever without Owner’s or his collaborators previous consent in writing, except to

the extent required for the execution of this order. This technical information, drawings,

specifications and other related documents shall be returned to owner with all approved



44

copies and duplicate, if any, immediately after they have been used for the agreed

purpose.

4.2 In the event of any breach of this provision, erector shall indemnify the owner from any

loss, cost or damage or any other claim whatsoever from his collaborator and or any other

parties claiming from or through them or from any other party in respect of such a breach.

5.0 Scope of Contract for Erection :

The erection would comprise of positioning and installing all MILK DAIRY PROJECT,

miscellaneous and service equipments under the purview of his supply and those

mentioned herein as per the approved machinery layout drawings. The scope of

mechanical erection involves access preparation for moving of the plant and equipment

including their fittings, from the work site godown(s) or from the place within the site

where they have been unloaded, to the place of erection, decorating, placing on

foundation wherever specified or required; erection of pipes and connections of necessary

services to the main or ancillary branch of the service lines, but all within the battery

limits, specified starting up and successful commissioning to get the specified rated output

for each equipment. The installation should be carried out as per the drawing(s) submitted

by the erector and approved by RCDF. Necessary Pipes fittings and valves etc. for

interconnecting the equipment would be installed by the erector and it would generally be

done according to the piping layout to be prepared by the erector and approved by RCDF.

All the serviced pipes, fittings and valves etc. shall be supplied and installed by the erector

and this should be carried out as per service piping drawings prepared by the erector and

approved by RCDF.

All necessary foundation bolts and their grouting on floor, walls, etc. as per the

requirement, are included in the scope of erection & installation. All the supply covered in

this part shall be governed by the same general terms and conditions given in the tender

document against which the offer was made. Further the specifications of the contract are

intended to describe and provide for a finished piece of work. They are intended to be

complementary and what is equired by either shall be as if required by all. It is to be

understood and agreed by erector that the work described shall be complete in every

details even though every item necessarily involved is not particularly mentioned herein.

Erector shall be required to provide all Labour materials and equipments necessary for the

entire completion of the work describe and shall not avail himself of any manifesting or

unintentional error, omission or inconsistency that may exist. Erector shall carry out and

complete the work in every respect in accordance with the contract and accordance with

the directions and to the entire satisfaction of RCDF and the manufacture’s

representatives.

6.0 Engineer’s Instructions :

RCDF may in his absolute discretion, from time to time issue further drawings and/or

written instructions, details directions and explanations which are collectively referred to

as ‘Engineer’s instructions’ in regard to :

6.1 Any additional drawings and explanations to exhibit or illustrate details.



45

6.2 The variation or modifications of the design, quality or quantity of work or the additional

or omissions or substitutions of any works.]

6.3 Any discrepancy in the drawings or between the schedule of quantities and/or

specifications.

6.4 The removal from the site of any material brought thereon by erector and the substitution

of any other material thereof.

6.5 The removal and/or re-execution of any work executed by the erector.

6.6 The dismissal from the work of any persons employed thereupon.

6.7 The opening up for inspection of any work covered up.

6.8 The amending and making good of any defects.

7.0 Right of RCDF :

7.1 The various parts of the contract are intended to be complementary to each other but

should any discrepancy appear or any misunderstandings arises as to the interpretations of

anything contained therein, the explanation of RCDF shall be final and binding.

7.2 Right to direct work :

7.2.1 RCDF shall have the right to direct the manner in which all work under this contract shall

be conducted in so far as it may be necessary to secure the safe and proper progress and

specified quality of the work, all work shall be done and all materials shall be furnished to

the satisfaction and approval of RCDF.

7.2.2 Whenever, in the opinion of the RCDF, erector has made marked departures from the

schedule of the completion laid down in the agreement or when untoward circumstances

force a such departure from the said schedule, RCDF in order to assure the compliance

with the schedule and the provisions of the agreement, shall direct the order, pace and

method of conducting the work, which shall be adhered to by the erector.

7.2.3 If, in the judgment of RCDF, it become necessary at any time to accelerate the over all

pace of the plant erection work erector when, ordered and directed by RCDF shall cease

work at any particular point and transfer his men to such other point or points and execute

such portion of his work, as may be required, to enable RCDF to hasten and properly

engage and carry on their work, all directed by the RCDF.

7.2.4 Night work will be permitted only with prior approval of RCDF, RCDF may also direct

erector to operate extra shifts over and above normal day shift to ensure completion of

contract as scheduled or due to exigent circumstances, if in his opinion, such work is

required.



46

7.3 Right to order Modifications of Methods & Equipment:

If at any time the erectors methods, materials or equipment appear to RCDF to be unsafe,

inefficient or inadequate for securing the safety of workmen or the public, the quality of

work or the rate of progress required, he may order erector to ensure their safety, and

increase their efficiency and adequacy and the erector shall promptly comply with such

orders. If at any time erectors working force and equipment are in the opinion of RCDF is

inadequate for securing the necessary progress as herein stipulated erector shall if so

directed increase the working force and equipment to such an extent as to give reasonable

assurance of compliance with the schedule of completion. The absence of such demands

from RCDF shall not relieve erector of his obligations to secure the quality, the safe

conducting of the work and the rate of progress required by the contract the erector alone

shall be and remain liable and responsible for the safety, efficiency and adequacy of his

methods, materials, working force and equipment, irrespective of whether or not he makes

any changes as a result or any order or orders received from RCDF.

8 Changes/ Variation in the work :

8.1 If it becomes necessary or desirable to modify the contract and the specifications therein

contained and the drawings, in a manner not materially affecting the substance thereof, or

to make changes by altering, adding to or deducting from the work, or to add correlated

work not now covered by the contract to the work to be done under his contract RCDF

may, without invalidating the contract, direct such changes increase the cost of work and

payment therefore is not covered by the prices bid for the various items, erector shall be

reimbursed for such changes under a supplementary contract. In case such changes shall

diminish the cost of the work, appropriate deductions towards such reduction in cost shall

be made from the contract price.

8.2 Erector when requested in writing by RCDF shall perform extra work and furnish extra

material not covered by the specifications but forming an inseparable part of the work

contracted for and shall be paid extra for all such work at rates and terms mutually agreed

upon.

8.3 Extra items, if any, shall be paid on the basis of vouchers of cost of materials and labour

procured by erector. Erector shall be paid 15% of the cost of material and labour towards

his profit, supervision and overhead charges.

8.4 Items not covered by the schedule of quantities but similar in nature to the items already

covered shall be paid for, the rates being worked out on the basis of rates quoted for

similar items.

8.5 The purchaser shall make any variation of the form, quality or quantity of the works or any

part there of that may. In his opinion, be necessary and for that purpose, or if for any other

reason it shall, in his opinion be desirable, he shall have power to order the supplier to do

and the supplier shall do any of the following:

a. Increase or decrease the quantity of any work included in the contract,

b. Omit any such work,



47

c. Change the character or quality or kind of any such work, d. Change the levels, lines, position and dimension of any part of the works, and e. Execute additional work of any kind necessary for the works and no such variation

shall in any way vitiate or invalidate the contract, but the value, if any, of all such

variations shall be taken into account in ascertaining the amount of the contract price. 8.6 The supplier shall make no such variations without an order in writing of the purchaser.

8.7 Provided that no order in writing shall be required for increase or decrease in the

quantity of any work where such increase or decrease is not the result of an order given

under this clause, butis the result of an order given under this clause, but is the result of

the quantities exceeding or being less than those stated in the contract/bill of quantities.

Provided also that if for any such order verbally, the supplier shall comply with such

verbal order given by the purchaser, whether before or after the carrying out of the order,

shall be deemed to be an order in writing within the meaning of this clause. Provided

further that if the supplier shall within seven days confirm in writing to the purchaser

and in writing within 14 days, it shall be deemed to be an order in writing by the

purchaser.

8.8 All extra or additional work done or work omitted by order of the purchaser shall be

valued at the rates and prices set out in the contract if in the opinion of the purchaser, the

same shall be applicable. If the contract does not contain any rates or prices applicable to

the extra or additional work, then suitable rates or prices shall be agreed upon between

the purchaser and the supplier. In the event of disagreement the purchaser shall fix such

rates or prices as shall, in his opinion, be reasonable and proper.

8.9 Provided that if the nature or amount of any omission or addition relative to the nature or

amount of the whole of the works or to any part thereof shall be such that, in the opinion

of the contract for any item of the works, is by reason of such omission or addition,

rendered unreasonable or inapplicable, then a suitable rate or price shall be agreed upon

between the purchaser and the supplier. In the event of disagreement the purchaser shall

fix such other rate or price as shall, in his opinion, be reasonable and proper having

regard to the circumstances.

8.10 Provided also that no increase or decrease mentioned above or variation of rate or price

shall be made unless, as soon after the date of the order as is practicable and, in the case

of extra or additional work before the commencement of the work or as soon thereafter

as is practicable, notice shall have been given in writing:

a. By the supplier to the purchaser of his intension to claim extra payment or a varied

rate or price, or b. By the purchaser to the supplier of is intension to vary a rate or price.

8.11 If, on certified completion of the whole of the works, it shall be found that a reduction

or increase greater than 15 percent of the sum named in the letter of acceptance results

from the aggregate effect of all variation orders but not from any other cause, the

amount of the contract price shall be adjusted by such sum as may be greed between the

supplier and the purchaser or, failing agreement, fixed by the purchaser having regard



48

to all material and relevant factors, including the suppliers site and general overhead

costs of the contract.

8.12 The supplier shall send to the purchasers representative once in every month an account

giving particulars, as full and detailed as possible, of all claims for any additional

payment to which ordered by the supplier may consider himself entitled and of all extra

or additional work ordered by the purchaser which he has executed during the

preceding month.

8.13 No final or interim claim for payment for any such work or expense will be considered

which has not been included in such particulars. Provided always that the purchaser

shall be entitled to authorize payment to be made for any such work or expense,

notwithstanding the suppliers failure to comply with this condition, if the supplier has,

at the earliest practicable opportunity, notified the purchaser in writing that he intends

to make a claim for such work.

8.14 The work shall be carried out as approved by the purchaser or his authorized

representative/s from time to time, keeping in view the overall schedule of completion

of the project. The suppliers job schedule must not disturb or interfere with purchasers

or the other suppliers schedules of day-to-day work. The purchaser will provide all

reasonable assistance for carrying out the jobs.

8.15 Night work will be permitted only with prior approval of the purchaser. The purchaser

may also direct the supplier to operate extra shifts over and above per schedule.

Adequate lighting wherever required should be provided by the supplier at no extra

cost. The supplier should employ qualified electricians and wiremen for these facilities.

8.16 In-case of suppliers failure to provide these facilities. in case of suppliers failure to

provide these facilities and personnel, the purchaser has the right to arrange such

facilities and personnel and to change the cost thereof to the supplier.

8.17 In order to enable the purchaser to arrange for insurance of all items received at the site

including the items of supply covered under this contract, the supplier shall furnish

necessary details of all the equipment immediately on its receipt at site, to the

purchaser. Any default on the part of the supplier due to which any item does not get

covered under the insurance of the purchaser; the consequential losses shall be charged

to the supplier.

8.18 The purchaser shall not be liable for or in respect of any damages or compensation

payable at law in respect or in consequence of any accident or injury to any workman or

other person in the employment of the supplier or any sub-supplier, save and except an

accident or injury resulting from any act or default of the purchaser, his agents,

servants. The supplier shall indemnify and keep indemnified the purchaser against all

such damages and compensation, save and except as aforesaid and against all claims,

proceedings, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever in respect thereof or in relation

thereto.



49

8.19 The supplier shall ensure against such liability with as insurer during the whole of the

time that any persons are employed by him on the works shall, when required, produced

to the purchaser or purchasers representative such policy of insurance and the receipt

for payment of the current premium. Provided always that, in respect of any persons

employed by any sub-supplier, the suppliers obligations to ensure as aforesaid under

this sub-clause shall be satisfied if the sub-supplier shall have insured against the

liability in respect of such persons in such manner that the purchaser is indemnified

under the policy, but the supplier shall require such sub-supplier to produce to the

purchaser or purchasers representatives, when required such policy of insurance and the

receipt for the payment of the current premium

8.20 Whenever proper execution of the work under the contract depends on the jobs carried

out by some other supplier, the supplier should inspect all such erection and installation

jobs and report to the purchaser regarding any defects or discrepancies. The suppliers

failure to do so shall constitute as acceptance of the other suppliers installation/jobs as

fit and proper for reception of suppliers works except those defects which may develop

after execution. Supplier should also report any discrepancy between the executed work

and the drawings. The supplier shall extend all necessary help/cooperation to other

suppliers working at the site in the interest of the work.

8.21 Supplier shall carryout final adjustments of foundations, leveling and dressing of

foundation surfaces, bedding and grouting of anchor bolts, bedplates etc. required for

seating of equipment in proper position. The supplier shall be responsible for the

reference lines and proper alignment of the equipment. However, all civil works like

making cutouts in walls, floors and ceilings for pipelines shall be done by the

purchaser. Adjustment & leveling are to be carried out by the supplier at no extra cost.

The purchaser shall arrange the necessary refilling/repairs of these cutouts and pockets.

The supplier should arrange for laying the supports, cutouts, grouting of bolts, etc.

when the civil works are in progress, so as to avoid refilling/repair works. The

purchaser at suppliers costs shall make the damages occurring to civil and other works

good. For fixing of piping/equipment supports on wall/beams/roof floor etc. preferably

anchor bolts shall be used by the supplier. Drilling of holes for fixing anchor bolts is in

the scope of supplier without any extra cost.

8.22 The supplier shall keep a check on deliveries of the equipment covered in the scope of

erection work and shall advise the purchaser well in advance regarding possible hold-

up in suppliers work due to the likely delay in delivery of such equipment/components

to enable him to take remedial actions.

DUTIES OF THE SUPPLIER VIS-À-VIS THE PURCHASER. The equipment and the items, if any, to be supplied by the purchaser for erection, testing

and commissioning shall be as listed in the contract.

Besides the utilities/services as specified in battery limits the following

assistance/facilities shall also be provided to the supplier by the purchaser for carrying

out the installation work.

Plant building ready for installation of equipment/items.



50

Necessary temporary water for carrying out the installation shall be supplied at only one

point within the project site by the purchaser free of charge. All necessary distribution

tapings from this point onwards shall be the suppliers responsibility.

Necessary temporary power is provided by the purchaser, the recovery @1% of total

installation charges will be recovered. However, the supplier shall supply all the items

such as energy meter, switchgear etc. required for getting temporary power.

The details of temporary water and power requirements shall be furnished seven days in

advance by the supplier to enable the purchaser to make timely arrangement.

If the supplier suffers delay and/or incurs costs from failure on the part of the purchaser

to give possession of the civil works in accordance with mutually agreed schedule, the

purchaser shall determine:

Any extension of time to which the supplier is entitled under the contract

The amount of such costs, which shall be added to the contract price, and shall notify the

supplier accordingly.

9 Erector’s functions :

9.1 Erector shall provide everything necessary for the proper execution of the works,

according to the patent and meaning of the drawings, schedule of quantities and

specifications taken together whether the same may or may not be particularly shown or

described therein provided that the same can reasonably be inferred there from and if the

erector finds any discrepancy therein, he shall immediately and in writing refer the same

to RCDF where decision shall be final and binding on all the parties.

9.2 It is not expected that the work under contract will be subcontracted. However, in case

erector desires to subcontract a part of the work in the interest of the project, he shall

request in writing to RCDF for approval for the same giving full and complete details

regarding the proposed subcontractor, his experience and the terms of subcontract.

Approval from RCDF for subcontracting part of the work shall not relieve the erector

from any of his obligations and responsibilities under this contract.

9.3 Erector shall proceed with the work to be performed under this contract and each and

every part and details thereof, in the best and most workman like manner by engaging

qualified, careful and efficient workers, and do the several parts thereof at such time and

in such order as RCDF may direct and finish such work in strict conformance with the

plans, drawing and/or specifications, and any changes, modifications thereof made by

RCDF.

9.4 The supplier shall provide everything necessary for proper execution of the works,

according to the drawings, schedule of quantities and specifications taken together

whether the same may or may not be particularly shown or described therein, provided

that the same can reasonably be inferred there from and if the supplier finds any

discrepancy therein, supplier shall immediately refer the same to the purchaser whose

decision shall be final and binding on the supplier.

mailto:@1%25



51

9.5 The supplier shall proceed with the work to be performed under this contract in the best

and workman like manner by engaging qualified and efficient workers and finish the work

in strict conformance with the drawings and specifications and any changes/modifications

thereof made by the purchaser.

9.6 Any work is to be done at place other than the site of the works erector shall obtain the

written permission of RCDF for doing so.

10 Unloading, Inspection & Storing :

10.1 Erector shall promptly unload from the carriers all the materials/equipment covered under

this contract. It is the erectors sole responsibility to keep in touch with the RCDF and

others to inform himself on the expected date and time or arrival of carriers at site and

ensure that his men aids are available in time to unload the material/equipment and

promptly release the carriers. Any demurrage charges incurred due to the delay in

unloading the materials/equipment and releasing the carriers shall be changed to the

erector’s account. Erector shall plan in advance his requirements of jacks, cranes, sleepers

etc. including those not specified here in but required to unload the material/equipment

promptly and efficiently.

10.2 Unless excluded in the specifications, erector shall safety transport the material/equipment

to the storage area and store the same in systematic manner with tags for easy

identification and retrieval. He shall also maintain all required stores records and furnish

all required reports. If in the opinion of RCDF the erector is not taking any action to

unload and transport the material to site. RCDF reserves the right to arrange for the same

through alternative agencies, entirely at the cost of the erector. It is further clarified that

even in the event RCDF arranges for the unloading, transportation storage space etc.

under the circumstances described above, the liability and responsibility will rest with the

erector.

10.3 All materials and equipment received at site, before erector arrives at site, shall be

unloaded and stored by RCDF at the risk responsibility and cost of the erector. These

materials shall be handed over to the erector and there upon the erector shall inspect the

same and furnish the receipt to the RCDF. The protection safety and security of the

material so taken over shall be the responsibility of the erector until it is handed over to

the RCDF after erection and/or commissioning. Any and all the material/equipment

covered under the scope of this contract, received at site after erector arrives at a site shall

be unpacked, inspected and checked and against invoices by the erector. He shall furnish

shortage and damages reports to RCDF within a week of the receipt of material and assist

the RCDF in lodging claims with the Insurance Companies. In case RCDF incurs a loss

due to the delay in lodging insurance claims, which are attributable to erector all such

losses shall be deducted from erector’s bills. Erector shall repack materials/equipments as

required and store the same in an orderly manner.

10.4 Erector shall also inform RCDF in right time regarding the repairs/replacement required

towards the items damages/lost in order to enable the RCDF to arrange for

repairs/replacement well in time and avoid delays due to non availability of equipment

and part at the time of their actual need.



52

10.5 Erector shall arrange for periodical inspection of material equipment in his custody until

taken over by the RCDF and shall carry out all protective and preservative measures

thereupon.

10.6 Erector shall also keep a check on the deliveries of the equipment/material covered in his

scope of erection and shall advise RCDF well in advance regarding possible hod ups in

his work due to expected delays in delivery of equipment, to enable RCDF to expedite the

deliveries and take other remedial action.

11 Other Contractors/Erector’s Work :

If any part of Erector’s work depends, for proper execution, upon the work of any other

erector, the erector shall inspect and promptly report to RCDF any defect in such work of

other contractors that render it unsuitable for use. Failure to do so shall be deemed as an

acceptance of the other erector’s work as fit and proper for the erection of his work except

as to defects which may develop in the work of other contractors after the proper

execution of the work. To ensure proper execution of his subsequent work, erector shall

measure work already in place and shall at once report to RCDF and discrepancy between

the executed work and the drawings.

12 Supply of Tools, Tackles & Materials :

12.1 For full completion of the work, erector shall at his own expense furnish all necessary

erection tools, machine tools, power tools, tackles, hoists, cranes, derricks, cables, slings,

skids scaffolding work benches, tools for rigging, cribbing and blocking, welding

machines and all other associated protective equipment, instruments, appliances, materials

and supplies required for unloading, transporting, storing, erecting, testing and

commissioning all the equipment of the plant that may be required to accomplish the work

under the contract unless otherwise provided for. Adequacy of such tools will be subject

to final determination by RCDF.

12.2 Erector shall also furnish all necessary expandable device like anchors, grinding and

abrasive wheels, raw plugs hacksaw blades, tape, dyes, drills, reamers, chisels, files

carborundum stones, oil stones, wire brushes, necessary bamboo scaffolding, ladders

wooden planks timers, sleeper and consumable material like oxygen, acetylene, argon,

lubricating, oils, greases, cleaning fluids, welding rods cylinder oils, graphite powder and

flakes fasteners, gaskets temporary supports stainless steel shims of various thickness as

required, cotton waste, cheese cloth and all other miscellaneous supplies of every kind not

necessarily listed above but required for carrying out the work under contract.

12.3 Erector shall provide all reasonable facilities including tools personnel etc. and ensure

coordination with RCDF and erection supervisors of other equipment suppliers to enable

them to carry out all supervision measurements checks etc. in a satisfactory manner.

12.4 Erector shall not dispose off transport or withdraw any tools, tackles, equipments and

material provided by him for the execution of the work without taking prior written

approval from RCDF at all times shall have right to refuse permission for disposal,

transport or withdraw all of tools, tackles, equipment and material which in the opinion of

RCDF will adversely affect the efficient and expeditious completion of the project.



53

12.5 Machinery Foundation :

All the civil foundations as per the drawings furnished by the manufactures/suppliers shall

be arranged by RCDF. The erector shall place the equipment on the foundations and carry

out final adjustment of the foundations alignment dressing of foundation surface,

providing and grouting of anchor bolts pockets etc. and set the equipment properly as per

approved layout drawing and manufacture instructions.

12.6 Structural Platform :

Supply of all necessary materials and installation of structural platforms, structural

supports and access arrangement required for the various equipment is included within the

scope of mechanical installation and should be so carried out that all operation can be

easily manoeuvred.

The details and drawings in regard of the platforms shall be worked out/prepared by the

erector and submitted to the RCDF for approval. The items should be executed as per the

approval details drawing. The payment will be made on the basis of cost per unit weight

as offered by erector and accepted by RCDF.

13 For Erection & Commissioning :

The erector will be required to take a ‘storage-cum-erection’ insurance for the items to be

erected and commissioned by him. For this insurance premium shall however be

reimbursed to him by the buyer. In case, the erector is not able to arrange insurance at

reasonable rates acceptable to the buyer, the buyer shall arrange the same on behalf of the

erector. However, in the event of any loss/damage to the equipment during storage or

erection and commissioning, the erector alone shall have to lodge the claims with

underwriters and pursue the same till settlement irrespective of the fact whether the

insurance policy is taken by the erector or arranged by the buyer on his behalf. Further, it

shall be sole responsibility of the erector to make good the losses/damages expeditiously

without any extra cost to the buyer.

14. All the equipment/machineries including motors, pumps, starters, junction boxes,

isolators, and boxes, tanks supporting structures, pipe supports and brackets of MS, GI,

Pipes which are not insulated and all exposed and visible cost Iron parts shall be given a

double coat of anticorrosive primers. MS and GI parts (within the building) should be

given a final coat of paint of approved shade. However, if so instructed by RCDF in

respect of certain particular items/equipments, the erect should touch up breaches in the

paintings. All surfaces must be properly cleaned and all scale, dirt and grease should be

removed prior to painting. Spray painting must preferably be used on all the equipment,

machineries and wherever else practicable. Suitable and necessary cleaning/wiping of

slight/dial glasses, other non-metallic parts, flooring, walls and other surfaces which have

been spoiled by paint during painting must also be carried out by the erector. Lettering

and other markings, including capacity and flow direction markings, shall also be carried

out by the tenderer on the tanks, pipe lines, starters, motors, isolators and wherever else

necessary as directed and as per the standard practice of installation. The scope of paining

includes a double steel primer under coat and a top coat of paint of approved shade and



54

quality, wherever possible ISI colour codes and colour charts must be adhered to.

However, the final colour code shall have to be got approved from RCDF and any

changes suggested thereby should be carried out.

15.0 Cleaning Chemicals & Lubricants :

The necessary quantities of cleaning chemicals, make-up lubricants, etc. required for the

installation, commissioning, testing and start-up all the equipments are to be supplied by

the erector free of cost.

16.0 Access preparation :

In case access preparation is required to be made for shifting the equipment the erector

shall bring to the notice of RCDF, the quantity of work involved for making such a

preparation. Consequently RCDF would review the matter in consultation with the erector

and decide the course of action.

17.0 Setting put works, lines & Grades :

17.1 Building, foundation and other civil works shall be provided by RCDF unless indicated

otherwise. Erector shall carry out all adjustments of foundations, levels, dressing of

foundation surfaces, bedding and grouting of anchor bolts and bed plate etc. as may be

required for seating of the equipment in proper position. Erector shall be responsible for

obtaining correct reference lines for purposes of fixing the alignment of various

equipments from master bench marks furnished by RCDF. Any minor alternation required

in rectifying the anchor bolts pockets, anchor bolts, etc. shall be carried out by erector at

no extra cost. The erector shall supply all the necessary foundation and anchor bolts, bed

plates etc. without any extra cost.

17.2 Erector shall supply, fix and maintain at his cost during the execution of any work, all the

necessary centring, scaffolding, staging, planking, timbering, strutting, shorting pumping,

fencing boarding guarding and lighting by night as well as by day, required not only for

the proper execution and protection of the said work, but also for the protection of the

pumping station and of the safety of any adjacent roads, streets, cellars, vaults ovens,

walls, houses, buildings and all other erections, matters or things. Erector shall take out

and remove any or all such centring, scaffolding, staging, planking timbering, strutting,

shorting etc. as occasion shall require or when ordered to do so and shall fully reinstalled

and make good all matters and things disturbed during execution of the work, to the

satisfaction of RCDF. Erector shall be paid no additional amount for the above.

18.0 Erection & Inspection :

18.1 Erector shall prepare a detailed and comprehensive erection schedule for review and

approval of RCDF’s site Engineer and supplier’s erection supervisors. This ‘Approved’

erection schedule shall form the basis for evaluating the pace of all the erection works to

be performed by erector.

18.2 The schedule shall show approximately the date on which each part of divisions of the

work is expected to begin based on his knowledge of the works of the other contractors

and the date when the work is schedules to be finished. Upon the request of RCDF erector



55

should be prepared to discuss his schedule in relation to the master schedule and shall co-

ordinate his work with that of the other erectors/contractors as determined by RCDF.

18.3 The work so far as it is carried out on RCDF’s promised shall be carried out at such time

as RCDF may approve consistent with the construction schedule and so as not to interfere

unnecessarily with the conduct of RCDF’s business and RCDF will give erector all

reasonable assistance for carrying out the work.

18.4 Erector shall revise and up date his erection schedule periodically (atleast once every

calendar month) to indicate actual progress of works, in relation to scheduled progress.

Erector shall also submit monthly progress reports indicating progress work giving

scheduled and actual percentage completions, causes for delay etc. as well as such other

reasonable reports RCDF may request from time to time.

18.5 Adherence to the instructions of supervisory engineers of manufacturers, where provided

by RCDF is compulsory. Erector shall work as per the procedure suggested by

manufacturer and shall complete erection of equipment in such a way so as not to interfere

with or prevent equipment from functioning as intended, as well as to the entire

satisfaction of the manufacturer’s supervisor/RCDF. Erector shall also permit and provide

all facilities for manufacturer’s erection super visors to carry out all checks that they may

wish to and approve any erection procedure and/or final setting and alignment of

components, in order to satisfy themselves that erection has been carried out as intended

by them. This shall, however, in no way relieve erector of his responsibility for providing

adequate and competent supervision and quality workmanship. In case of any dispute, the

decision of the RCDF/Manufacturer’s erection supervisor shall be final and binding on the

erector.

18.6 Erector shall haul materials and equipment furnished at RCDF’s storage or unloading

areas to the points where they are to be used, in the construction work, install the

materials and equipment in their final location and classify and store all surplus and

auxiliary parts in a systematic manner in the warehouse, where they can be readily

identified and located when needed at a later date.

18.7 In the execution of the work no person other than erector or his duly appointed

representatives, his subcontractors and their workman shall be allowed to do work at the

site except by the special permission, in writing of RCDF or their representatives, but

access to everywhere in the site at all times shall be accorded to RCDF and their

representatives and other authorized officials and statutory public authorities.

Nevertheless, erector shall not object to the execution of the work by other

erector/contractor or tradesman whose names shall have been previously communicated in

every facility for the execution of their several functions simultaneously with his own.

18.8 Erector shall carry out the required ‘minor modification work’ at site as required to

efficiently complete the work covered in this contract at no extra cost over his contracted

sum. However ‘minor modifications’ shall not involve more than 24 man hours per each

item of such work. However, in case of ‘major modifications’ which are required to be

done on the equipment, for no fault of erector he shall be compensated on the basis of

man day rates. It is the responsibility of the erector to get the prior approval for such



56

‘major modifications work’ from RCDF before such works are taken up. Erector shall

also get the estimates and the actual time sheets certified by RCDF and these certified

time sheets will be the basis for processing his bills for the ‘Major modifications’.

18.9 If the work or any portion thereof shall be damaged in any way excepting by the acts of

RCDF, or if defects not readily detected on prior inspection and which shall develop

before the final completion and acceptance of the whole work, erector shall forthwith

make good, without compensation, such damage or defects in a manner satisfactory to

RCDF. In no case shall defective or imperfect work will be retained.

18.10 Erector at all times shall work in co-ordination with RCDF’s engineering staff and after

them all reasonable facilities to become familiar with the erection, operation and

maintenance of the equipments.

18.11 In respect of observation of local rules, administrative orders, working staff and the like,

erector and his personnel shall co-operate with the RCDF.

18.12 Erector shall not sell, assign, mortgage, hypothecate or remove equipment or materials

which have been installed or which may be necessary for the completion of the contract

without the consent of RCDF in writing.

18.13 Inspection of work : RCDF of any person appointed by them shall have access and right to inspect the work, or

any part thereof at all times and places during the progress of the work. The inspection

and supervision is for the purpose of assuring RCDF that the plans and specifications are

being properly executed and while RCDF and their representatives will extend to the

erector all desired assistance in interpreting the plan and specifications, such assistance

shall not relieve erector of any responsibility for the work. Any work which proves faulty

shall be corrected by erector without delay. The fact that RCDF or their representatives

have not pointed out faulty work or work which is not in accordance with plans and

specifications shall not relieve the erector from correcting such work as directed by RCDF

without additional compensation. RCDF their representatives and the employees shall at

all reasonable times have free access to the works and/or to the workshop factories or

other places where materials are being prepared or constructed or fabricated for the

contract and also to any place where the materials are lying or from where they are being

obtained and erector shall give every facility to RCDF and his representative for

inspection examination and test of the materials and workmanship even to the extent of

discontinuing portion of the work temporarily or of uncovering or taking down portion of

finished work.

19.0 Protection to Plant :

19.1 Except in case where RCDF’s express permission, is applied for and received in writing

no use of RCDF’s plant facilities such as cranes, passenger elevator, toilets showers or

machine shop etc. shall be made by erector or his employees.

19.2 RCDF shall not be responsible or held liable for any damage to person or properly

consequent upon the use, misuse or failure of any construction tools and equipment used



57

by erector of any of his subcontractors, even though such constructions tools and

equipment may be furnished rented or loaned to erector or any of this contractors. The

acceptance and/or use of any such constructions tools and equipment by erector or his

subcontractor shall be constructed to mean that erector accepts all responsibility for and

agrees to indemnify and save harmless RCDF from any and all claims for said damages

resulting from said use, misuse or failure of such construction tools and equipments.

19.3 Erector and his subcontractors shall be responsible during work for protection of the work

which has been completed by other contractors/suppliers. Necessary care shall be taken to

see that no damage to the same is caused by his own men during the course of execution

of their work.

19.4 All other work completed or in progress as well as machinery and equipment that are

liable to be damaged by erector’s work shall be protected by erector and such protection

shall remain and be maintained until its removal is directed by RCDF.

19.5 Erector shall effectively protect all the works from action of weather and from damages or

defacement and shall cover finished parts wherever required for their through protection.

Face work shall be perfectly clean and free from defects.

19.6 The work shall be carried out to completion without damage to any work and properly

adjacent to the area of his work to whom so ever it may belong, without interference with

the operation of their existing machines or equipment.

19.7 Adequate lighting at and near all the shortage, handling, fabrication, preassembly and

erection sites for properly carrying out the work and for safety and security shall be

provided by erector. Erector should adequately light the work area during night time also.

Erector should also engage adequate electricians/wireman, helpers etc. to carry out and

maintain these lighting facilities. RCDF may provide such facilities as he may deem

necessary and charge the cost thereof to the erector. In any case, erector shall be liable for

all damages and consequences arising out of his neglect in this regard.

20.0 Clean up of work site

20.1 All soils, filth or other matter of an offensive nature taken out of any trench, sewer,

drain, cesspool or other place shall not be deposited on the surface, but shall at once be

carted away by the erector from the site of work for suitable and proper disposal.

20.2 Erector shall not store or place the equipment, materials or erection tools on the drive

ways and streets and shall take care that his work in no way restricts or impedes traffic or

passage of men and material. During erection, erector shall, without any additional

payment, at all times, keep the working and storage area used by him free from

accumulation of dust or combustile material, waste materials or rubbish, to avoid fire

hazards and hindrance to other works, of RCDF.

20.3 If erector fails to comply with these requirements inspite of written instructions from

RCDF, RCDF will proceed to clear these areas and the expenses incurred by the RCDF in

this regard shall be payable by erector. Erector shall remove or dispose off in a

satisfactory manner all scaffoldings, temporary structures, waste and debris and leave the



58

premised in a conditions satisfactory to RCDF. Any packing materials received with the

equipment shall remain as the property of RCDF and may be used by erector on payment

of standard charges to RCDF and with prior approval of RCDF. At the completion of his

work and before final payment, erector shall remove and shall restore the site to a neat

workman like conditions, at his cost.

21.0 Erector’s Personnel :

Erector shall function as on erection organisation and furnish adequate courteous and

competent labour (unskilled, semiskilled and skilled, watchman, supervisors, and

engineers of all classes for the duration of the work to maintain the rate of erection in

accordance with the requirement of the schedule of completion, and shall be in the work

included in the contract at such times as will ensure its completion as specified and shall

complete the same force of all lines and charged, at or before the time specified for

completion. Erector shall make available qualified engineers for placing the equipment in

operation and carrying out the necessary tests and trials. Conducts required of erector’s

men are specified below :

21.1 It is important that erector shall employ men known to be reliable and competent for the

work in general and it shall be requirement of the contract that men used on special

works shall be competent, well trained and trusted employees.

21.2 Erector shall furnish details of the qualifications and experience of his senior supervisors

and engineers assigned to the work including their experience in supervising erection and

commissioning of plant and equipment of comparable capacity.

21.3 Erector shall be personally present or employ at least one competent representative

(whose name shall have previously been communicated in writing to RCDF to supervise

the erection of the equipment and carrying out the work under the contract. This

representative shall have full technical capability and complete administrative and

financial powers to expeditiously and efficiently execute the work under the contract.

Erector or his representative or if more than one be employed, one of the representative

shall be present at the site at all times when work is in progress, and any written orders or

instructions which RCDF may give to the said representative of erector shall deemed to

have been given to the erector. He shall maintain an office near/or adjacent to the site of

the work, and shall at all times keep in office a complete set of specifications and

drawings. RCDF shall normally communicate directly with the said representative at site.

21.4 Erector’s representative at the site shall be posted and be available at site within a

reasonable time after RCDF shall inform erector in writing to the effect. The service of

erector’s representatives shall be made available during the progress of the work for such

periods during the working days as RCDF may require.

21.5 When erector or his representative is not present on any part of the work where it may be

desired to give directions in the event of emergencies, orders may be given by RCDF and

shall be received and obeyed by the supervisors or foreman who may have charge of the

particular part of the work in reference to which order given. If requested to do so, RCDF

shall confirm such orders in writing. Any such instruction, direction or notices given by

RCDF shall be held to have been given to the erector.



59

21.6 Erector shall furnish RCDF a fortnightly labour force report showing by classifications

the number of employees engaged in the work. Erector’s employment records shall

include any reasonable information as may be required by RCDF. The erector should also

display necessary information as may be required by statutory regulations.

21.7 None of the erector’s superintendents, supervisors, engineers, or labour may be withdrawn

from the work without the notice given to RCDF and further no such withdrawals shall be

made if in the opinion of RCDF, it will jeopardize the required pace of progress and/or the

successful completion of the work.

21.8 RCDF shall be at liberty to object to any representatives or person or skilled, semiskilled

or unskilled worker employed by the erector in the execution, or otherwise, of the worker

who shall misconduct himself, or be incompetent, or negligent or unsuitable and erector

shall remove the person so objected to upon receipt of notice in writing from RCDF

requiring him to do so and shall provide in his place a competent representative at his own

expense within reasonable time.

22.0 Construction, Electric Power & Water :

Electric power and water will be made available for use by RCDF free of cost. These

supplies will be made, where available at one central point in the site convenient to RCDF

and all piping for service water to work area shall be furnished, installed and maintained

by erector at his own expense. He shall also furnish, install and maintain at his cost the

power lines, junction boxes and any other electrical receptacles, apparatus or equipment

from the central point of his work area.

23.0 Drawings :

23.1 Within three weeks from the date of receipt of the order, erector shall submit list of

necessary drawings as mentioned in 1.5, that he proposes to submit for approval,

identifying each by a serial number and descriptive, title and giving the expected date of

submission. This list shall be revised and extended, as necessary during the progress of

work.

23.2 Erector shall also submit copies of design calculations, material specification and detailed

drawings as called for in the equipment specifications for RCDF review. Erector must

satisfy RCDF as to the validity of his design with reference to the requirement of statutory

Code Authorities.

23.3 Drawings submitted for approval shall be signed by responsible representatives of erector

and shall be to any one of the following sizes in accordance with

Indian Standards :

A0, A1, A2, A3, or A4



60

23.4 All drawings shall show the following particulars in the lower right hand corner in

addition to Vendor’s name :-

a) Name of RCDF

b) Project Title

c) Title of Drawing

d) Scale

e) Date of drawing

f) Drawing number

g) Space for RCDF drawing number.

23.5 In addition to the information provided on drawings, each drawing shall carry a revision

number, date of revision and brief of revision carried out. Whenever any revision is

carried out, correspondingly revision must be up dated.

23.6 All dimensions on drawings shall be in metric units, unless otherwise, specified.

23.7 Drawings submitted by erector for approval will be checked reviewed by RCDF and

comments, if any, on the same will be conveyed to erector. It is the responsibility of the

rector to incorporate correctly all the comments conveyed by RCDF on erector’s

drawings. The drawings which are approved with comments are to be resubmitted to

RCDF for purpose of records. Such drawings will not be checked/reviewed by RCDF to

verify whether all the comments have been incorporated by the erector. If erector is

unable to incorporate certain comments in his drawings, he shall clearly state in his

forwarding letter such non-compliance along with the valid reasons.

23.8 Upon completion of the installation, erector shall make in a neat and accurate manner, a

complete record of all changes and revision to the original design, as installed in the

complete work. Six copies of these drawings shall be submitted to RCDF for records and

these becomes the property of RCDF.

23.9 Drawings prepared by erector and approved by RCDF shall be considered as a part of the

specifications. However, the examination and approval of the drawings by RCDF shall

not relieve erector of his responsibility for engineering, design, workmanship and material

under the contract.

23.10 If, at any time before the completion of the work, changes are made necessitating revision

of approved drawings, erector shall make such revision and proceed in the same routine as

for the original approval.

24.0 Inspection Right & Privileges :

24.1 RCDF reserves the right to inspect any machinery or material or equipment furnished or

used by erector under the contract, and to project any, which is found defective in

workmanship or otherwise unsuitable for the use and purpose intended, or which is not

in accordance with the intent of the contract.



61

24.2 Should RCDF waive the right to inspect any equipment, such waiver shall not relieve

erector in anyway of his obligation under the contract.

24.3 RCDF representatives shall be permitted free access to erector’s or his subcontractor’s

shop at all working hours for the purpose of inspecting work at all stages of progress.

24.4 RCDF representatives shall be given full assistance in the form of necessary tools,

instruments, equipment and qualified operations to facilitate inspection.

24.5 RCDF reserves the right to call for certificate of origin and test certificates for all raw

material and equipment at any stage of manufacture.

24.6 In the event of RCDF inspection reveals poor quality of goods RCDF shall be at liberty to

specify additional inspection procedures, if required, to ascertain Vendor’s compliance

with the equipment specifications.

24.7 Even though inspection is carried out by RCDF or his representatives, such inspection

shall not however, relieve Vendor of all responsibility for furnishing equipment

conforming to the requirements of the contract, nor prejudice any claim right or privilege

which RCDF may have because of the use of defective or unsatisfactory equipment.

24.8 A set of latest prints of the approved drawings shall be kept available by the controller, in

the shop floor for reference of RCDF representative during inspection.

25.0 Storage of equipment :

25.1 In general, erector is responsible for the proper storage and maintenance of all

materials/equipments entrusted to him. He shall take all required steps to carry out

frequent inspection of equipment/materials/stores as well as erected equipments until the

same is taken over by the RCDF. The following procedure shall apply for the same.

25.2 Erector’s inspector shall check stored and installed equipments/materials to observe signs

of corrosion, damage to protective coating, to parts, open ends in pipes, vessels and

equipment, insulation resistance of electrical equipment etc. In case open ends are noticed,

he shall immediately get them capped. In case signs of wear damage to protective coating

are noticed, he shall immediately arrange a coat of protective painting. A clean record of

all observations made on equipments, defects noticed shall be promptly communicated to

RCDF and his advise taken regarding the repairs/rectification erector shall thereupon

carryout such repairs rectifications at his own cost. In case erector is not competent to

carry out such repairs/rectification, RCDF reserves the right to get this done by other

competent agencies at the erectors responsibility and risk and the entire cost for the same

shall be recovered from erectors bill.

25.3 Erector’s inspectors shall also inspect and provide lubrication to the assembled pumps etc.

The shafts of such equipment shall be periodically rotated to prevent rusting in certain

zones as well as to check freeness of the same.

25.4 Inspectors shall check for any sign of ingress or moisture of rusting in any equipment.



62

25.5 If the commissioning of the equipment is delayed after installation of the equipment,

erector shall carry out all protective measures suggested by the Manufacturer RCDF

during such period.

25.6 Adequate security measures shall be taken by erector to prevent theft and loss of material

entrusted to him by RCDF shall carry out periodical inventory of the material received

stored and installed by him and any loss noticed shall be immediately reported to RCDF.

A proper record of these inventories shall be maintained by the erector.

25.7 A suitable grease recommended for protection of surface against rusting (refined from

petroleum oil with lanclin mincu, 70 C and water in traces) shall be applied over all

equipment every six months.

25.8 These equipments shall be stored inside a closed shed or in the open depending upon

whether they are of indoor or outdoors design. However, in case of equipment stored in

the open, suitable protective measures including covering with tarpaulin must be carried

out by the erector. The space heaters, where provided in the electrical equipment shall be

kept connected with power supply irrespective of their type of storage. Where space

heaters are not provided adequate heating with bulb is recommended. In LT. motors a low

voltage current flow through the windings is recommended. Frequent checks on insulation

resistance is essential for all electrical equipments. A records of the inspection reports and

megger readings shall be maintained equipment wise. Such records shall be presented to

RCDF whenever demanded.

25.9 All the necessary items/goods required for the protection as described above shall be

arranged by the erector and no extra cost is payable in this regard by RCDF.

26.0 Deployment of erection team to site and Co-ordination meetings :

The erector shall depute a qualified and experienced engineers together with a adequate

skilled and unskilled labourers for carrying out the installation and commissioning. All

necessary staff shall be at the site till the completion of all works, commissioning/start-up,

trial runs and handling over of the plant. No member of the staff deputed to site shall be

withdrawn unless agreed to by RCDF. The erector shall depute a senior personnel to

attend the site co-ordination meeting that would generally be held at the site every month.

The erector shall take necessary action to implement the decision arrived at such meetings

and shall also update the schedule. In case of lag in the progress the erector shall act

suitably to make up for the lag. RCDF shall be at liberty to object to any representative or

person or skilled, semiskilled or unskilled worker employed by the erector in the

execution or otherwise of the work, who shall misconduct himself or be incompetent, or

negligent or unsuitable and the erector shall remove the persons so objected to, upon

receipt of notice in writing from RCDF requiring him to do so and shall provide in his

place a competent representative at his own expense within reasonable time.

27.0 Programme of Installation & Commissioning :

The successful erector should submit a scheduled programme for carrying out the work.

The erection schedule should describe the estimated time of installation of each of each



63

item against each section of the project and should also clarify when each of the item to be

supplied by RCDF should be made available to the erector in order to adhere to the

schedule.

The schedule should be so prepared that the erection, commissioning, testing and start-up

is completed in all respect, within _________________________ from the date of

placement of order.

RCDF shall have the right to direct the manner in which all work covered under the scope

of this contract shall be conducted by the erector in so far as it may be necessary to secure

the safe and proper progress and the specified quality of the work and all work shall be

carried out and all material shall be furnished to the satisfaction and approval of RCDF

whenever, in the opinion of RCDF, the erector has made departures from the schedule of

completion of work submitted by him and approved by RCDF or when untoward

circumstances force a departure from the said schedule or if in the judgment of RCDF, if

becomes necessary at any time to accelerate pace of erection work, then RCDF shall

direct the order pace and method of conducting the work and erector shall fully comply

with all such directions.

If erector doesn’t comply with the direction as described above or complete the erection

and commissioning by the end of 4th

week after programmed completion, RCDF will

operate the penalty clause and shall also have the option to deploy their own staff/other

agencies to complete the job at the erectors risk, responsibility and cost.

It is however, clarified that the above or any such directions from RCDF or abstinence of

RCDF in deploying their own staff/other agencies as described above shall not relieve the

erector of his obligations to secure the quality, the safe conduction of work, rate of

progress required and adherence to scheduled programme.

IF THE ERECTOR FAILES TO COMPLETE ERECTION IN ALL ASPECTS WITHIN

THE STIPULATED PERIOD & TIME. THE ERECTOR SHALL HAVE TO PAY

RUPES @ ½% PER WEEK AS PENALTY FOR THE PERIOD FOR WHICH THE

WORK REMAINS INCOMPLETE.

28.0 Approvals :

The erector shall obtain the necessary approval of the factory Inspector, Boiler Inspector,

Electrical Inspector weights & Measures Inspector, Explosives Inspector, and any other

state and local authorities as may be required. All the necessary details, drawings,

submission of application and proformas will be furnished by the Erector to RCDF for

rectification/signature.

The necessary application duly filled in, together with the prescribed fees shall be

submitted to the authorities by the erector on behalf of the RCDF. However all the actual

prescribed fees paid by the erector shall be reimbursed by RCDF upon production of the

receipt/vouchers of the above said authorities.



64

RCDF shall, however, extend all possible assistance to the erector for obtaining the

necessary approvals. Nevertheless the ultimate responsibility for obtaining the necessary

approvals lies with the erector.

29.0 Final Drawings & Manuals :

The erector shall, upon completion of the job, submit six complete sets of final drawings

towards the equipment layout different pipe lines, cables, conduits, layout drawings and

other necessary drawings. All the drawings must conform to actual executing carried out.

30.0 Progress of Work :

If the erector does not commence/complete the entire job or sections of the job within four

weeks from programme schedule of commencement/completion, the RCDF shall be free

to deploy their own staff/agencies to commence/complete the job entirely at the risk,

responsibility and cost of the erector.

30.1 Start-up of manufacturer’s representatives during commissioning/trial runs.

30.2 In the following cases the RCDF reserves the right to invite the representative(s) of the

original manufacturer and/or supplier at the cost of the erector for start by help, assistance

and guidance during commissioning and start-up.

a) The erector has no previous experience of commissioning and starting-up of the

similar equipment.

b) The RCDF is of the opinion that the erector is incompetent to commission and start-up

of certain specific equipment.

31.0 Commissioning :

The erector shall operate, maintain and give satisfactory trial run of the plant satisfactory

for a period of continuous one month at the rated output. All rectifications of

damages/defects and routine troubles shooting should be carried out by the erector to

achieve aforesaid satisfactory running of the plant. The erector shall incorporate/execute

necessary minor modification during the trial period for maximising operational

efficiency. The erector should also execute miner modification as may be suggested by

RCDF. The erector shall suggest recommended log sheet proformas for recording

necessary operating data and pass it on to RCDF in proof of satisfactory rated output and

performance of the equipment/plant.

The commissioning shall also include the following for each equipment :

a) Field disassembly and assembly.

b) Cleaning of lubrication system including chemicals cleaning and passivation wherever

required.

c) Circulation of lubricant to check flow.

d) Cleaning and checking of all the service lines.

e) Checking and commissioning of instruments, equipment and plants, filtering of

transformer, and other oils so that if deteriorated, they shall attain the required



65

properties/standard, specified tests in this regard must be carried out by approved

authorities and their satisfactory reports submitted to RCDF before start-up.

f) Recharging or make-up filling of lubricant oil up to the desired level in the lubrication

system of individual machine.

g) Operation in empty condition to check general operation details wherever required,

and wherever possible.

h) Closed loop dynamic testing with water wherever required.

i) Operation under load and gradual load increase to attain maximum rated output.

j) Trouble shooting during the trial period.

k) Guarantee of installation.

32.0 Guarantee :

The supply of equipment as well as installation shall have to be carried out by the erector

to the entire satisfaction of the RCDF. The erector shall also guarantee to repair/replace,

without any extra cost, the items or parts thereof, if found defective due to bad design,

workmanship or substandard material within 12 months from the date of commissioning

or 36 months from the date of receipt of material at site whichever is earlier. If it is

necessary to send the defective equipment or parts thereof for repair/replacement, cost of

transportation including package, insurance etc. from the site to works and back to site

shall have to be borne by the erector. The guarantee does not cover any damage resulting

from normal wear and tear or improper attendance or mishandling of the equipment by the

RCDF.

33.0 Training of personnel :

Necessary staff as may be deputed by RCDF shall be trained by the erector for operating

the plant. The personnel will be associated for the training during the installation, testing,

commissioning and start-up period and training tenure shall be minimum for a period of

one month from the date of commissioning and start-up.

34.0 Outline of the scope of duties of the Contractor Viz-a-viz RCDF :

34.1 The equipment and items as specified in purchase order shall be supplied by RCDF for

erection, installation, commissioning by the erector.

34.2 Besides the utilities/services as specified in battery limits the following shall also be

provided to the erector by RCDF for carrying out the installation/erection.

a) Suitable lockable space for storage of tools, tackles and erection materials (No

accommodation for erectors personnel will be provided under any circumstances) the

security of these materials will be the responsibility of the erector.

b) Plant building ready for installation/erection of all the equipment/items (flooring will

generally be carried out after positioning of main equipment and laying of necessary

conduits).



66

c) Necessary temporary power for carrying out the installation (the power shall be

supplied at only one point within the dairy site). All necessary tapping from this point

onwards shall be erector’s responsibility.

d) Temporary water at one point within the site for the water required for testing etc. The

erector shall arrange on his own to tap and transfer the water to the points required.

34.3 Prior Information :

a) The details of temporary water and power requirements shall be furnished one month

in advance by the erector to enable RCDF to make timely arrangement.

b) Detailed drawings of the required main cut-outs must be supplied by the erector in

advance to RCDF to provide the same at the time of civil construction. The cutting in

the walls, floors etc. which are not informed earlier and required for erection work

will be done by the erector and to repair the same will also be the responsibility of the

erector.

c) Detailed drawings and other specifications of foundation and any other special

structure must be submitted by the erector within one month after award of contract to

RCDF.

35.0 Damage :

If the work or any portion thereof shall be damaged in any way excepting by the acts of

RCDF or if defects not readily detected by prior inspection shall develop before the final

completion and acceptance of the whole work. Erector shall forthwith make good, without

compensation, such damage or defects in a manner satisfactory to the RCDF. In no case

shall defective or imperfect work be retained.

36.0 Observation of local rules etc.

In respect of observation of local rules, administrative orders, working hours, labour

compensation act, applicable labour laws and the like erector and his personnel shall

strictly abide by the same.

37.0 Stand by manufacturer’s representative :

In the following cases the RCDF reserves the right to invite the representative(s) of the

original manufacturer and/or supplier at the cost of erector for stand by them, assistance

and guidance during the commissioning and start-up.

a) The erector has no previous experience of commissioning and start-up of the similar

equipments.

b) The RCDF is of the opinion that the erector is not competent to commission and start-

up of certain specific equipment, the opinion of RCDF shall be final and binding.



67

38.0 Inspection & test reports :

The equipment and items supplied under the purview of erector shall be inspected by the

inspector at works and copies of inspection test reports shall be forwarded to RCDF.

39.0 Terms of payment for erection work :

1) 10% of the order value of acceptance of the order subject to the supplier furnishing

Bank Guarantee from a National Bank or Scheduled Bank in India for an equivalent

amount valid for a period of 12 calendar months.

2) 80% against monthly progress bills duly certified by RCDF’s Site Engineer/In-charge.

3) 10% balance within 12 calendar months from the date of satisfactory commissioning

of the plant.

40.0 Battery Limits :

The services/utilities will be made available at battery limits specified in the job

description and it will be the erectors responsibility to transmit them to the various points

required in the project. All the necessary fittings tappings, that would be required to tap

the utility at battery limits for onward transmission shall be supplied and installed by the

erector.

41.0 GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION :

41.1 a) The specifications detail the broad guide lines for erection, testing and commissioning

of electrical equipment. The work shall however, at all times be carried out strictly as

per the instructions of RCDF and in accordance with latest IER.

b) The installation would also comprise for the supply laying and inter connecting, cables

form the battery limits of the power supply to the various switchboards controls and

electrical equipments.

c) The cable of electric power should be of PVC armoured type approved from ISI

unless otherwise specified and with sufficient cross section depending on the feeder.

d) The cable for control and flexible connection should be unarmoured type with copper

conductors. Wherever required, multicore copper cable should be used.

e) Wherever necessary drip proof junction boxes and isolators, cable carrying trays,

necessary clamps etc. shall be provided.

f) Necessary isolators of appropriate sizes are to be provided near the motors as per IER.

All the involved supply included within the scope of electrical installation and

erection should be approved type and make and conform to ISI standard.



68

g) Detailed electrical diagrams and cable layout should be prepared by the erector

according to the specifications and the same should be approved by RCDF before the

execution.

41.2 Electrical installation work shall comply with all currently applicable statues, regulations

and safety codes in the locality where the equipment will be installed. Nothing in this

specifications shall be construed to relieve erector of his responsibility.

41.3 Unless otherwise specified installation work shall comply with the requirements of latest

additions of applicable Indian standards.

41.4 In accordance with the specific installation instructions, as shown on manufacturer’s

drawings or as directed by Site Engineer of RCDF, the erector shall unload, erect, install

wire test and put into commercial use all the electrical equipment included in the contract.

Equipment shall be installed in neat workman like manner so that if is in level and plumb,

properly aligned and oriented. Tolerance shall be established in manufacturer’s drawings

or as stipulated by an Engineer. No equipment shall be permanently bolted down to

foundation or structure until the alignment has been checked.

41.5 Erector shall furnish all supervision, labour, tools, equipment, ribbing, materials and

incidental materials such as holts, wedges, anchors, concrete, inserts etc. required to

completely install test and adjust the equipment.

41.6 Where assemblies are supplied is more than one section erector shall make all necessary

mechanical and electrical connections between sections including the connection between

buses. Erector shall also do necessary adjustment/alignments necessary for proper

operations of circuit breakers isolators, and their operating mechanism. All insulators and

bushings chipped, cracked or damaged due to negligence or carelessness of erector shall

be replaced by him at his own expense.

41.7 Switchgear and control panels/desks shall be installed in accordance with Indian Standard

Code of Practice IS:3072 and manufacturer’s instructions. The switch gears panels shall

be installed on finished surfaces or concrete or steel sills. Erector shall be required to

install align any channel sills which from part of the foundations. In joining shipping

suctions of the switch gears/panels/control centres together, adjacent housing or panel

section or flanged throat sections provided shall be bolted together after alignment has

been completed. Power bus, enclosures, ground and control splices of conventional nature

shall be cleaned and bolted together, being drawn up with torque wrench of proper size or

by other approved means. Tapes or compounds shall be applied where called for as per

manufacturer’s drawings. Base of outdoor type units shall be sealed in an approved

manner to prevent ingress of moisture.

41.8 All switch gear, control panels, desks etc. shall be made absolutely vermin proof.

41.9 Induction motors shall be installed and commissioned as per IS Code of Practice ISS 900

and manufacturer’s instructions.



69

41.10 After installation of all power and control wiring, erector shall perform operating test on

all switch gear and panels to verify proper operation of switch gear/panels and correctness

of the interconnections between the various items or equipment. This shall be done by

applying normal AC or DC voltage to the circuit and operating the equipment. Megger

tests for insulations, polarity checks on the instruments transformers, operation tests shall

be carried out by erector, who shall also make all necessary adjustments as specified by

the manufacturer for the proper functioning of equipment.

41.11 Installation and testing of battery and battery charges shall be in strict compliance with the

manufacturer’s instructions. Each cell shall be inspected for breakage and conditions of

the cover seals as soon as received at site. Each cell shall be filled with electrolyte in

accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Battery shall be set up on racks as soon

as possible after receipt, utilizing lifting devices supplied by manufacturer. The cells shall

not be lifted by terminals. Contact surfaces of battery terminals and intercell connections

shall be cleaned, coated with protective grease and assembled. Each connection shall be

properly tightened. Each cell shall be tested with by hydrometer and thermometer and

result logged. Freshening charge, if required, shall be provided. When turned over to

RCDF the battery shall be fully charged and electrolyte shall be at full level and of

specified specific gravity.

42.0 Cable Installation :

42.1 Erector shall install, test and commission the suitable cables. Cables shall be laid

directly buried in earth on cable racks, in built up trenches, on cable trays and supports,

in conduits, and ducts or bare on walls, ceiling etc. as follows :

a) Outside the building premises :

The scope of installation of underground cables includes digging necessary trenches,

laying of the cables in the trench, covering them with sand and bricks and then

refilling the trenches. Necessary cable markers at appropriate points to indicate the

path of under ground cable should also be supplied and installed by the erector.

b) With in the building :

Under ground cables will be laid in GI light duty class pipes of not less than 37 mm.

dia.

c) Cables above ground :

Cables above the ground shall be fixed either on wall or in cable trays of slotted

angle with necessary clamps, bolts etc. as directed by RCDF.

d) The main cables inside the building should be laid in hume pipes wherever provided

by RCDF. At the places where hume pipes have not provided the main cables shall

be laid as per 40.1 (c).



70

42.2 Installation and testing of proper insulated cables shall be in accordance with Indian

Standard Code of Practice IS:1255.

42.3 Inspection on receipt unloading, storage and handling of cables shall be in accordance

with IS:1255 and other Indian Standards Code of Practice.

42.4 Sharp bending and kinking of cables shall be avoided. The bending radius for various

types of cables shall not be less than those specified below unless specifically approved

by the Site Engineer of RCDF.

Type of Cable Minimum bending radius

Voltage grade Single Multi Core

Core Unarmoured Armoured

Paper insulated upto 11 kv 25 D* 20 D 15 D

Paper insulated upto 22 kv 32 D 25 D 20 D

Paper insulated upto 33 kv 38 D 32 D 25 D

PVC insulated 650/1100 V 10 D 10 D 10 D

Rubber insulated 600 V - 8 D 15 D

Mineral insulated 300 V - - 8 D

* ( D – OVER ALL DIAMETER OF THE CABLE)

If shorter radius appears necessary, no bend shall be made until clearance and instructions

have been received from Engineer.

42.5 Where cables cross roads and water, oil, gas or sewage pipes, the cables shall be laid in

reinforced upon concrete or steel pipes to be supplied and laid by the erector. For road

crossing, the pipes for the cables shall be buried at not less than one meter depth. Cables

laid below railway tracks should be at a depth not less than 180 mm. unless otherwise

approved by the Engineer.

42.6 In each cables run some extra length shall be kept at a suitable point to enable one or two

straight through joints to be made should be the cable develop fault at a later date.

42.7 Control cable terminations shall be made in accordance with wiring diagrams, using

colour codes established by Engineer for the various control circuits, by code marked

wiring diagrams furnished to the erector for this purpose or other approved means of

identification. It is the intent that erector shall terminate the cables which he installs.

Additional work of testing and reconnecting and connected, but where on further testing

reversal or other rearrangement of load turns out to be necessary. Additional work of

testing and reconnecting shall be performed by erector at no extra cost of RCDF.



71

42.8 Special tools, clips and saddles, glands, seals, PVC sealing compound, locknut etc.

required for the connection and termination of insulated cables shall be supplied by

erector. During installation, connection and termination of insulated cables, care shall be

exercised to ensure that aluminium sheet is not damaged. Groups of mineral insulated

cables shall be bent neatly around the corners by using inner most cables as a form

around, which to bend the next cable. Cables shall not be fastened or clamped close to the

point of entry of the equipment which may vibrate severely. Special instructions furnished

by the manufacturer shall be strictly followed.

42.9 After installation and alignment of motors, erector shall complete the conduit installation,

including a section of flexible conduit between the motor terminal box and cable

trench/tray. Erector shall install and connect the power, control and heater supply cables.

Erector shall be responsible for correct phasing of the motor power connections and shall

interchange connections at the motor terminals box if necessary, after each motor is test

run.

42.10 Connections shall be made to small electrically operated device on equipment installed as

accessories to or assembled with other equipment and requiring two wire or three wire

connection. Connections to recording instruments, float switches, limit switches, pressure

switches, thermocouples, thermostats and other miscellaneous equipment shall be done as

per Manufacturer’s drawing and instructions.

42.11 Metal sheets and armoured of the cable shall be bonded to the earthing system.

42.12 All new cables shall be megger tested before jointing. After jointing is completed all LT.

cables shall be megger tested and HT. Cables (3.3 KV to 11 KV) pressure tested before

commissioning. The test voltage for pressure testing shall be as per Appendix-F of

IS:1255. 1100/650 Volt grade cable shall be tested by 1000 Volt Megger.

Cables cores shall be tested for :

a) Continuity

b) Absence of cross phasing

c) Insulation resistance to earth

d) Insulating resistance between conductors.

Erector shall furnish all testing kit and instruments required for field testing.

43.0 Cable Trays, Accessories and Tray Supports :

43.1 Cable trays shall either be run in concrete trenches or run overhead supported from

building steel, floor slab etc.

43.2 Cables shall be clamped to the cable trays in the horizontal runs and vertical runs.

43.3 All cable trays including perforated sheet trays and vertical raceways shall be hot dip

galvanized or primed with red lead and oil primer followed by a finish coat of grey

lacquer paint or aluminium paint as specified.



72

44.0 Conduits, Pipes & Ducts :

44.1 Erector shall supply and install G.I. light duty conduits, pipes and ducts. All

accessories/fittings required for making installation complete, including but not limited to

ordinary and inspection tees and elbows, check nuts, male and female reducers and

enlargers, wooden plugs, caps square headed male plugs, nipples, gland sealing fittings,

pull boxes, conduits, outlet boxes, splice boxes terminal boxes, glands gaskets and box

covers, saddles and all steel supporting work shall be supplied by Erector. Conduit fittings

shall be of same material as conduits.

44.2 Conduits or pipes shall run along walls, floors and ceilings, on steel supports, embedded

in soil, floor, wall or foundation, in accordance with relevant layout drawings, under

ground portions of conduit installation to be embedded in the foundation or structural

concrete shall be installed in close co-ordination with collateral work. Exposed conduit

shall be neatly run and evenly spaced, with conduits parallel when in racks or in banks.

Conduits embedded in foundation or structural concrete shall be run as directly as possible

among with generally indicated route between two points with a minimum length and

with a minimum of crossing bending and cutting but without creating interferences with

other installations.

44.3 When two lengths of conduits are joined together through a coupling, running threads

equal to twice the length of coupling shall be provided on any one length to facilitate easy

dismantling of the two conduits whenever required.

44.4 When one or more cables are drawing through a conduit, cross sectional area of the cables

shall be 40% of the internal cross sectional area of the conduit.

44.5 Conduits and accessories shall be adequately protected against mechanical damage as well

as corrosion.

45.0 Earthing :

45.1 The scope of supply and installation should also include absolutely independent double

earthing of individual electric motors, control gears and switchboards, complete with

necessary copper/GI wire, copper strip, earthing plate, top funnel, salt, cola etc. The

earthing process include digging of earthing pit, filling the same with alternative layers

of coal and salt, refilling the pit and providing perforated GI pipe making housing pit

and cover as per IER & ISI code of practice No. ISI:3034-1966.

45.2 Erector shall install bare/insulated aluminium/GI Cables and strips, etc. required for

system and individual equipment earthing. All work such as cutting, bending, supporting

soldering, coating drilling, brazing, clamping, bolting and connecting into structures,

pipes, equipment frames, terminals, rails or other devices shall be in Erector’s scope of

work. Unless otherwise specified, the excavation and trenching shall be done by Erector.

Erector shall also backfill and reinstate the trenches after installation of earthing

conductors.



73

45.3 Earthing shall conform to the Indian Standard Code of practice IS:3043 and Indian

Electricity Rules, 1956. All materials and fittings used in the earthing installation shall

conform to the relevant Indian Standards or approved by RCDF’s Engineer. Any change

in routing, size of conductors etc. shall be subject to the prior approval of RCDF

Engineers.

45.4 Metallic frame of all electrical equipment shall be earthed by two separate and district

connections with earthing system.

45.5 All underground connections for the earthing system shall be brazed/welded. Connections

to equipment and devices shall be normally of the bolted type.

45.6 On completion of the installation, continuity of all conductors and efficiency of all bends

and joints shall be tested. The earth resistance shall be tested in the presence of RCDF

Engineer’s/representative. All equipment necessary for the test shall be furnished by

Erector.

45.7 EARTHING NETWORK

The entire ear thing installation shall be done in accordance with the ear thing drawings,

specifications and instructions of the Engineer-in-charge. The entire ear thing system

shall fully comply with the Indian electricity act and rules framed there under. The

supplier shall carry out any changes desired by the electrical inspector or the owner in

order to make the installation conform to the Indian electricity rules, at no extra cost.

The exact location of the earth pits, earth electrode and conductors and ear thing points

of the equipments shall be determined at site, in consultation with the engineer-in-

charge. Any change in the methods, routing, size of conductor etc. shall be subject to

approval of the owner/engineer-in-charge before execution.

45.8 Earth Pit with Electrode

1. Plate or pipe type earth electrode with earth pit shall be provided for this work

unless otherwise advised and pit shall be as per IS:3043 – 1966 (code of practices

for ear thing). All earth electrodes shall preferably be driven to a sufficient depth

to reach permanent.

2. Earth pit centre shall be at a minimum distance of 2m distance shall be maintained

between centres of 2 earth pits. 45.9 Earth Bus. Ear thing Lead & Earth wire /strip

All electrical equipment is to be doubly earthed by connecting two earth strips / wire

conductor from the frame of the equipment to a ear thing pit / main ear thing ring. The

ear thing ring will be connected via. Links to several earth electrodes. The cable armored

will be earthed through the cable glands. Conductor size for connection to various

equipment shall be as specified in the drawing or as instructed by the engineer-in charge.

However the length of the branch leads from equipment to ear thing grid/ring shall not

be more than 10 to 15 meters.



74

All hardware for ear thing installation shall be hot dip galvanized. Spring washers shall

be used for all ear thing connections of equipment having vibrations.

Size of earthing lead/wire shall be as specified in schedule of quantities/drawings.

Following may be considered as general guidelines:

Sr.No Item Size

Control switches G.I. wire 14 SWG

Motor upto 10 HP G.I. wire 8 SWG

Motor above 10 HP upto 125 HP G.I. strip 25 x 3mm

Motor above 125 HP G.I. strip 25 x 6mm

Switch Board G.I. strip 25 x 6mm

Power control centre / LT panel of sub-station G.I. strip 40 x 6mm

When ear thing wire is to be drawn under floor / in underground, aluminium wire

10mm dia. With PVC insulation shall be used. Instead of GI wire, PVC insulated

copper conductor wires can also be used. However, while deciding type & size of earth lead the resistance between the ear thing

system and the general mass of the earth shall be as per IS code of practice. The earth

loop impedance to any point in the electrical system shall not be in excess of 1.0 ohm in

order to ensure satisfactory operation of protective devices. G.I. wire/aluminium wire shall be connected to the equipment by providing

crimping type socket/lug. Wherever ear thing strip to be provided in cable tray, it shall be suitably bolted on cable tray and electrically bonded to the cable tray at regular interval. Excavating & refilling of earth, necessary for laying underground earth bus loops shall be the responsibility of the supplier. Wherever earth leads/strips/wire are laid in cable trenches, these shall be firmly and suitably cleaned to the walls/supporting steel structure on which cable is clamped. The neutral of the transformer shall be connected to earth pit independently and earth pit shall have copper earth plate. Long runs of GI strip shall be connected at each end with lap type welding to ensure continuity.

Bureau of Indian Standards to be Followed for Electrical Erection

1. PVC insulated cables (light duty) for working voltage upto 1100 volts 694-1990 Part I & II

2. PVC insulated cables (heavy duty) for voltage upto 1100 volts 1554-1988 Part I

3. PVC insulated cables (heavy duty) for voltage 3.3 KV to 11 KV 1554-1988 Part II

4. Specification for polyethylene insulated PVC sheathed heavy duty

electric cables for voltage not exceeding 1100 V

5959-1970 Part I

5. Specification for polyethylene insulated PVC sheathed heavy duty

electric cables for voltage 3.3 KV to 11 KV

5959-1970 Part II



75

6. Guide for marking of insulated conductors 5578-1970 or 5575

7. Code of practice for installation and maintenance of power cables upto

33 kV

1255-1983

8. Code of practice for earthing 3043-1987

9. Guide for safety procedures and practices in electrical work 5216-1982

10. Code of practice for installation and maintenance of AC induction motor

starters

5214-1969

11. Code of practice for installation and maintenance of induction motors 900-1992

12. Code of practice for installation and maintenance of switchgears 10118 - 1982

Part I, II, III, IV

13. Code of practice for installation and maintenance of transformers 10028 – 1981 Part I

14. Code of practice for electrical wiring installation, voltage not exceeding

650 V

732-1989

15. Code of practice for electrical wiring installation (system voltage

exceeding 650 V)

2274-1963

16. Guide for testing three-phase induction motor 4029-1967

17. Guide for safety Procedures & Practices in electrical works 5316

18. XLPE Cables for working voltage upto and including 1100 Volts 7098 – 1988 Part I

19. XLPE Cables for working voltage upto 33 kV 7098 – 1988 Part II

20. Boxes for enclosures of electrical accessories 5133

21. Electric Power connectors 5561

22. HRC Cartridge Fuse Link up to 650 V 2208

23. Code of Practice for Selection, Installation & Maintenance of Fuse up to

650 V

3108

24. Cables methods of testing 10810

25. Danger / Lattice Boards 3551

26. National Electric Code SP :30

Recommended Cable Size for Industrial Wiring

The following selection table shall be followed for cables of motors unless otherwise specified:

3 Phase 415 V

Motor H.P.

Direct-on-line Star-Delta Starter

Supply side Motor side Supply side Motor side

Copper conductor Cable Size : Sq mm

Up to 7.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2 X 2.5

10 4 4 4 2 X 2.5

15 6 6 6 2 X 2.5

20 10 10 10 2 X 4

25 16 16 16 2 X 6

30 16 16 16 2 X 6

40 25 25 25 2 X 10

50 35 35 35 2 X 16

Aluminium conductor Cable Size: Sq mm

60 70 70 70 2 X 35

75 95 95 95 2 X 50

100 120 120 120 2 X 70



76

125 185 185 185 2 X 95

150 240 240 240 2 X 120

180 - - 300 2 X 150

200 - - 2 X 150 2 X150

250 - - 2 X 185 2 X 185

275 - - 2 X 240 2 X 240

300 - - 2 X 240 2 X 240

Note: Cables indicated above in the table shall be only armoured copper conductor cable for

DOL starter upto 50 HP motor. For motors rating 60 HP and above, armoured aluminium

cable should be used.



77

Pro forma for PCC, DB, Motor Control Centres Test

SN Test Report

1 Circuit (Breaker/Bidder/Supplier Module Designation/Bus Number)

2 Insulation resistance (Contacts open, breaker Racked in position)

a. Between each Phase & Bus (Mega Ohm)

b. Between each phase and earth (Mega Ohm)

c. DC and AC control & auxiliary circuits (Mega Ohm)

d. Between each phase of CT/PT and between CT & PT circuit if any (Mega

Ohm)

3 CT Checks

a. CT ratio

b. CT secondary resistance

c. CT polarity check

4 Check for contact alignment and wipe

5 Check/test all releases/ relays

6 Check mechanical interlocks

7 Check electrical interlocks

8 Check switchgear/control panel wiring

9 Checking breaker/Bidder/Supplier circuits for

a. Closing- local and remote (wherever applicable)

b. Tripping-local and remote (wherever applicable)

10 Opening time of breaker/ contactor

11 Closing time of breaker/ contactor

Signature and seal of Engineer-in-charge of RCDF,

Jaipur

Signature of Consultant(Perfect Solutions)

Signature and seal of Engineer-in-charge of

Bidder/Supplier



78

Pro forma for motor testing SN Test Report

1 Name plate details

A Voltage

B HP / KW

C Mounting

D Current

E RPM

F Frame size

G Make

H Sr No

I Others

2 Insulation test (before cable connection)

A Between Phase and Earth (Mega Ohms)

B Between each Phase (Mega Ohms)

3 Insulation test (after cable connection)

A Between Phase and Earth (Mega Ohms)

B Between each Phase (Mega Ohms)

4 No load current

A R Phase Amps

B Y Phase Amps

C B Phase Amps

5 Full load current

A R Phase Amps

B Y Phase Amps

C B Phase Amps

6 Temperature rise after 4 hours run

A On no load degree C

B On full load degree C

C Ambient temperature during test degree C

7 Operation of thermal overload relay

A At normal Full Load current of motor

B At twice Full Load current of motor trips in

seconds

Signature and seal of Engineer-in-charge of RCDF,

Jaipur

Signature of Consultant(Perfect Solutions)

Signature and seal of Engineer-in-

charge of Bidder/Supplier



79

Pro forma for Testing Cables

Sr No Test Report

1 Date of Test

2 Drum Number (from which cable is

taken)

3 Cable From -> To

4 Length of run of this cable (meter)

5 Insulation resistance test (In Mega Ohm)

A Voltage of Megger Volts

B Between core-1 to earth

C Between core-2 to earth

D Between core-3 to earth

E Between core-1 to core-2

F Between Core-2 to Core-3

G Between Core-3 to Core-1

6 High Voltage Test (Voltage Duration)

A Between Cores and Earth

B Between Individual Cores


RCDF, Jaipur

Signature of Consultant (Perfect

Solutions)


Bidder/Supplier

46.0 Supply, Fabrication, Erection and Testing of Piping :

46.1 Codes and standards :

All piping system including sub-contracted materials shall comply with the latest

editions of the following wherever applicable :

a) Indian Boiler Regulation

b) Regulation of Inspector of Explosives

c) All applicable Indian Standards

d) All applicable State Laws.



80

46.2 Scope of Supply :

Erector shall supply all piping materials like pipes, fittings, flanges and other items as

shown in his scope in the flow diagrams/specifications.

46.3 Scope of erection to be performed by Erector is outlined below :

a) The scope of erection for piping includes all system covered under his scope of work

in the flow diagram/specification.

b) Erector shall also install small accessory, piping an any specialities furnished with or

for equipment such as relief valves, built is bypass, and other items of this type.

c) Erector’s work terminates at the final tube or pipe connection at pumps, including the

final connection.

d) Erector shall install primary elements for flow measurement, control valves, and on

line metering equipment.

e) Erector shall perform necessary internal machining of pipe for installing crevices,

flow nozzles, straightening vances, control valves.

f) Erector shall install all valves and specialities being procured from others.

g) Erector shall hydrostatically test all piping systems including valves and specialities &

instrument impulse line at suitable pressures.

h) All piping shall be internally cleaned and flushed by Erector before and after erection

in a manner suited to the service as directed by RCDF.

i) For hydrostatic testing and water flushing, erector shall furnish necessary pumps,

equipment and instruments, piping etc. Purchase will provide water at available points

of supply to which Erector’s temporary piping will be connected.

46.4 Colour code shall be used to identify pipe material. Erector shall be able to identify on

request all random piping prior to any field fabrication.

46.5 All steam piping shall be fabricated in complete accordance with Indian Boiler Code and

all approval required shall be obtained by Erector from the inspecting authority.

46.6 Erector shall be responsible for the quality of welding done by his organisation and shall

conduct tests to determine the suitability of the welding procedure used by him.

46.7 Erector shall employ welded construction for all black steel piping. All black steel pipes

50 mm. and below shall have socket welded joints unless otherwise specified.

46.8 All piping supports, guides, anchors, rod hangers, spring hangers, rollers with incidental

structural sub framing shall be furnished and erected by Erector.

46.9 All piping shall be suspended, guided and anchored with due regard to general

requirements and to avoid interference with other pipes, hangers, electrical conduits and

their supports, structural members and equipment and to accommodate insulation to

conform to purchaser’s loading limitation. It is the responsibility of the piping Erector to

avoid all interferences while locating hangers and supports.



81

46.10 Anchors and/or guides for pipe lines or for other purpose shall be furnished when

specified for holding the pipe line in position or alignment. Hangers shall be designed

fabricated and assembled in such a manner that they cannot become disengaged by any

movement of the support pipe.

46.11 All piping shall be wire brushed and purged with air blast to remove all dust, mill scale

from inner surface. The method of cleaning shall be such that no material is left on the

inner or outer surfaces which will affect the serviceability of the pipe.

46.12 Effective precaution such as capping and sealing shall be taken to protect all pipes ends

against ingress of dirt and damage during transit or storage. The outside of the carbon

steel pipe (black) shall receive two coats of red lead paint.

47.0 Testing for :

1. HP Steam 4. Soft and Raw Water

2. LP Steam 5. Air

3. Glycol 6. SS Piping

7. Insulation 8. Electricals

9. Motors 10. Equipments.

Should conform to the latest ISI standards.

48.0 Service piping Installation guide lines :

48.1 Chilled water & Glycol piping (if mentioned in purchase order)

The scope of erection and installation if mentioned, comprises a set of GI ‘B’ class pipes

and fittings for chilled water and glycol including supports, isolation and non-return

valves etc. for providing chilled water or glycol to all the equipment which would

require chilled water or glycol. All the necessary headers for interconnecting all the

chilled water and glycol pumps and auxiliary materials like adapters, reducers, flanges,

union, valves/cocks/ (of gun-metal/brass for valves upto 100 mm. dia), strainers,

gaskets, packing etc. required for the pipe should also be supplied and installed by the

erector. The pipeline should be insulated as per the specification detailed.

48.2 Steam & Hot Water and molasses Piping (if mentioned in purchase order)

The scope of supply and installation of mentioned, comprises the following set of steam

pipes and fittings for providing steam connections from the indicated battery point to all

the equipments requiring steam in accordance with IBR, MS Class ‘C’ pipes, fittings and

auxiliary items. The scope of supply and installation includes the necessary pipes

supports, isolation supports, isolation valves, nonreturn valves, safety valves, check

valves, pressure reducing valves steam traps, strainers, expanders, bends, gaskets,

packing, sight glasses, pressure gauges etc. The manufacturer’s certificates that the

material conforms to IBR duly attested by concerned authority should be furnished for all

items as per requirements. The necessary check valves(s) and other fittings required at the

sources of tapping at the battery point should also be supplied and installed by the erector.



82

Set of condensate pipes and fittings of MS Class ‘C’ to interconnect the condensate return

line. The supply is inclusive of necessary pipe supports isolation valves, check valves,

bends, gaskets, packing etc.

48.3 Soft well water piping (if mentioned in purchase order)

The scope of installation comprises (if mentioned) a set of well water pipes and fittings

including supports, isolation and non-return valves etc. Pipes of GI Class ‘B’ for

providing well water to sterlizer would be required. All the necessary headers for inter-

connecting the water pumps and auxiliary material like adopters reducers, flanges, union

valves/checks (of gun metal/brass for valve upto 100 mm dia), bends, strainers, gaskets,

packing etc. required for the pipe should also be supplied and installed by the erector.

48.4 Water distribution (if mentioned in purchase order)

The scope of supply and installation if mentioned comprises of the following:

Set of water pipes and fittings of GI Class ‘B’ for providing water connection to the

various equipment/items and points requiring water (raw and soft water) from battery

limits. The scope is also inclusive of the necessary pipes and fittings, GI Class ‘B’ for the

soft water from the softening plant to soft water overhead tank if specifically mentioned

and further to all the equipments requiring soft water and interconnections with suitable

valves etc. from all the compartments of the overhead tank. The supply and installation is

inclusive of necessary pipe supports, isolated valves, strainers, bends gaskets, packing,

polythene/copper tubes and all other necessary auxiliary items.

48.5 Air requirement (if mentioned in purchase order)

The scope of supply and installation if mentioned comprise of the following:

Set of air pipes and fittings in accordance with MS ‘C’ Class for providing air to the

various equipments/items and controls and points requiring the same. The scope of supply

and installation is inclusive of necessary pipe supports, valves, filters, bends, gaskets,

packing, polythene, copper tubes and all other necessary auxiliary items.

48.6 All the above referred piping should generally be of welded execution and must be

removed of mill scales and properly cleaned before installation.

49.0 Important Note :

49.1 All the necessary materials, of a quality and make approved by RCDF required for

carrying out the installation mentioned in 46.2 shall be supplied by the Erector.

49.2 Piping (SS) (if mentioned in Purchase Order)

The scope includes the installation and inter connection of a set of SS Pipes and fittings,

including cocks, valves, Tees, flanges, unions, bends, reducers, liners and other necessary



83

fittings SMS/IDF standards, for inter connecting all the equipment listed. Necessary pipe

supports shall be also installed by the Erector.

49.3 Pipe fittings at connection points

All the required fittings that would be needed in the piping at all the tapping, termination,

connection and intermediate points must be installed by the Erector.

49.4 The erector shall prepare and submit the piping layout drawing, details of supports, details

of tapping, termination interconnection etc. for approval. All the piping work shall be

carried out strictly in accordance with the approved drawings/details. The respective milk

flow diagram to which the piping layout correspondence must also be furnished by the

erector.

50.0 Insulation (if mentioned in Purchase Order)

50.2 Insulation of Steam condensate & Hot water pipe lines :

All the steam and hot water pipes shall be insulated with 50 mm. thick mineral wool or

equivalent. The insulation shall be carried out in the following manner:

1) Cleaning of surface to be insulated. Applying a coat of red oxide primer and fixing

glass wool/mineral wool of suitable thickness tightly to the pipe, butting all joints to

be tied with lacking wire.

2) The insulation should be covered with GI wire netting.

3) The steam and hot water lines, after insulation must be covered with 22 gauge

aluminium sheet with proper grooves and overlaps and secured in position with 12

mm. self tapping Parker screws.

4) In case the insulation does not have the desired insulation properties, the entire

insulation will have to be redone at the erector’s cost to give the desired results.

5) In case of condensate return piping, all the steps mentioned above shall be executed

except that the thickness of insulation shall be 30 mm.

All the necessary materials of quality and make approved by RCDF required for carrying out the

insulation mentioned in 50.2 shall be supplied by the erector.



84

ANNEXURE-I TENDER ACCEPTANCE LETTER

(To be given on Company Letter Head)

To,

Managing Director,

Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation Ltd.,

Saras Sankul, JLN Marg, Jaipur -302017

Sub: Acceptance of Terms & Conditions of Tender.

Tender Reference No.__________________________

Tender ID No. ________________________________

Name of Tender/ Work / Item ________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________ Dear Sir,

1. I / We have downloaded / obtained the tender documents(s) for the above

mentioned “Tender / Work / Item” from the web site(s) namely:

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________ as per

your advertisement, given in the above mentioned website(s).

2. I / We hereby certify that I/We have read and understood the entire terms and

conditions of the tender documents (including all documents like Special Notes,

annexure(s), Schedules(s), Specifications of the item(s), etc.) which form part of

the contract agreement and I / We shall abide hereby the terms / conditions /

clauses contained therein.

3. The corrigendum(s) issued from time to time by your department/ organization too

has also been taken into consideration, while submitting this acceptance letter.

4. I / We hereby unconditionally agree & accept the tender conditions of above

mentioned tender document(s) corrigendum(s) in its totality / entirety.

5. In case any provisions of this tender are found violated or breached then your

department / organization shall without prejudice to any other legal right or remedy

be at liberty to reject this tender / bid including the forfeiture of the full said earnest

money deposit absolutely.

Yours Faithfully,

(Signature of the Bidder, With Official Seal)



85

ANNEXURE-II

SECTION-I

MANUFACTURERS’ AUTHORISATION FORM

(Please see Clause 2(a) of Eligibility Criterion)

No.__________________________________Dated___________________________

To,

RAJASTHAN CO-OPERATIVE DAIRY FEDERATION

“SARAS SANKUL”, J.L.N. MARG,

JAIPUR – 302 017.

Sub : - Tender reference No._______________________________________.

Dear Sir,

We________________________________________ an established and reputable

manufacturers of ______________________________________________ having factories at

________________ and _______________________ do hereby authorise

M/s._____________________________________________ (Name and address of Agents) to

bid, negotiate and conclude the contract with you against tender reference

No.__________________________________ for the above said goods manufactured by us.

No company or firm or individual other than M/s._________________________

________________________________ are authorise to bid, negotiate and conclude the

contract in regard to this business against this specific tender.

We hereby extend our full guarantee and warranty for the goods offered for supply

against your tender.

Yours faithfully,

(NAME)

for and on behalf of M/s.

(Name of Manufacturers) Note : This letter of authority should be on the Letter Head of the manufacturing concern

and should be signed by a person competent and having the power of attorney to bind the

manufacturer.



86

ANNEXURE-III

SECTION-II – SCHEDULE-I

(Refer clause No.2(b) of Eligibility Criterion)

Major works successfully completed during the past five years

Sr.

No.

Name of

Work Place

Contract

Reference

Name

of client

Value

of

Work

Time of

Completion

Date of

Completion

Note : Indicate plant capacity and major parameters handled.

Completion Certificate from Clients should be enclosed with the bid.



87

ANNEXURE-IV

SECTION-II – SCHEDULE-II

(Refer clause No.2(b) (iii) of Eligibility Criterion)

WORKS IN HAND DURING THE CURRENT FINANCIAL YEAR

Sr.

No.

Name of

Work

Work

order

reference

Name of

client

Place of

work

order

Value of

Work

order

Completion

period

Date

Note : Indicate plant capacity and major parameters handled.



88

ANNEXURE-V

SECTION – III

TECHNICAL DEVIATION STATEMENT FORM

(Refer Clause 5 of Eligibility Criterion)

The following are the particulars of deviations from the requirements of the tender

specifications :

CLAUSE DEVIATION REMARKS

(Including justification)

Dated Signature and seal of

the Manufacturer/Bidder

NOTE :

(1) Where there is no deviation, the statement should be returned duly signed with an

endorsement indicating “No Deviations”.

(2) The technical specifications furnished in the bidding document shall prevail over

those of any other document forming a part of our bid, except only to the extent of

deviation furnished in the statement.



89

ANNEXURE-VI

RATE QUOTATION FORM FOR SUPPLY / SUPPLY, INSTALLATION &

COMMISSIONING OF EQUIPMENT

ALL RATES TO BE FILLED IN PRESCRIBED .XLS FILE ONLY

(TO BE UPLOADED IN FINANCIAL BID COVER-2)

Tender Inviting Authority: MD Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation Ltd.

Price schedule-PART-2

Name of Work: ““DESIGN, SUPPLY, ERECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF 25

KLPD DAIRY PLANT ALONGWITH UTILITIES ON TURN KEY BASIS” AT KHETARI DISTRICT JHUNJHUNU (RAJ.).

Contract No RCDF/DPM& Proj./(C-4008)/2015-16/884-87 Dated 29.02.2016

Bidder Name:

PRICE SCHEDULE

Sl.

No

.

Item

Description

Basic

Price

(in.

Rs.)

(Part

I)

Packin

g &

forwar

ding

charges

Excise

Duty

Sales

Tax/R

ST/CS

T/VA

T in

Rs

Entry

tax if

any

Transp

ortatio

n and

Insaur

ance

Any

Other

Charges

if Any

Total

FOR

Site

Price

of 3-9

Installati

on and

Commssi

oning

Charges(

part II)

Ser

vice

Tax

Total

Amou

nt In

Rs.

(10-

12)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 Total Net FOR

Unit Price for

supply,

installation &

commissioning

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

***Total in Figures 0.00 0.00



90

ANNEXURE – VI

DETAILS

PART 1. : “DESIGN, SUPPLY, ERECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF 25

KLPD DAIRY PLANT ALONGWITH UTILITIES & ON TURN KEY BASIS” AT KHETARI DISTRICT

JHUNJHUNU (RAJ.).

ALL RATES TO BE FILLED IN PRESCRIBED .XLS FILE ONLY

LIST OF EQUIPMENTS AND FORMAT FOR 25 KLPD DAIRY PLANT

Tender Inviting Authority: MD Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation Ltd.

Price schedule-PART-1

Note : TOTAL RATE OF SUPPLY & TOTAL RATE OF ERECTION AND COMMISSIONING OF PRICE SCHEDULE PART-1

SHOULD BE FILLED IN PRICE SCHEDULE PART-2 IN COLUMN NO 3 AND COLUMN NO 11 RESPECTIVELY.

Contract No RCDF/DPM& Proj./(C-4008)/2015-16/884-87 Dated 29.02.2016

Bidder Name:

Sl.

No.

Item Description Capacity Quantity Units Unit Rate

of Supply

Unit

rate of

erectio

n &

Commi

sioning

Total

rate of

supply

Total

rate of

erectio

n &

Commi

sioning

Total rate

of (supply,

erection &

Commisioni

ng)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1. Milk Reception

1.1 Electric Weighing

Scale with bowl 500

Kg., & dock

automation

* As per

T.S.

1 SET 0 0 0 0 0

1.2 Chain Can Conveyor

with can tipping bar

(powered )

* As per

T.S.

1 set 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

1.3 Dump Tanks -

1000 Kg. x 2 (for good

milk & sour milk)

* As per

T.S.

2 Nos. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

1.4 S.S. can Scrubber * As per

T.S.

2 Nos. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

1.5 Can drip saver * As per

T.S.

1 No. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

1.6 Platform balance 100

Kg.

Suitable 1 Set 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

1.7 Milk Pumps 10,000

LPD / 3.5 HP 30 Mtrs.

Head

10 KLPH 4 Nos. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

1.8 SS Balance tank 200 Ltrs. 8 Nos. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00



91

2 Process Section 0 0

2.1 Milk Chillers

10,000LPH

* As per

T.S. 1 Set 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.2 Milk Pasteurizer 5,000

LPH expandable to

10000 LPH

* As per

T.S. 1 Set 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.3 Milk Separator 5,000

LPH

* As per

T.S. 1 Set 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.4 Raw Milk Storage

Tanks (HMST) 15 KL

* As per

T.S.

2 Nos. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.5 Pasteurised Milk

Storage Tanks (HMST)

15 KL

* As per

T.S.

2 Nos. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.6 Cream Ripening Tanks

5 KL

* As per

T.S.

1 No. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.7 Butter Churn 2 KLPH * As per

T.S.

1 No. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.8 Milk Pumps 10,000

LPH (3.5 HP) 30 Mtrs.

Head

10000

LPH

1 Lot 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.9 Ghee Kettle 1000 L. * As per

T.S.

1 set 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.10 Ghee Settling Tank

1000 L

* As per

T.S.

1 No. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.11 Butter melting Vat

1000 L

* As per

T.S.

1 No. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.12 Ghee & Butter Oil

pumps 1000 ltr. per hr.

Suitable 1 Lot 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.13 Ghee Clarifier 1 KLPH * As per

T.S.

1 Set 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.14 Ghee storage tank Cap.

2.5 Ltrs.

* As per

T.S.

1 Set 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.15 Sour Milk Separator * As per

T.S.

1 Set 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.16 Butter Trolley cap. 600

Kg.

* As per

T.S.

2 No. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.17 Ghee pouch filling

machine cap. 1500

* As per

T.S.

1 Set 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

3 Liquid Milk Packing 0 0

3.1 Form fill and Seal

Machine (Mechanical)

* As per

T.S.

1 Set 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

3.2 Crate Conveyors

Rollers

* As per

T.S.

1 Set 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

3.3 Plastic Crates Suitable 2000 Nos. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

3.4 Leackage Pouch Tank

with stainer cap. 500

* As per

T.S.

1 Set 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00



92

ltrs.

3.5 Manual operated jet

type crate washer.

Suitable

As per

T.S.

1 Set 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

4. Services

4.1 Complete Refrigeration

Plant with Ice Bank

system with suitable

IBTs, Ammonia

Compressors,

Condensers, Condenser

Pumps, etc.

* As per

T.S.

1 Lot 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

4.2 Cold store of 7Mtr* 7Mtr.

size with AHUs,

insulation, doors, air

curtains, safety devices

etc.

* As per

T.S.

1 Lot 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

4.3 Boiler 1000 Kg./ hour -

with chimney

* As per

T.S.

1 Set 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

4.4 F.O. Service Tank cap.

825 Ltrs., Boiler feed

water tank Cap.2000 ltr

with structure

* As per

T.S. 1 Set

4.5 F.O. tanks of 35 KL

capacity, F.O. Loading &

Unloading system with

oil pumps, oil service

line, with heating

arrangement etc.

* As per

T.S. 1 Lot

4.6 Water softening plant

with accessories 100000

ltrs. per day

* As per

T.S.

1 Set 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

4.7 Air Compressor (Screw) * As per

T.S.

1 Set 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

4.8 RO system 5000 per hr.

alongwith PVC tank &

pipe lines etc

* Suitable. 1 Set 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

5. Electricals

5.1 Complete electrical

work consisting of HT

& LT switch geares,

panels for 11 KVA 3

phase 50 Hz. AC

Supply consisting of

following. HT switch /

VCB, LT panel,

Electric panels for

* As per

T.S.

1 Lot 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00



93

(Refrigeration section,

process section, ghee

section, Boiler section,

External lighting,

Internal lighting, ETP,

Pump House etc. 315

KVA Transformer with

accessories, Automatic

power factor control

panel with capacitor

bank, HT/LT cables,

control panels, cables

various size etc.

6. General

6.1 D.G. Set 160 KVA * As per

T.S.

1 Lot 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

6.2 Erection &

commissioning of

equipment alongwith

allied pipe lines i.e. (SS

pipe line, GI pipe line,

MS pipe lines with

required valves &

fittings, MS Pipe line

HP / LP with

insulation and steam

valves)

* As per

T.S.

1 Lot 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

6..3 Effluent treatment

plant

Suitable 1 Lot 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Total 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

***Total in Figures 0.00

***Total in Words

Note:-

(1) The plant & machinery, utilities shall be supplied as per respective specification

detailed at Annexure - X

(2) The tenderer should provide plant and machinery layout defining inter-connection of

equipment and flow of milk, water, steam etc.

(3) Steam generation system : Boiler with chimney, feed water tank, day oil service tank, Furnace Oil tank, FO loading &

unloading system with allied pipelines, heat tracing etc, PRS, High/low pressure line,

expansion joint, steam/water flow meter, water softener, steam trapes, condensate recovery

system.




94



(5) In addition to the standers mentioned, all works shall also conform to the requirements of

the following for which necessary certifications of the concerned departments are to be

obtained and submitted to the concerned Milk Union/RCDF:-




Board.













95

ANNEXURE – VII

AGREEMENT

(On non judicial stamped paper of value Rs.500/-, 1000/- & 5000/-)

1. An agreement made this ___________ day of ____________ between

M/s.____________________ hereinafter called “approved supplier” which expression

shall where the context so admits, be deemed to include his heirs, successors, executors

and administrators of the one part and the Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation Ltd.

(hereinafter called “the Federation” which expression shall, where the context so admits,

be deemed to include his successors in office and assigns) of the other part.

2. Whereas the approved supplier has agreed with the Federation for supply,

installation, testing and commissioning of & all those articles set forth in the

supply order/work order issued vide No._________ and in the manner set forth in

the aforesaid order.

3(a) And whereas the approved supplier has deposited a sum of Rs._______ in form of

Demand Draft as security for the due performance of the agreement.

3(b) And whereas the approved tenderer/supplier has agreed :

(i) to keep the security deposit with the Federation in form of demand draft for an initial

period of 12 months or such extended period so as to cover the period of performance of

contract i.e. supply/erection/commissioning as per purchase order. In case the

contractor/supplier completes its contractual obligations before 12 months the deposit

can be refunded before 12 months at the sole discretion of RCDF before aforesaid

period of 12 months.

(ii) that no interest shall be paid by the Federation on the security deposit.

(iii) that in case of breach of any terms & conditions of the aforesaid supply order of

this agreement by the contractor/supplier the amount of security deposit shall be

liable to forfeiture in full or part by the Federation.

NOW THESE PRESENT WITNESS

1. In consideration of the payment to be made by the Federation at the rates setforth in the

aforesaid supply order/work order, the approved supplier will duly supply the articles

setforth/execute the work in the aforesaid supply order/work order and in the manner

setforth and within the period stipulated in the conditions of the tender and order.

2. The conditions of the tender as given in the tender document for the work,

conditions of the aforesaid supply order/work order and also any subsequent



96

amendment as may be issued by the Federation will be deemed to be taken as part

of this agreement and are binding on the parties executing this agreement.

3(a) The Federation do hereby agree that if the approved supplier shall duly supply the

said articles/execute the work in the time and manner aforesaid, observe and keep

the said terms & conditions, the Federation shall pay or cause to be paid to the

approved supplier, at the time and in manner set forth in the said conditions, the

amount payable for each and every consignment/work executed on supplier’s

raising bills.

3(b) The mode of payment will be as specified in the supply order/work order.

4. Delivery shall be effected and completed in the manner and time specified in the

supply order.

5. In case the approved supplier fails to deliver the goods/execute the work within the

time specified in the aforesaid supply order/work order, the conditions of

liquidated damages clause and penalty those for late deliveries as stipulated in the

aforesaid tender/supply order/contract shall be enforced.

6. In case of any doubt or question arising on the interpretation pertaining to the supply

order/tender the terms of the contract shall be binding, override and final over the supply

order/tender.

7. If any dispute or difference shall at any time arise between the two parties in

respect of or concerning any of this herein contained or arising out of this supply

order/tender/agreement as to the rights, liabilities or duties of the said parties

hereunder or as to the recovery of any amount, the same shall be referred to the

sole arbitrator M.D., RCDF who in turn may refer the dispute to any officer of

RCDF for adjudication. The arbitration shall be in accordance to the law of

Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996. The decision of the Sole Arbitrator shall be

final and binding on both the parties.

8. All the disputes pertaining to the said contract shall vest to the jurisdiction of

Courts at Jaipur.

In witness whereof the parties hereto have set their hands on the _____________ day ______________________.

SIGNATURE OF THE SIGNATURE FOR AND ON

APPROVED SUPPLIER: BEHALF OF the Federation:



97

Witness No.1 Witness No.1

Signature :______________________ Signature :_________________

Name :______________________ Name :_________________

Address :______________________ Address :_________________

______________________ _________________

______________________ _________________

Witness No.2 Witness No.2

Signature :______________________ Signature :_________________

Name :______________________ Name :_________________

Address :______________________ Address :_________________

______________________ _________________

______________________ _________________



98

ANNEXURE-VIII

(Form of Bank Guarantee against 30% advance sought from the Dugdh Sanghs for

supply/erection contracts)

1. In consideration of the ______________ ZILA DUGDH UTPADAK SAHAKARI

SANGH LTD.,_______________ (hereinafter called “The SANGH”) having agreed to

grant an advance of Rs.___________(Rupees____________________________ only)

to M/s.________________________ (hereinafter called the said supplier(s) under the

terms and conditions of an agreement /Purchase Order No._________________ dated

_____________ made between the Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation Ltd.,

Jaipur and / or SANGH and M/s.______________________ for supply/erection and

commissioning (hereinafter called the said agreement/purchase order) on production of

a Bank Guarantee for Rs.________________ (Rupees ___________________________

only), We _______________________(hereinafter called “The Bank”) do hereby

undertake to pay the SANGH an amount not exceeding

Rs.______________(Rupees________________________ only) against any

loss/damage caused to or suffered or would be caused to or suffered by the SANGH by

reasons of any breach by the said supplier(s) or any of the terms and conditions

mentioned in the said agreement/Purchase Order.

2. We ________________________ (Name of the Bank) do hereby undertake to pay the

amount due and payable under this guarantee without any demur, merely on a demand

from the SANGH stating that the amount claimed is due by way of loss or damage caused

to or would be caused to or suffered by the SANGH by reasons of any breach by the said

supplier(s) or any of the terms and conditions contained in the said agreement/Purchase

Order, or by reason of the supplier(s) failure to perform the said agreement/purchase

order. Any such demand made on the Bank shall be conclusive as regards the amount due

and payable by the Bank under this guarantee. However our liability under this guarantee

shall be restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs.___________ (Rupees ____________

only).

3. We _______________ (Name of the Bank) further agree that the guarantee herein

contained shall remain in full force and effect during the period that would be taken for

the performance of the said agreement/purchase order and that it shall continue to be

enforceable till all the dues of the SANGH, under or by virtue of the said

agreement/purchase order have been fully paid and its claims satisfied or discharged or

till the SANGH certifies that the terms and conditions of the said agreement/purchase

order have been fully and properly carried out by the said supplier(s) and accordingly

discharge the guarantee unless a demand of claim under this guarantee made on us in

writing on or before _______________. We shall be discharged from all liabilities

under this guarantee thereafter.



99

4. We _______________ (Name of the Bank) further agree with the SANGH that the

SANGH shall have the fullest liberty without our consent and without affecting in any

manner our obligations hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said

agreement/purchase order to extend the time of performance by the said supplier(s) from

time to time or to postpone for any time or from the time to time any of the power

exercisable by the SANGH against the said supplier(s) and to forbear or endorse any of

the terms and conditions relating to the said agreement/purchase order and we shall not be

relieved from our liability by reason of any such variation of extension or for any

forbearance, act or omission on the part of the SANGH or any indulgence by the SANGH

to the said supplier(s) or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law

relating to sureties would but for this provision have effect of so relieving us.

5. We _________________ (Name of the Bank) lastly undertake not to revoke this

guarantee during its currency except with the previous consent of the SANGH in writing.

6. Notwithstanding anything stated above our liability under this guarantee is restricted to

Rs.________________(Rupees __________________________ only). Our guarantee

shall remain in force until unless a suit or an action to enforce a claim under this guarantee

is filed against us before that date, i.e. on or before ____________ all your rights under

the said guarantee shall be forfeited and we shall be released and discharged from all

liability thereunder.

The Bank agrees that the amount hereby guaranteed shall be due and payable to the

SANGH on SANGH’s serving a notice requiring the payment of the amount and such

notice shall be served on the Bank either by actual delivery thereof to the Bank or by

despatch thereof to the Bank by registered post at the address of the said Bank. Any notice

sent to the Bank at its address by Registered Post shall be deemed to have been duly

served on the Bank notwithstanding that the notice may not in fact have been delivered.

NOTWITHSTANDING – anything contained herein :

1) Our liability under this Bank Guarantee shall not exceed

Rs.____________(Rupees______________________________________only).

2) This Bank Guarantee shall be valid upto _________________ and,

3) We are liable to pay the guaranteed amount under this Bank Guarantee only and only

if you serve upon us a written claim or demand in the manner specified above on or

before ______________.

7. Notwithstanding anything stated above the Bank Guarantee shall be discharged by the

SANGH once the advance amount released against the Bank Guarantee along with

interest or penalty if any payable on such advance has been fully recovered/adjusted.

Place :

Date :

Signature & Seal



100

ANEXURE-IX

(Performa of Bank Guarantee for releasing 10% balance payment)

(On Non-judicial stamp paper)

This deed of Guarantee made on this __________ day of ____________ 20 (Two

thousand___________________) by _____________ (Name and address of the Bank)

(hereinafter referred to as “The Bank”) which expression shall where the context or meaning so

requires, includes the successors and assignees of the Bank and furnished to the ____________

ZILA DUGDH UTPADAK SAHKARI SANGH LTD., _____________________ (hereinafter

referred to as “The SANGH” which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or the

meaning there of include its legal representatives, successors and assignees.

WHEREAS the Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation Ltd., Jaipur and / or SANGH

has placed its purchase order bearing No._________ dated ________ (Name and address of the

party) (Hereinafter called “The supplier”) for supply /and erection of ________________ and

WHEREAS the SANGH has agreed to pay to the supplier final 10% of the value of the

equipment on submission of a Bank Guarantee of equal amount, which will be kept valid up to

________ from the date of supply or 12 months from date of commissioning of material at site.

In consideration of the SANGH having agreed to pay to the supplier

Rs.___________(Rupees_______________only) being the last 10% of the value of the

equipment, we__________(Name of the Bank) hereby undertake and guarantee to make

repayment to the SANGH of the said 10% amount or any part thereof which does not become

payable to the supplier by the SANGH in accordance with the terms and conditions of the said

purchase order. The Bank further undertakes not to revoke this guarantee during its currency

except with the previous consent of The SANGH in writing and this guarantee shall be a

continuous and irrevocable guarantee upto a sum of Rs.______ (Rupees___________only). The

Bank shall not be discharged or released from this guarantee by any arrangement between the

supplier and the SANGH with or without the consent of the Bank or any alterations in the

obligations of the parties or by any indulgence, forbearance shown by the SANGH to the supplier

and that the same shall not prejudice or restrict remedies against the Bank nor shall the same in

any event be a ground of defence by the Bank against the SANGH. We_________ (Name of the

Bank) do hereby undertake to pay an amount due and payable under this guarantee without any

demur, merely or demand from the SANGH stating that the amount claimed is due to the

SANGH. In case the SANGH puts forth a demand in writing on the Bank for the payment of the

amount in full or in part against this guarantee, the Bank shall consider that such demand by itself

is a conclusive evidence and proof that the supplier has failed in complying with the terms and

conditions stipulated by the Rajasthan Co-operative Dairy Federation Ltd., Jaipur and / or

SANGH without raising any dispute regarding the reasons for any such lapse/failure on the part

or the supplier.

This guarantee shall be in addition to and without prejudice to any other securities or

remedies which the SANGH may have or hereafter possess against the supplier/tenderer and the

SANGH shall be under no obligation to marshal in favour of the Bank any such securities or fund

or assets that the SANGH may be entitled to receiving or have a claim upon and the SANGH at

its absolute discretion may vary, exchange, renew, modify or refuse to complete or enforce or

assign any security or instrument.



101

The Bank agrees that the amount hereby guaranteed shall be due and payable to the

SANGH on SANGH’s serving a notice requiring the payment of the amount and such notice shall

be served on the Bank either by actual delivery thereof to the Bank or by despatch thereof to the

Bank by registered post at the address of the said Bank. Any notice sent to the Bank at its address

by Registered Post shall be deemed to have been duly served on the Bank notwithstanding that

the notice may not in fact have been delivered to the Bank.

In order to give full effect to the provisions of this guarantee the Bank hereby waives all

rights inconsistent with the above provisions and which the Bank might otherwise as a guarantor

be entitled to claim and enforce.

Notwithstanding anything contained here in before, our liability under this guarantee is

restricted to Rs.____________(Rupees_______________________only) and it shall remain in

force until __________, unless a suit or action is filed against us to enforce such claims, within

three months from the aforesaid date, all the SANGH’s rights under this guarantee shall be

forfeited and we shall be relieved and discharged from all liabilities thereunder.

Place :

Date :

(SIGNATURE)

Seal



102

ANNEXURE – IX(A)



103



104

DETAILED

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION



105

Sub section-1

Project Information



106

Project Information

“DESIGN, SUPPLY, ERECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF 25 KLPD DAIRY

PLANT ALONGWITH UTILITIES ON TURN KEY BASIS” AT KHETRI DISTRICT

JHUNJHUNU (RAJ.).

Introduction

The scope of the tender shall include the following:-

Scope of Work: The scope of work includes design, supply, installation, testing &

commissioning of plant and machinery, utilities as per list detailed below:-

S. No Particulars Quantity

(in Nos.)



3. Dump Tanks -


2 Nos.




7. Milk Pumps 10,000 LPD / 3.5 HP 30 Mtrs. Head 4 Nos.









9. Milk Pumps 10,000 LPH (3.5 HP) 30 Mtrs. Head 4 Nos.














Nos.



107

4. Leackage Pouch Tank with stainer cap. 500 ltrs. 1 No.


D) Services 1. Complete Refrigeration Plant with Ice Bank system with suitable IBTs, Ammonia

Compressors, Condensers, Condenser Pumps, etc.

1 Set


devices etc.

1 No.


(b) F.O. tanks of 35 KL capacity.

(c) Chimney for 1 Ton boiler


(e) F.O. Loading & Unloading system with oil pumps, oil service line, with heating

arrangement etc.

(f) Boiler feed water tank Cap.2000 ltr

1 No.

1 No.

1 No.

1 No.

1 Lot

4. Water softening plant with accessories 100000 ltrs. per day 1 No.

5. Air Compressor (Screw) 1 No.

6. RO system 5000 per hr. alongwith PVC tank & pipe lines etc 1 Set

E) Electricals :

1. Complete electrical work consisting of HT & LT switch geares, panels for 11

KVA 3 phase 50 Hz. AC Supply consisting of following. HT switch / VCB, LT

panel, Electric panels for (Refrigeration section, process section, ghee section,

Boiler section, External lighting, Internal lighting, ETP, Pump House etc. 315

KVA Transformer with accessories, Automatic power factor control panel with

capacitor bank, HT/LT cables, control panels, cables various size etc.

1 Lot

F) General :

1. D.G. Set 160 KVA 1 No.

2. Erection & commissioning of equipment alongwith allied pipe lines i.e. (SS

pipe line, GI pipe line, MS pipe lines with required valves & fittings, MS Pipe

line HP / LP with insulation and steam valves)

1 No.

3. Work shop tools Set

4. Lab equipments Set

5. Fire fighting / safety equipment Set

6. Effluent treatment plant 1 N

o.

Note:-

The plant & machinery, utilities shall be supplied as per respective specification


The tenderer should provide plant and machinery layout defining inter-connection

of equipment and flow of milk, water, steam etc.

Following approvals are required from RCDF before fabrication of equipment

and for the execution of awarded work:- General arrangement drawing of the IBT



Steam generation system : * Boiler with chimney, feed water tank, day oil service tank, Furnace Oil tank, FO




108



Complete electrical work



In addition to the standers mentioned, all works shall also conform to the requirements

of the following for which necessary certifications of the concerned departments are to

be obtained and submitted to the concerned Milk Union/RCDF:-




Board.











1. The Tenderer shall be responsible for developing the conceptual layout and flow diagram

to ensure successful operation of the plant with minimum investment.

2 Since this will be Turnkey Job it will be the full responsibility of the Tenderer to carry out

all minor works necessary to achieve the rated capacity of the plant even though they

might not have been expressly mentioned in the tender document.

3 All the equipment to be supplied will have to be manufactured and supplied as per the

standard specifications adopted by the Milk Plant manufacturer/dairy industry in the

country.

4 This contract will be “Fixed Rate Contract” and the contractor will have to supply the

equipment and complete the erection and commissioning within the agreed contract value

and no escalation of prices will be allowed.

5 It is absolutely essential to complete the job of design, fabrication, supply, erection and

commissioning of Milk Dairy project within 12 months from the date of signing the

contract and receipt of advance.

6 The tenderer is advised to visit to site so as to apprise himself of actual site condition and

quantum of work involved.



109

Sub Section-2

Instruction to Bidder



110

Instructions to Bidder

This section of the bidding document defines the way that bidders are required to structure the

presentation of the technical section of the bids. All technical data are to be provided in the

format given in this section. Any bidder not following the bid format structure or providing

insufficient technical data/information or presenting data that is not in the required format is

liable to be deemed non-responsive.

Introduction:

The bidder is to take note of the various points listed in the introduction and they are to describe

their technical proposal and systems, which they have applied in designing the plant. Also to

highlight any special technical innovation that the bidder proposes to include in the plant that

will improve the performance, reduce operating costs, reduce maintenance or improve product

quality.

The preamble should commence at the start of the process and work logically through the

process. Any such highlights should be cross referenced with the Bid Schedule, Annexure and

paragraph number to which they apply.

Instructions to Bidders

2.1 This Sub - Section of the tender defines the way that bidders are required to structure the

presentation of the technical section of their bids.

2.2 All technical data required by the tender is to be provided in the format given in this Sub

- Section. If no format is given for any specific item the bidder may submit bid in their

format.

2.3 Any bidder not following the required bid document structure of presenting technical

data that is not in the required format is liable to be deemed non-responsive.

Bid Structure of Technical Section

2.4 The technical section of the bid is to be structured in the same order as Tender

Document. Each statement is to be numbered with the same Sub-section and paragraph

number as in the Tender Document. Every page of the technical section of the bid is to be

numbered. Section number is also indicated in every page. The general structure,

therefore, is to be as follows:

Sub – Section Subject

1 Introduction

2 Instruction to Bidders

3 Design Basis

4 Responsibilities

5 Project Management

6 Scope of Supply and Technical Specifications ( Tender package)

7 Battery Limits

8 Deviations from Technical Requirements



111

9 Optional & Additional Items

10 Drawings and Documentation

11 Requirement for Bidder meeting

2.5 The bidder is to cover each requirement of the Tender Document by statements, technical

data and descriptive material and, in particular to detail the following:

SUB - SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION

Preamble

The bidder is to describe his technical proposal in details, stating the processes and

systems, which he has, applies in designing the plant layout. Also to highlight any

special technical innovations that the bidder proposes to include in the plant that will

improve the performance, reduce operating cost or improve product quality.

SUB –SECTION 2 ACCEPTANCE OF WORKING CONDITION

A statement is required accepting the “working Conditions” that have been described

in Tender.

SUB – SECTION 3 BASIS OF DESIGN

The bidder is to required to follow the Basic of Design in the tender, and indicate

clearly where additional processes or alternative processes of equipment are

considered to be necessary or desirable to achieve optimum plant operation efficiency,

optimum product quality within the standards specified, and optimum plant operation

convenience.

Under the utilities sections quantified the peak and daily loads of each utility.

SUB – SECTION 4 RESPONSIBILITIES

Responsibilities of the Bidder

The bidder is required to specifically state his acceptance of non-acceptance of each

clause in this sub-section. Non acceptance shall be deemed a deviation from the tender

and should be mentioned in deviations, Sub - Section 8.

Responsibilities of Purchaser

The bidder is required to state here any additional responsibilities that he consider are

to be borne by Client besides those described in the tender.

SUB – SECTION 5 PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Time Schedule

The bidder is to state in this subsection the proposed programme of implementation

from receipt of order to commencement of product trials, to be provided.

The bidder is to ensure that the following Sub - Sections are fully detained and

quantify the duration and manpower supplied to each.

Commissioning

Product trials

Training



112

SUB – SECTION 6 SCOPE OF SUPPLY & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

The bidder is required to follow the sequence of the tender Document and to make a

statement on each paragraph. Do not leave any item without a clarify statement.

SUB – SECTION 7 BATTERY LIMITS

Battery limits for the plant are mentioned in this sub-Section.

SUB – SECTION 8 DEVIATIONS

All technical deviations are to be stated. This is mandatory, and failures to comply

with make the bid liable to be deemed non-responsive see Annexure - V

SUB – SECTION 9 OPTIONAL ITEMS

Items that the bidder includes in this Sub - Section that are considered by evaluation

team to be essential to the satisfactory operation of the plant, shall be included in the

commercial evaluation of the bid.

SUB – SECTION 10 DRAWINGS, DATA & DOCUMENTS

The list of drawings and technical documents required for technical evaluation is

included in Sub - Section 10. These include a number of data sheet formats to be

completed by the bidder. The completion of this format is mandatory, and failure to

comply will make the bid liable to be deemed non-responsive.



113

Sub Section-3

Design Basis



114

INTRODUCTION

The Rajasthan Dairy Co-operative (RCDF) is setting up to install a New Dairy Plant

having a capacity of processing 25000 Ltrs. of Milk per Day which should be

expendable up to 50 LLPD. The proposed dairy plant is to be created at Khetri Distt.

Jhunjhunu. The project will benefit to milk producers/rural population which shall have

a constant market at their door step for milk. It shall help in uplifting the rural economy

.

The newly established dairy plant shall have all modern equipment with latest

technology and enhance and upgrade the processing infrastructure to take care aptly all

the incoming and procured milk from village level milk producers.

The work should be executed on a single responsibility basis and the bidder should

consider the work in totality. It should be understood that any minor work, which

may not be explicitly detailed but is necessary for the proper functioning of the

individual equipment or plant as a whole, is included in the scope of work without any

additional cost.

All the equipment for the plant shall be designed, supplied and installed in accordance

with the prevailing and applicable standards. The bidder shall be responsible for

arranging approval from various applicable Indian Statutory authorities on behalf of the

Purchaser. The Purchaser, on production of documentary evidence, shall reimburse the

statutory fees.

The design and layout of the additional facilities, selection of equipment and services,

methodology of plant execution, testing and commissioning shall be carefully planned

and executed with the knowledge of normal operational & processing routine of the dairy

plant.

The general technical specification of the major components and the ancillary items

described in the technical section, its capacities and quantities proposed by the

Purchaser are furnished in the ‘Basis of Design’ and ‘Schedule of Quantities’. These

are only for the guidance of the bidders to quote their prices on comparable basis.

However, it shall be construed and understood that bidder is familiar / acquainted about

the nature and the quantum of work involved and has submitted his offer without

deviating the basic configuration of the plant.

The quantity of pipes, fittings, valves, cables, cable trays, earthing, instruments,

structural and supports etc are to be offered based on the actual requirement at site. The

bidder shall have to work out the details based on the system offered.



115

II GENERAL DESCRIPTION



detailed below:-

S. No Particulars Quantity

(in Nos.)



3. Dump Tanks -


2 Nos.



























Nos.



D) Services 1. Complete Refrigeration Plant with Ice Bank system with suitable IBTs, Ammonia

Compressors, Condensers, Condenser Pumps, etc.

1 Set

2. Cold store of 7Mtr* 7Mtr. size with AHUs, insulation, doors, air curtains, safety 1 No.



116

devices etc.





(e) F.O. Loading & Unloading system with oil pumps, oil service line, with heating

arrangement etc.


1 No.

1 No.

1 No.

1 No.

1 Lot

4. Water softening plant with accessories 100000 ltrs. per day 1 No.


6. RO system 5000 per hr. alongwith PVC tank & pipe lines etc 1 Set

E) Electricals :

1. Complete electrical work consisting of HT & LT switch geares, panels for 11

KVA 3 phase 50 Hz. AC Supply consisting of following. HT switch / VCB, LT

panel, Electric panels for (Refrigeration section, process section, ghee section,

Boiler section, External lighting, Internal lighting, ETP, Pump House etc. 315

KVA Transformer with accessories, Automatic power factor control panel with

capacitor bank, HT/LT cables, control panels, cables various size etc.

1 Lot

F) General :


2. Erection & commissioning of equipment alongwith allied pipe lines i.e. (SS

pipe line, GI pipe line, MS pipe lines with required valves & fittings, MS Pipe

line HP / LP with insulation and steam valves)

1 No.




6. Effluent treatment plant 7 N

o.

Note:-

The plant & machinery, utilities shall be supplied as per respective specification


The tenderer should provide plant and machinery layout defining inter-connection

of equipment and flow of milk, water, steam etc.

Following approvals are required from RCDF before fabrication of equipment

and for the execution of awarded work:- General arrangement drawing of the IBT



Steam generation system : * Boiler with chimney, feed water tank, day oil service tank, Furnace Oil tank, FO




Complete electrical work



In addition to the standers mentioned, all works shall also conform to the



117

requirements of the following for which necessary certifications of the

concerned departments are to be obtained and submitted to the concerned Milk

Union/RCDF:-

j. Indian Electricity Act and rules framed there under.

k. Fire, Insurance and Regulations Act.

l. Regulations laid down by the Chief Electrical Inspector of the State/State Electricity

Board.

m. Regulations laid down by the Chief Inspector of the Factories & Boilers of the State.

n. Regulations laid down under the Explosive Act.

o. Regulations as per Weight and Measure Act.

p. Pollution Control Board of Rajasthan.

q. Bureau of Indian Standards

r. Any other regulations laid down by the local authorities.





BASIS OF DESIGNS

The proposed dairy plant shall be designed to handle 25000 ltrs of raw milk per day. The

associated activities are as follows:-

* Raw Milk chilling, raw milk storage, pasteurization, pasteurize milk storage, tandardization

of pasteurize milk, milk packing, cooling of packed milk in cold store, dispatch of packed milk,

excess Fat handling, butter making, butter melting, ghee making, ghee packing, and ghee

dispatch.

* The copy of plant building layout is duly enclosed. The civil work already commenced bidder

shall submit the plant machinery layout with consideration of building layout.



118

Sub Section-4

RESPONSIBILITIES



119

4.0 RESPONSIBILITIES OF BIDDER

4.0.1 Developing the process design, complete engineering design, manufacturing and/or

supply of goods and service and ensuring best performance of individual

equipment/systems/process plant as a whole. The bidder shall avail the assistance of

reputed specialists in the respective field wherever required as well as past experiences

gained during installation/ commissioning of the of projects.

4.0.2 Providing technical data, technical literature, production and service load calculations.

4.0.3 Arranging for approvals from various statutory authorities on behalf of the Purchaser .

The statutory fees will be reimbursed by Purchaser on production of receipt.

4.0.4 First charge of oil/lubricants.

4.0.5 Execution of project in accordance with prevailing Indian standards IER & IBR,

wherever applicable & relevant to the project.

4.0.6 Testing and commissioning satisfactorily and performance of all equipment in bidder’s

scope and after sales service at mutually agreed terms.

4.0.7 Test equipment, test kits, instrumentation and materials required for establishing

performance parameters. However laboratory equipment required for testing milk

quality etc. shall be provided by the Purchaser to establish product quality.

4.0.8 Provide necessary manpower during erection, testing and commissioning along with

tests.

4.0.9 Testing, commissioning of the system under scope as per agreed performance

parameters and utility consumption.

4.0.10 Training Purchaser 's personnel in the field of instrumentation, automation, plant

operation & control, maintenance & repair of systems & equipment.

4.0.11 Powder type fire extinguishers shall be provided at strategic points.

4.0.12 Details input for civil design, building layout and drawing, sewage details buildings,

cable trench, underground condensate piping and drainage etc.

4.0.13 Lightening protection system & protection against rain.

4.0.14 Bidder should submit complete plant layout of Dairy Plant, capacity 25000 LPD

expandable up to 50000 LPD.

4.0.15 Distribution of water, steam, electricity within dairy project is in the scope of bidder. It

includes all necessary MS / GI, SS pipes, fittings, structure, electricals, automation &

control etc.



120

4.1 RESPONSIBILITIES OF PURCHASER

4.1.1 Documents on local site conditions related to climate, access and

communications.

4.1.2 Electric power and water will be made available for use by RCDF free of cost.

These supplies will be made, where available at one central point in the site

convenient to RCDF and all piping for service water to work area shall be

furnished, installed and maintained by erector at his own expense. He shall also

furnish, install and maintain at his cost the power lines, junction boxes and any

other electrical receptacles, apparatus or equipment from the central point of his

work area.

4.1.3 Lighting and domestic wiring system and internal telephone system including

the switch boards for lighting. Engineering personnel to liaison with the

supplier, Project Manager and the execution team.

4.1.4 Permanent water and power supply at the time of pre-commissioning of the

plant.

4.1.5 Adequate staff including operators, supervisors and engineers for product

trials.

4.1.6 Provision of and cost of services, raw products, packaging materials &

chemicals.

4.1.7 Timely provision of personnel for training.

4.1.8 Provide open storage area, lockable store and office space during erection and

commissioning of project.

4.1.9 Suitable Site fabrication yard

4.1.10 Telephone and fax on chargeable basis.

4.1.11 Payment as per agreed terms and conditions.

4.1.12 Approval of drawing within 10 days from date of submission and decision

within a week on any issue which will come up.

4.1.13 Project manager with team throughout the implementation.

4.1.14 Availability of required quantity of milk for the designed product to conduct

the first run of product trials at the rated plant capacity.



121

SUB SECTION – 5

PROJECT MANAGEMENT



122

5.0 TIME SCHEDULE

5.0.1 Project execution shall be scheduled to mutually agreed time bound

programme, which should not exceed 12 months from the date of signing of

contract along with advance payment to commencement of product trials and

service load trials. The Project Manager of bidder will provide the Project

Manager of the Purchaser with monthly expediting and progress reports, which

clearly indicate the actual vs., planned progress and the new likely completion

dates of supply, erection, and commissioning and product trials. Bidder shall

give total project time schedule and charts(CPM-PERT) in soft (MS Projects)

and hard copies.

5.0.2 The project-staffing pattern shall be submitted before commencement of work

and should include sufficient personnel to meet the execution time schedule.

5.0 MANAGEMENT TEAM

5.0.3 A Project Manager who shall be adequately experienced in projects of similar

magnitude and type shall head a competent executive team. Reputed experts in

various fields who shall be responsible for satisfactory execution of the project

shall assist the Project Manager. He shall be responsible for overall

implementation of the project, from commencement to final takeover of the

plant.

5.0.4 A Project Engineer shall be appointed for day to day operation and co-

ordination, and to ensure successful and satisfactory design, procurement,

manufacture, inspection, erection, testing and commissioning of all the

equipment/facilities/systems within the time bound schedule.

5.0.5 The Project Manager and Project Engineer shall attend technical and review

meeting between various parties involved in the project, and ensure

implementation of all decision taken in the meetings.

5.0.6 The Project Manager shall also be responsible for detailed material accounting

at site and management of project materials and equipment stored at site.

5.0.7 The Purchaser will nominate a Project Manger with whom the Project

Manager of the supplier shall communicate/co-ordinate.

5.0.8 For smooth execution of the project, a team of Project Manager and Key

Personnel shall remain consistent throughout the execution period.

5.0.9 The Project Manager shall be fully authorized to take on-spot decision with

regards to:-

Modification in layout and execution programme to suit local condition.

To purchase essential materials from local market to avoid delays.

5.1 APPROVAL

5.1.1 Purchaser shall give approval on technical documentation within 7 working

days after submission. Amendments, which are not in the original scope of

work or due to changes in concept, shall be taken up by the supplier as per



123

mutually agreed rates to be decided before execution, and shall be binding on

the supplier.

5.1.2 Supplier shall obtain approval for purchase of specific makes of equipment

whose makes are not mentioned in his offer. If two or more makes of

equipment are mentioned in the form of alternatives in the approved list , the

supplier shall select any one of the particular make from the approved list

after mutual discussions with the Purchaser.

5.2 INSPECTION

5.2.1 For indigenous items, the suppliers shall invite Purchaser for inspection and

preliminary testing. Inspection may be required at various stages of

manufacture/assembly for some items. The Purchaser will arrange to complete

such inspection as maybe necessary along with clearance within a reasonable

time (7 days) from the date of intimation by the supplier.

5.2.2 For imported items, however, the supplier shall do the inspection at his cost

and submit the necessary test certificate wherever possible.

5.3 SITE WORK AND INSTALLATION

5.3.1 Protection of electronic equipment.

It is the responsibility of the bidder to ensure that all electronic equipment and

control system shall be fully protected against hostile environment, humidity,

heat and dust that will be encountered during storage and installation.

5.3.2 Temporary power supplies.

Power supply at Khetri is normally very stable, but the bidder is responsible to

ensure that delicate electronic equipment used during construction, such as

welding machine, testing devices etc. are protected against damage from mains

supply. In the event of a major power failure in the system, it shall be the

responsibility of the bidder to hire a diesel generator if this prove to be

necessary.

5.5 COMMISSIONING

5.5.1 After satisfactory erection and testing, a competent team shall be deputed to

commission the plant and to run product trials and to establish performance

parameters.

5.6 PRODUCT TRIAL AND PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE

5.6.1 On completion of the Commissioning period, the plant will be operated at full

capacity to the satisfaction of the Project Authority for a period of seven days

on the designed product.

5.6.2 If shut down occurs due to External Force Majeure reasons after 16 hours of

operation in any day, this shall be considered as a full day of testing. If at less

than 16 hours of operation, the trials shall be continued for an additional full

day.



124

5.7 TRAINING

5.7.1 The objective of the training is to provide selected staff members of the dairy

with necessary knowledge of dairy technology and maintenance to ensure a

sound and suitable operations of the plant. Emphasis will be given on

application as well as operation and not on basics.

- Dairy staff for:

- Operation of process, services utilized and process technology

- Operation of machinery and equipment

- Maintenance staff for:

- On the job training for technical personnel

- Maintenance of plant and equipment

- Instrumentation staff:

- On job training covering calibration

- On the job training for technical personnel regarding set points

- Fault finding and maintenance

- Automation staff :

- Process logic


- Electrical staff

- Training on Sub station, PCC and MCC

- Training on control and power wiring diagram


- Supervisory staff and operating staff:

- Control and automation schemes

5.8 STAND BY OPERATION OF THE PLANT

The bidder will offer “Stand-by” Personnel to assist the Purchaser during the

first year of operation as mentioned below:

Senior members of each commissioning team will attend at site for two

missions during the first year of operation. The first mission will commence

immediately after product trial and second mission after 6 months of first

mission. Each mission will be of one week duration.

The stand-by team will place particular emphasis on ensuring that correct

operation procedures are followed by the plant operators and that running

adjustment are made correctly to the plant items, controls and instruments.

They shall also run organized training sessions to strengthen the weak areas of

plant management, operation and maintenance.



125

5.9 SERVICE COVER

The representative of the supplier shall attend the project for two days every

Four months through out two years following first product trials. These visits

will cover meetings, training, equipment adjustment and servicing.

The objective of service covers are intended to ensure that the efficiency of the

plant is maintained at the optimum level and:

1. To help improve operating and maintenance procedures.

2. To keep the plant adjusted for optimum energy efficiency, product quality

and minimum product losses.

3. To arrange for service visits by specialists to inspect, service and carry out

reports.

Spare parts during the services cover shall be supplied by the Purchaser.



126

SUB SECTION –6

Scope of supply and technical

specification



127



detailed below:-

S.

No

Particulars Quanti

ty (in

Nos.)

A) Milk Reception :

1. Electric Weighing Scale with bowl 500 Kg., & dock

automa+tion

1 Set


3. Dump Tanks -


2 Nos.







2. Milk Pasteurizer 5,000 LPH expandable to 10000

LPH

1 No.




















Nos.





128

D) Services 1. Complete Refrigeration Plant with Ice Bank system with

suitable IBTs, Ammonia Compressors, Condensers,

Condenser Pumps, etc.

1 Set

2. Cold store of 7Mtr* 7Mtr. size with AHUs, insulation,

doors, air curtains, safety devices etc.

1 No.





(e) F.O. Loading & Unloading system with oil pumps,



1 No.

1 No.

1 No.

1 No.

1 Lot

4. Water softening plant with accessories 100000 ltrs. per

day

1 No.


6. RO system 5000 per hr. alongwith PVC tank & pipe

lines etc

1 Set

E) Electricals :

1. Complete electrical work consisting of HT & LT

switch geares, panels for 11 KVA 3 phase 50 Hz.

AC Supply consisting of following. HT switch /

VCB, LT panel, Electric panels for (Refrigeration

section, process section, ghee section, Boiler

section, External lighting, Internal lighting, ETP,

Pump House etc. 315 KVA Transformer with

accessories, Automatic power factor control panel

with capacitor bank, HT/LT cables, control panels,

cables various size etc.

1 Lot

F) General :


2. Erection & commissioning of equipment

alongwith allied pipe lines i.e. (SS pipe line, GI

pipe line, MS pipe lines with required valves &

fittings, MS Pipe line HP / LP with insulation and

steam valves)

1 No.




6. Effluent treatment plant 1 No.

Note:-

(4) The plant & machinery, utilities shall be supplied as per respective

specification detailed at Annexure -

(5) The tenderer should provide plant and machinery layout defining inter-

connection of equipment and flow of milk, water, steam etc.

(6) Steam generation system :



129

Boiler with chimney, feed water tank, day oil service tank, Furnace Oil tank, FO







(5) In addition to the standers mentioned, all works shall also conform to the

requirements of the following for which necessary certifications of the concerned

departments are to be obtained and submitted to the concerned Milk Union/RCDF:-

s. Indian Electricity Act and rules framed there under.

t. Fire, Insurance and Regulations Act.

u. Regulations laid down by the Chief Electrical Inspector of the State/State Electricity

Board.

v. Regulations laid down by the Chief Inspector of the Factories & Boilers of the State.

w. Regulations laid down under the Explosive Act.

x. Regulations as per Weight and Measure Act.

y. Pollution Control Board of Rajasthan.

z. Bureau of Indian Standards

aa. Any other regulations laid down by the local authorities.







130

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION OF

ITEMS UNDER HEAD

MILK RECEPTION



131

ELECTRONIC WEIGH SCALE WITH WEIGH BOWL

(SINGLE COMPARMENT) & DOCK AUTOMATION

CAPACITY : 500 L.

1.0 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS

This would be mounted in a weighing machine for weighing milk (milk would be tipped

manually in to it from 40L cans

2.0 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

2.1 Capacity 500 L with 75 mm allowance in depth.

2.2 Dimensions of the bowl :should be suitable for the electronic weigh scale.

2.3 Slope ; 1.8 towards the outlet (from three sides )

2.4 Finish : All the welding joints are to be ground smoothly . All stainless steel surface are

to be polished to 150 grits.

2.5 Joint Curvatures : All inside Corners should have minimum radii of 25 mm .

3.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY 3.1 The bowl : the bowl should be fabricated from 2 mm thick stainless steel sheet

conforming to (ASI 304.) the top edges should be bent outward . It should be suitable to

be suspended from the weigh scale .

3.2 Out let Valve : The outlet Valve would be mechanically operated from the reading

position . The outlet valve disc and stainless steel chain for hanging valve from the

operating lever is within the scope of supply

3.3 Strainer –cum Anti-splash unit : This should be made from 2 mm thick stainless

steel sheet conforming to ASI 304 . This would have an antis plash bowl , slanting

strainer made from perforated stainless steel sheet and mild steel pipe legs with stainless

steel pipe cladding . The legs would be grouted in the floor and the entire unit can be

withdrawn from the legs. The design and dimensions of the unit should conform to

RCDF sketch.

4.0 TESTS

The following tests should be conducted by the manufacturer at its works .

4.1 Dye penetration test for welding joints.

4.2 Water fill –up test for water tightness.

Note:-

1. Bidder should supply electronic weighing machine suspended type were with digital

display suitable for weigh bowl. The weigh bowl should be fabrication as per aforesaid

specification.

2. Dock Automation : The Dock Automation consist of S/I & Commissioning of Three

Computers i.e. for testing, weighing and server mode, Printer, Data cable / network

cable, suitable earthing etc.



132

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF CAN LOADING CONVEYING SYSTEM WITH

CAN TRIPPING BAR.


The can conveyor shall be used to carry 40 L capacity milk filled cans for reception dock up

to the tipping point for milk dumping.


2.1 Can tipping height - 1000mm (approx.)

2.2 POWERED DOUBLE CHAIN CONVEYOR : The powered double chain conveyor is

to carry all filled cans from the edge of the reception dock to the tripping in a stable

manner. This conveyor should have an effective length of 4 Mtrs. (subject to actual site

conditions) and rise from in floor position to the can tipping height. The complete

conveyor assembly should be made from mild steel and heavily galvanized after

fabrication, should be sand blasted and galvanized. The powered conveyor shall have to

be as per site conditions and for which the party should visit the site at Dairy Plant for

collecting the data for exact placement of the conveyor and subsequently submit the

detailed drawing for its approval to RCDF. Only after the drawing has been duly

approved by RCDF, the party should commence the fabrication.

The powered double chain conveyor shall have the gear box with a 3 HP drive motor.

The gear box should be of a reputed make and the motor should be of Kirloskar/NGEF/

Crompton/ Bharat Bijlee/ Jyoti make.

2.3 LEGS : All the conveyor assemblies shall have sufficient number of galvanized mild

steel legs with stainless steel ball feet having 50mm vertical adjustment - 1 Lot

2.4 LUBRICATION : Adequate and accessible lubricating points for all the moving parts

and power transmission assemblies.

2.5 PAINTING : All the galvanized mild steel surfaces are to be painted with a coat of

epoxy primer followed by two coats epoxy paint of grey colour.

2.6 TOOLS : Essential special tools should be supplied with the conveyor without charging

any extra cost.

NOTES :

1. General arrangement of this equipment should be designed to ensure the placement

of conveyor above ground level (trench system will not be preferred). The tenderer

is required to provide detailed drawing to be got approved from RCDF.



133

TECHICAL SPECIFICATION OF

DUMP TANK

CAPACITY: 1000L


It will work as a balance tank for milk in between the weigh bowl and milk chiller ,


2.1 CAPACITY: 1000L

2.2 Dimensions of the tank: The dimensions of the tank in general will be as under ;

Inner length - 1500 mm

Inner width - 1100 mm

Overall height - 980 mm

(including the legs)

However, looking to site conditions RCDF may vary dimensions.

2.7 Slope: 1:15 towards the outlet (from all the three sides).

2.8 Finish: All the welding joints are to be ground smoothly. All stainless steel surfaces are


2.9 Joint Curvatures: All inside corners should have minimum radii of 25 mm

3.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY

3.1 Tank: The tank should be fabricated from 2mm thick stainless steel, sheet conforming to

AISI 304. The top edges of the tank should be bent outward smoothly. – 1 no.

3.2 Accessories

3.3 Cover: The loose fitting tri-sectional top cover with lifting handles should be fabricated

from 2mm thick stainless steel sheet conforming to AISI 304. – 3 nos.

3.4 Legs: Mild Steel legs with stainless steel pipe (AISI 430) cladding with stainless steel

ball feet provided at the bottom of the tank. The stainless less steel ball feet should have

provision for height adjustment of 50 mm. – 4 nos.

3.5 Outlet: The single bottom – outlet of 63.5 mm diameter located in the middle of a long

side. It should be fitted with a 63.5 mm dia stainless steel plug type flanged valve with

complete stainless steel union on the other end. The outlet should be cup type and

should be at a height of 230 mm from the finished floor level. – 1 no.

4.0 TESTS

The following tests should be conducted by the manufacturer at its works

Dye penetration test for welding joints

Water fill-up test for water tightness of the tank.

NOTE :-

1. General arrangement of this equipment should be as per the attached reference

drawing. However there may be some changes in dimensions to suit site conditions,

maintaining the same volume.



134

SCHEDULE - II

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF SS CAN SCRUBBER

(Manually operated)

Delivery Period : Two Months


1.1 General Description - The machine is required to mechanically scrub the inside

(including bottom) and outside surfaces of standard 40 liters milk cans (max dia 352mm,

height 595mm and neck dia 200mm). The cans are to be manually loaded/unloaded.

2.0 DESIGN REQUIREMENT

The generally accepted design should have a horizontal immersion bath in SS 316

construction with the two electrically driven brushes mounted in the horizontal axis.

However, other designs would also be considered.

2.1 The brush drive motor and transmission assembly should be securely mounted at one

end of the bath. The brush drive, which should rotate in the same direction, should

extend through the end wall and be fitted with a proper sealing arrangement to prevent

leakage from the bath. Bearings must be adequately protected from the ingress of water

and have adequate greasing points. The whole driving assembly should be enclosed in a

waterproof cover.

2.2 The bath should be of a robust construction (3mm thick plate) with a rigidly formed top

edge, can overflow connection and a valve discharge drain.

2.3 The high quality nylon brushes which are within the scope of the supply should be

suitable for securing rigidly to the extended drive shafts.

2.4 Frame : - Except for specialized components the machine should be constructed in SS

316 and mounted on a rigid frame.

2.5 Finish :- The complete SS sheet parts should be polishe.

2.6 Electrical requirement – Electrical motor should be wound for 400-440 V/ 3 phase/

50 HZ AC supply. The motors would be of NGEF/Bharat Bijli Make.

Electrical switchgear is not included in the scope of this supply.



135

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF SS CAN DRIP SAVER

Delivery Period : Two Months


The milk can after unloading of milk in milk weigh bowel will be placed manually on can

drip Saver & can drip Saver will facilitate collection of milk left on the inner surface of

milk can. The milk will flow to drip Saver tray and from tray same will be diverted to

dump tank with the help of pipe, placed at the outlet of can drip Saver.


2.1 General arrangement of can drip Saver should be should be as per the attached reference drawing.

2.10 Slope: 1:15 towards the outlet for perfect flow of milk.




3.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY

3.1 The Can drip Saver SS tray of size 2000mm x 200mm x 100mm should be fabricated

from 2mm thick stainless steel sheet conforming to AISI 304. The top edges of the tray

should be bent outward smoothly and it should be placed on SS pipe frame at the height

of 750mm.

3.2 The SS can drip Saver frame should be fabricated as per drawing from SS pipe dia

50mm thickness 2mm conforming to AISI 304.

3.3 The stainless steel ball feet conforming to AISI 304 should be provided at the bottom of

legs. The stainless steel ball feet should have provision for height adjustment of 50 mm.

3.4 SS ball valve should be provided at the outlet of can drip Saver to facilitate flow of milk

up to dump tank.

TESTS : The following tests should be conducted by the manufacturer at works.

1. Dry penetration test for welding joints.

2. Water fill-up test of SS tray vessel for water tightness.



136

MILK PUMP

CAP. : 10000 LPH


The pump will be used to transfer Milk.


2.1 Capacity : 10000 LPH at30 MWC Head.

2.2 Type : The pump should be centrifugal type.

2.3 Design : It should be of sanitary design.

2.4 Prime Mover : TEFC electrical motor of suitable HP.

2.5 Finish : All the surfaces coming in contact with ghee & butter oil should be

finished to 150 grit.

3.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY

3.1 Motor : The stainless steel (AISI 316) pump should be supplied with flanged

type electrical motor of standard make having hygienic sealing arrangement.

- 1 No.

3.2 Legs : The stainless steel (AISI 316) pump with motor should have legs having

ball feet arrangement to adjust the height of the pump. - 1 Set.

3.3 Shroud : The motor portion of the pump should be SS shrouded. The shroud

should have provision for circulation of air and entry of electrical cable along

with junction box (terminal box) - 1 No.

3.4 Union : Stainless steel (AISI 316) unions should be provided on the inlet and

outlet of the pump. - 2 Nos.

3.5 Drain Hole : A drain hole should be provided in seal housing between SS pump

and electric motor.



137

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF MILK PUMPS & TANKER

UNLOADING HOSES

Tanker unloading pump

MOC:SS 304

Construction - Type centrifugal milk pump in sanitary design & construction.

The inlet & outlet connections will be confirming to SMS standards. Pump is complete with

suitable motor covered with a SS shroud. The pump should be suitable for CIP.

Tanker Unloading Hoses.

Function: The flexible hose is used to connect the Milk Tanker outlet to the fixed position-

unloading Pump through Air Eliminator Vessel.

Construction: Food grade rubber hose, with adapter & SMS Unions at both ends. Hoses will be

heavy duty, CIP compatible. The unions should be pre-fixed to the ends through vulcanizing

process.



138

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION OF

ITEMS UNDER HEAD

PROCESS SECTION



139

TECHNICAL SPECIFCATIONS FOR MILK CHILLER

1. Capacity : 10 KL per hour

2. Quantity

3. Functional requirement :

The plate heat exchanger would be used for chilling milk with chilled water /brine.

4. Design parameter

1. Milk : feed temperature : 35 deg. C

2. MILK outlet temperature : 4 deg. C

3. Chill water feed temperature : 1.5 deg. c4.

flow rate to milk ,

4. Ratio of chilled water flow rate to milk : 3 Times for 10 KL

5. Maximum pressure drop on Milk side : 6 MWC

6. Maximum pressure drop on Water side : 11 MWC

5. Finish

All welding joints to be ground smoothly. All SS surface are to be polished to 150 grit.

6. Plate Material : AISI 316 Quantity.

7. plate gasket : Food grade quality , Nitrite rubber Gasket which should withstand water

sterilisation temperature of 100 deg C and CIP with caustic solution at 80 deg. C

(Alkanity 0.7 % ) and Nitric Acid Solution at 70 deg C (Acidity 0.5 % )

8. Supporting frame ;The supporting frame for the plate pack should be of self

supporting design made of stainless steel (AISI 304) clad mild steel with manually

operated tightening device. The tightening device should be able to exert uniform

pressure on all the part of heat transfer plate, The frame and tightening device should

prevent the plates from deflecting under pressure differential of minimum 4 kg / sq , cm

The frame should be capable of accommodating the additional plates for the expanded

capacity.

9. Accessories :

9.1 Inlet /Outlet : The inlet and outlet for chilled water and product should be provided with

complete SMS stainless steel (AISI 304 ) union.

9.2 Thermowells : Stainless steel (AISI 304) pockets for thermometer on all the inlet and

outlet (Total 4 Nos.) Each pocket should be complete with suitable stainless steel (AISI

304 ) inclined pocket suitable for mounting stem/ probe of digital thermometer of size 4"



140

x 4". One pocket should be provided for digital electronic thermometer for chilled milk

outlet temperature (The thermometers are in the scope of the supply).

9.3 Ball feet : The frame should be provided with adjustable stainless steel ball feet with

provision for height adjustment of 50 mm – 4 Nos.

10 Tools ; A set of essential special tools.

11 The supplier would supply the Chiller in the frame size to be intimated separately by the

Milk Union as per their requirement.

12 No of plates would be as mentioned in the tender document and technical discussions.

IMPORTANT NOTES :

1. Plate Thickness shall be minimum 0.6mm.

2. Gaskets (food grade) shall be non-glude type.

3. Chilled water flow rate shall be three times the flow rate of milk for 5, 10, 20 & 40 KLPH.

4. The plates shall be of AISI 316 grade.

5. Four Nos. Digital Temperature Indicator (PT 100 sensor of reputed make like Honeywell)

size 2" x 4" house-in SS Box, front open, floor / wall mountable with minimum three meter

cable length shall be provided.

Drawings :

The supplier is required to submit detailed fabrication drawings to RCDF on receipt of RAL/PO

for examination. The drawings should generally be as per standard drawings for the item of

similar capacities.

Details : The supplier should furnish the following details of plates in the format given below :

No of Plates H.T.A./Plate

Chilling Section

(H.T.A. = Effective Heat Transfer Area)



141

MILK PASTEURIZER – 5000 LPH

TECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF THE SKID MOUNTED MILK PASTEURISER,

CAPACITY 5,000 LPH ALONGWITH ACCESSORIES SUITABLE FOR HEATING THE

MILK BY STEAM HEATED HOT WATER AS HEATING MEDIA :

FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENT :

THE MILK PASTEURISER IS REQUIRED TO PASTEURISE THE MILK HAVING

MAXIMUM 7% FAT & 9.5 % SNF THE PASTEURISER SHOULD BE ABLE TO HEAT

THE MILK UPTO PASTEURISATION TEMPERATURE 80 DEGREE C & FINALLY CHIL

IT TO 4 DEGREE C.

1. DESIGN REQUAIREMENT OF PLATE PACK OF MILK PASTEURISER.

CAPACITY - 5,000 LPH

TEMPERATURE PROGRAMME : - 4-45-60-80 C

RAW MILK INLET TEMPERATURE - 4 C

PROVISION TO TAKE MILK OUT TO

FILTERATION OR SEPARATION AT - 45 C / 50 C

PROVISION TO TAKE MILK FOR

HOMOGEISATION AT - 60 C / 65 C

MILK PASTEURISATION TEMPERATURE - 80 C

PASTEURISED MILK OUTLET AT - 4 C

HEAT REGENERATION EFFICIENCY - 92%

HOLDING TIME FOR HOT MILK AT 80 C - 20 SECONDS

TYPE OF HOLDING SECTION - PLATE TYPE

MAXIMUM PRESSURE DROP ON MILK SIDE - 1.5 Kgs. /sq.cm.

CHILLED WATER FLOW RATE - 3 TIMES OF MILK FLOW

RATE

2. FINISH

ALL WELD JOINTS SHOULD BE GROUND SMOOTH. ALL STAINLESS STEEL

SURFACES ARE TO BE POLISHED TO 150 GRITS.

3.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY:



142

3.1 HEAT EXCHANGER:

3.2 PLATE PACK:

THE PHE PLATES OFFERED SHOULD BE OF 0.6 mm THICKNESS HAVING

MOC OF SS-316 WITH ADHESIVE FREE NBR GASKETS & SHOULD BE OF

SANITARY DESIGN. ALL CONTACT SURFACES OF THE PLATES SHOULD BE

EASILY ACCESSIBLE OR READILY REMOVABLE FOR CLEANING &

INSPECTION.

3.3 PLATE GASKETS:

THE SEALING GASKETS OF THE PLATES SHOULD BE DESIGNED IN SUCH A

WAY TO ENSURE THE COMPLETE SEALING & PREVENT ANY CROSS

LEAKAGE INBETWEEN THE PLATES THE GASKET OFFERED SHOULD BE

ADHESIVE FREE. THE MOC OF GASKETS SHOULD BE OF NBR & SUITABLE

FOR MAXIMUM WORKING TEMPERATURE OF 112 DEGREE C. THE

GASKETS OFFERED SHOULD ALSO BE SUITABLE TO WITHSTAND 2%

CAUSTIC SODA & 2% NITRIC ACID SOLUTION AT 60 TO 80 C DURING CIP

CLEANING.

3.4 HOLDING SECTION:

THE HOLDING SECTION OFFERED SHOULD BE OF PLATE TYPE. THE PLATE

PACK OF MILK PASTEURISER SHOULD BE DESIGNED IN SUCH A WAY

THAT IT ALSO ACCOMODATES THE PLATES OF HOLDING SECTION IN THE

MILK PASTEURISER.

3.5 SUPPORTING FRAME:

THE SUPPORTING FRAME FOR THE PHE SHOULD BE OF SELF SUPPORTING

DESIGN. THE FRAME & PRESSURE PLATE & FIXED PLATE SHOULD BE

MADE OF MILD STEEL CLAD IN STAINLESS STEEL-304. PHE SHOULD BE

PROVIDED WITH MULTIBOLT TIGHTENING DESIGN TO EXERT UNIFORM

PRESSURE ON ALL THE PARTS OF HEAT TRANSFER PLATES TO PREVENT

ANY LEAKAGES FROM PHE AND DAMAGE TO PLATES. THE DESIGN OF

FRAME AND TIGHTENING DEVICE SHOULD BE SUCH SO AS TO PREVENT

ANY DEFLECTION UNDER PRESSURE DIFFERENCE OF MINIMUM 4 KG. /

Sq.Cm.

4. ACCESSORIES OF THE MILK PASTEURISER

4.1 INLET / OUTLET:

THE INLETS & OUTLETS IN EACH SECTION OF THE HEAT EXCHANGER FOR

PRODUCTS AS WELL AS SERVICE LIQUIDS SHOULD BE PROVIDED WITH

SMS UNION.



143

4.2 THERMOWELLS FOR GLASS THERMOMETERS:

SS THERMOWELL ALONGWITH GUARD SHOULD BE PROVIDED AT

FOLLOWING SECTIONS (GLASS THERMOMETERS ARE NOT COVERED IN

THE SCOPE OF SUPPLY)

MILK INLET

OUTLET OF HOLDING SECTION

CHILLED WATER IN

CHILLED PASTEURISED MILK OUTLET

TO SEPARATION OUTLET POINT

CHILLED WATER OUTLET

HOT WATER INLET

HOT WATER OUTLET

4.3 THERMOWELL FOR RTD:

SS THERMOWELL OF SUITABLE SIZES FOR RESISTANCE TEMPERATURE

DETECTOR SHOULD BE PROVIDED FOR SENSING THE TEMPERATURE OF

FINAL CHILLED PAST. MILK, PASTEURISED HOT MILK AFTER & BEFORE

HOLDING SECTION. THESE SENSORS SHOULD ALSO PROVIDE SIGNALS TO

THE PANEL TO AUDIO VISUAL ALARM FOR UNDER HEATED MILK, AND

TEMPERATURE RECORDER FOR CONTROLLING THE MILK

PASTEURISATION TEMPERATURE.

4.4 SKID:

THE CONSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN OF SKID SHOULD BE SUCH SO AS TO

ACCOMMODATE PHE, MILK PUMPS, HOT WATER PUMPS, MILK BALANCE

TANK, LINE AND DUPLEX FILTER AND CONTROL PENAL THE MOC OF SKID

SHOULD BE MADE OF ISMC SECTIONS DULY CLADED IN SS-304.

4.5 PRESSURE GAUGES:

THE NECESSARY PRESSURE GAUGES SHOULD BE PROVIDED TO OBSERVE

THE PRESSURE DROP IN PRODUCT & SERVICE LIQUID AT VARIOUS POINTS

WHEREVER REQUIRED.

4.6 FLOAT BALANCE TANK:

THE 100 LITRES CAPACITY FLOAT BALANCE TANK SHOULD BE

FABRICATED FROM 2 MM THICK SS 304 SHEET. THE TANK SHOULD BE

CYLINDERICAL IN SHAPE HAVING TUBULAR LEGS WITH NECESSARY

INLET, OUTLET & FLOW DIVERSION CONNECTIONS. THE DESIGN OF

FLOAT CONTROL SHOULD SUCH THAT IT CAN HOLD THE PUMP PRESSURE

IN CASE THE TANK IS FULL.

4.7 MILK PUMP :



144

THE SS CENTRIFUGAL PUMP SHOULD BE USED FOR FEEDING THE MILK TO

THE PHE. THE PUMP OFFERED SHALL BE OF SANITARY DESIGN AS PER

DAIRY STANDARDS. IT SHOULD BE OF SUITABLE CAPACITY & HEAD AS

REQUIRED COMPLETE WITH TEFC DRIVE MOTOR. THE MOTOR OF THE

PUMP SHOULD BE PROVIDED WITH SS SHROUD & BALL FEET. WITH AIR

LOUVERS AND SUITABLE TERMINAL BOX FOR CABLE CONNECTIONS THE

IMPELLOR OF THE PUMP SHOULD BE OF SS INVESTMENT CASTING DULY

BALANCED. THE MILK PUMP SHOULD BE PROVIDED WITH MECHANICAL

SHAFT SEAL. THE INLET & OUTLET CONNECTION SHOULD BE WITH SMS

UNION.

4.8 HEATING DEVICIE : FINAL STAGE OF HEATING SHOULD BE DONE WITH

STEAM HEATED WATER. THE HOT WATER GENERATION SYSTEM SHOULD

BE A ALL STAINLESS STEEL CONSTRUCTION (AISI 430), EFFICIENT, SILENT

AND RUGGED UNIT WITH ALL THE NECESSARY ACCESSORIES INCLUDING

HOT WATER PUMP REQUIRED TO MAKE THE SYSTEM COMPLETE. THE

HOT WATER PUMP SHOULD BE STAINLESS STEEL SHROUDED WITH

LOUVERS FOR AIR COOLING AND SUITABLE ARRANGEMENT FOR CABLE

CONNECTION. THE HEATING DEVICE SHOULD BE SUITABLE FOR

EXPANDED CAPACITY. THE HOT WATER GENERATING SET SHOULD BE

PROVIDED WITH A THERMOWELL OF ATLEAST 200 MM LONG INCLINED

DOWN WARDS FOR FIXING PROBE OF TEMP. CONTROLLER. HOWEVER

THE TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER IS WITHIN THE SCOPE OF SUPPLY.

4.9 DUPLEX FILTER

THE UNIT SHOULD BE SUPPLIED WITH TWO FILTER CONTAINERS

FABRICATED FROM 2 MM THK SS 304 SHEET THE FILTER CONTAINERS

SHOULD BE COUPLED WITH EACH OTHER WITH THREE WAY VALVES SO

AS TO ENSURE THAT ANY FILTER CAN BE CLEANED WHEN THE OTHER IS

UNDER OPERATION I.E. CLEANING OF ONE FILTER SHALL NOT DISRUPT

THE OPERATION.

THE CYLINDRICAL FILTER DRUM SHOULD BE MADE FROM THE

PERFORATED SS-304 SHEET HAVING 1.5 MM SQUARE PITCH. THE

PERFORATED DRUM SHOULD CONTAIN THE NYLON FILTER BAG OF 280

MICRON MESH SIZE. THE FILTER DRUM SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH THE

NECESSARY INLET / OUTLET & AIR PURGE VALVES.

5. INSTRUMENTS & CONTROL PANEL :

THE INSTRUMENTATION PANEL SHOULD BE DUST & VERMIN PROOF

PREWIRED MOUNTED ON THE SKID. THE PANEL SHOULD BE FABRICATED

FROM 1.6 MM THICK SS 304 SHEET.

THE INDICATIVE DETAILS OF THE PANEL ARE GIVEN BELOW:



145

S. No. PUSH BUTTONS WITH

INDICATORS

SELECTION SWITCH

1. MILK SEPARATOR - 1 L 1 MAN ON

2. MILK SEPARATOR - 2 L 2 AUTO

3. HOT WATER PUMP L 3 MANUAL

4. MILK CREAM FEED PUMP L 4 DIVERSION FLOW

5. MILK CREAM TRANSFER

PUMP

L 5 FORWARD FLOW

6. HONOGENISER L 6 HOOTER

7. CHILLED WATER PUMP SS 1 FORWARD / DIVERSION S/S

8. SPARE – 1 SS 2 AUTO / MANUAL S/S

9. HOT WATER INLET TEMP.

INDICATOR

PB22 ACKNOWLEDGE PB 1 S 1 POWER ON / OFF SW

The tenderer should furnish the information as per following format which is indicative only:-

ITEM DESCRIPITION QTY. REMARK / PERFERABLE

MAKE

CONTROL PANEL SS SHEET METAL

PANEL SUITABLE FOR

FREE FLOOR

STANDING

1

NO.

FABRICATED FROM SS

304 SHEET

AIR FILTER CUM

REGULATOR

0-10 Kgs./Sq. Cm. SHAVO NORGEN

SOLENOID

VALVE 220 V

NC CONNECTIONS 2

NOS

SHREADER / FLOWCON

HOOTER FOR DEVIATION IN

PARAMETERS

MIMIC

TEMPERATURE

RECORDER

TWO PEN RECORDER

FOR RECORDING THE

TEMPERATURE OF

HOT & CHILLED MILK

1

NO.

G-TEK

ACKNOWLEDGE

PUSH BUTTON &

OTHER PUSH

BUTTONS

FOR

ACKNOWLEDGING

THE DEVIATION

L & T

MAIN ON / OFF

ROTARY SWITCH

WITH

INDICATION

L & T

The control panel should be prewired with a provision to ensure that under heated milk

is diverted back to the float balance tank and audio visual alarm blows in case of under

heated milk. The pasteurization temperature of the milk should be maintained



146

automatically by controlling the temperature and flow rate of hot water generated

through hot water generator.

6. FLOW DIVERSION VALVE :

Standard IDMC/equivalent make pneumatically operated SS 304 three way valve should

be provided for diversion of the under heated milk.

7. S.S. INTERCONNECTING PIPES & FITTINGS :

One set of prefabricated SS interconnecting pipes shall be supplied for interconnecting

all the above mentioned accessories with the PHE based on the closed coupled layout

on the skid.

All terminal connection battery limits for Raw milk inlet, pasteurized milk outlet, milk

to and from separator and homogenizer should terminate with 51mm SMS union.

However the swing on bend connections at the battery limit for separtor and

homogenizer should be provided so that the milk pasteurizer can be operated without

milk separator and homogenizer.

Following GM Valves should be provided in the utility lines of the skid.

At he outlet of the hot water pump for regulating the flow of hot water.

One No of Globe Valve at the inlet of the chilled water to the PHE and one No of NRV

at the outlet of chilled water from the PHE.

One no of NRV in the steam line.

Hot water vessel capacity shall be minimum 12 litres and shall be provided with POP

type of safety valve for removal of the steam condensate.

8. TOOLS

Necessary tools like Hook Spanner, C-Spanner etc. should be provided with the plant.

9. OPERATING SPARE PARTS:

Necessary operating spare parts like SMS gaskets, Plate gaskets, Gasket for the float

valve, Filter Bags, Mech. Seal of the milk feed pump etc. should be supplied with the

milk pasteurizer.

10. UTLITIES REQUIRED: The tenderer is required to furnished the details of the

following:-



147

1. Electric Power :

2. Soft Water :

3. Compressed Air :

4. Chilled Water :

5. Hot Water : @ …………. LPH at …. degree C

11. SUPERVISION IN ERECTION & COMMISSIONING:

As the milk pasteurizer should be supplied on the basis of prefabricated on the skid so

that installation shall be required by the tenderer at site however we shall ensure the skid

mounted milk pasteurizer supplied by you is interconnected with our existing milk plant

at the battery limits provided in the skid. However if required the tenderer should depute

their Engineer to the site and guide our staff to carry out this interconnection.

The tenderer shall be required to depute their Engineer for commissioning of the milk

pasteurizer after our confirmation that your milk pasteurizer have been hooked with our

milk plant. However performance and satisfactory commissioning of the milk

pasteurizer is under your scope of work.

12. DESIGN DATA FOR MILK PASTEURISATION PLANT AS A WHOLE: The

tenderer is required to furnish the information in the following format wherever blanks

are left:-

S.

No.

PARTICULARS UNIT PARAMETERS

1. PDT SPECIFICATIONS WHOLE MILK

MAX. 6% FAT & 9%

SNF

2. FLOW RATE - PRODUCT / CIP LPH 5000/7000

3 FEED TEMPERATURE C 4/6

4 FINAL PRODUCT TEMPERATURE C 4

5 REGEGERATION EFFICIENCY AS A

WHOLE

% 90

6 TOTAL PRESSURE DROP ON MILK

SIDE

Kg./sq.cm.

7 PASTEURISATION TEMPERATURE C 80 C

8 MAX. DESIGN PRESSURE Kg./sq.cm.

9 MAX. WORKING TEMPERATURE C

10 GASKET TYPE & MATERIAL CLIP ON ADHESIVE

FREE GASKET

11 CONSTRUCTION OF PLATES

12 MAXS. Nos. OF PLATES THAT CAN



148

BE ACCOMODATED ON THE

FRAME

13 PLATE CORRUGATION TYPE HIGH & LOW

THETA

DEPENDING UPON

DESIGN

14 PLATE THICKNESS MM 0.6

15 PLATE DIMENSIONS ( L X W ) mm

16 AREA PER PLATE Sq. Mtrs.

17 GAP GETWEEN PLATES Mm

18 TOTAL FRAME LENGTH Mm

19 PHE MODEL NO. Mm

THE TENDERER IS REQUIRED TO FURNISH SECTION WISE DETAILS OF THE

STANDARD MILK PASTEURISER CAP 5KLPH.

SIZE OF FRAME NOS. OF PLATES IN EACH

SECTION

HTA PER

PLATE

TOTAL

HTA

REGENERATION SECTION – 1 ……… NOS. …….. sq.m. …….. sq.m.



HEATING SECTION ……… NOS. …….. sq.m. …….. sq.m.

CHILLED SECTION ……… NOS. …….. sq.m. …….. sq.m.

HOLDING SECTION ……… NOS. …….. sq.m. …….. sq.m.

G. TOTAL ……… NOS. …….. sq.m. …….. sq.m.

Note :

1. The scope of supply includes all required pumps, filters, pressure gauges,

temperature indicator, complete steam control system with by-pass arrangement,

steam water mixing battery, pneumatic control system equipped with Air filter

cum regulator at inlet of control panel etc.

2. Control panel should equipped with all required accessories to ensure automatic /

manual operation of milk pasteurization.

3. Heat transfer area per plate should not be less than 0.22 Mtr. Sq.

4. The total Heat transfer area of all plates of milk pasteurizer capacity 5000 LPH

should not be less than 44.00 Mtr. Sq.

5. Tenderer should strictly furnished the details of plates of each section i.e.

Regeneration I, Heating, Cooling and Chilling sections and the heat transfer area

of each section considered in the designed fabrication of Milk Pasteurizer capacity

5000 LPH.



149

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF TRI PURPOSE CENTRIFUGE

Capacity ; 5000 LPH

1.0 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS :

It would be used as hermetic separator, clarifier and standardize for milk at the

incoming temperature of 40 – 50 degree centigrade.

2.0 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS :

2.1 Capacity ;

2.2.1 Separation, standardization and clarification – 5000 LPH.

2.2.2 Only clarifier – 1.2 times the capacity mentioned against point no 2.1.

2.2 Finish ; All welding joints are to be ground smoothly . All stainless steel surface are to

be polished to 150 grits.

1.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY :

3.1 The centrifuge : The centrifuge should be made from stainless steel confirming (AISI

304). The whole body including the drive should be stainless steel (AISI 304)

shrouded-1 no.

3.2 Drive : The drive for the centrifuge should be just under the centrifuge and

integrated together - 1 set.

3.3 Accessories:

3.3.1 Lubricating system : Self contained system for effective lubrication .

3.3.2 Controls : Fittings and controls to maintain required degree of standardization -1 set.

3.3.3 Flow gauge : For continuous measurement of milk and cream .

3.3.4. Pressure gauge : For continuous measurement of discharge pressure of skim/

standardization milk. -1 no.



150

3.3.5 Gasket : The gasket should be of food grade rubber. It should be non toxic, fat resistant

and non absorbent. It should have smooth surface.

3.4 Tools: Essential special tools should be supplied with the machine without charging

any extra cost .

Note :- Scope of supply also include supervision of installation & commissioning of supplied

equipment at site.



151

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF INSULATED HORIZONTAL MILK

STORAGE TANKS, CAPACITY : 15000L


The milk storage tank would be used to store chilled milk at 4 degree centigrade

temperature.


2.1 Capacity : 15000 L

The volume of the tank should be such that after filling it up to the rated

capacity , the level of milk would be at least 50mm below the bottom end of

sight / light glass.

2.2 Constructional Features : Double walled, insulated and welded construction of

sanitary design.

2.3 Slope : 1.50 towards the outlet at the bottom of the tank.

2.4 Metal contact : The only metal to metal contact between the inner and the

outer shells shall be at the places where fittings for the tank are provided. At

the places where mild steel stiffeners are provided insulated padding should be

fixed between the inner stainless steel shell and stiffeners.

2.5 Finish : All welding joints are to be ground smoothly. All stainless steel

surfaces are to be polished to 150 grits.

2.6 Joint Curvatures : The radii of welded and permanent attachment joints should

be at least 6 mm. Where the conical ends join the cylindrical shell the radii

should not be less than 25 mm.

3.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY

3.1 Inner Cylindrical Body : The inner shell and conical ends should be fabricated

from 2.5 mm thick stainless steel sheet confirming to AISI 304 .

3.2 Outer Cylindrical Body : It should be fabricated from 2mm thick stainless steel

sheet conforming to AISI 304.

3.3 Insulation : The inner stainless steel shell , conical top and flat bottom should be

insulated in three layers as follows :

First layer - 25 mm thick resin bonded crown 150 fibre glass compressed to

10mm.



152

Second layer - 50 mm thick expanded polystyrene.

Third layer - 50 mm thick expanded polystyrene.

The efficacy of the insulation should be such that temperature rise of the milk at

4 degree C in the tank should not be more than 1 degree C in 24 hours during

summer season.

3.4 Accessories

3.4.1 Inlet -cum- out let : 51 mm dia cup type inlet cum outlet with two way plug

type stainless steel (AISI 304) flanged valve ending in complete stainless steel

union . It should be provided at a height of 450 mm from the finished floor

level. - 1 No.

3.4.2 Air Vent : Stainless steel (AISI 304 ) 150 mm dia air vent to prevent formation

of partial vacuum during CIP and pressure during filling . - 1 No.

3.4.3 Man Way : Oval shaped stainless steel (AISI 304) man way of dimensions

approximately 540 x 380 mm at the front end and provided with leak proof

hinged insulated stainless steel (AISI 304 ) door with tightening and locking

device. The man way door should open inward but at the same time it can be

taken out also when necessary. The gasket should be of neoprene or nitrile

rubber food quality. - 1 No.

3.4.4 Sight Glass : Stainless steel (AISI 304) sight glass assembly should be provided

with toughened glass. It should be provided in such a way that one can easily

read from the lowest level up to the maximum level mark - 1 No.

3.4.5 Sand blasted level marks : It should be calibrated at 500 L intervals and

provided on the inner rear end of the tank opposite to the sight glass.

3.4.6 Light glass : Stainless steel (AISI 304) light glass assembly should be provided

with toughened glass and stainless steel lampshade for mounting 24 Volt and

100 watt bulb. The lamp holder should be of brass - 1 No.

3.4.7 Platform : A small platform of stainless steel (AISI 304) with two steps on the

front end of the tank and two nos. of stainless steel handle 300 mm below sight

glass to enable view through the sight glass. The platform should be located

at around 1400 mm below the sight glass for the convenience of operator.

3.4.8 Agitator : It should be in stainless steel (AISI 304 ) construction complete with

geared motor of adequate capacity and should be able to uniformly agitate and

mix milk in the tank within 10 minutes. The agitator shaft should be a rod.

- 1 Set

3.4.9 Spray Balls : Removable stainless steel (AISI 304 ) cleaning device located on

top to provide flooding of Liquid over the complete interior surface during



153

CIP. The spray balls should have stainless steel unions at the outer end

connections. - 2 Nos.

3.4.10 Sampling cock : This should be provided on the inlet cum outlet and should

be in stainless steel (AISI 304 ) construction with sanitary design. - 1 No.

3.4.11 Thermowell : 300 mm long stainless steel (AISI 304) inclined pocket suitable for

mounting stem /probe of digital thermometer of size 4'' x 4'' . It should have

suitable male threads (The thermometer is in the scope of supply ) - 1 No.

3.4.12 Legs : Conical mild steel legs with stainless steel (AISI 304 ) sheet cladding

and stainless steel ball feet provided at the bottom of the tank. The stainless

steel ball feet should have provision for height adjustment of 50 mm. - 6 Nos.

3.4.13 Drain hole : The outer shell should be provided with one or more drain holes at

the lowest point. Any aperture in the shell should be designed so as to prevent

ingress of moisture.

3.4.14 Ladder : Stainless steel (AISI 304) ladder for access to the geared motor

assembly of agitator. - 1 No.

3.4.15 Lifting Lugs : Stainless steel (AISI 304) lifting lugs should be provided at

top. - 2 Nos.

3.5 Painting : All the mild steel stiffeners used in the construction of the milk

storage tank should be painted with two coats of epoxy primer after thorough

de - rusting.

4.0 TESTS :- The following tests should be conducted by the manufacturer at its

works.


4.2 Water fill - up test of inner vessel for water - tightness.

4.3 When man way is closed and cover tightened without gasket then the gap

between the man way neck and cover should not exceed 0.5 mm .

Notes :-

1. General arrangement The equipment should be as per the attached

reference drawing of RCDF.

2. Makes of bought out items are as below :

1st Pref., 2nd Pref

Geared motor ELECON RADICON

3. Equivalent make subjected to purchaser approval.



154

CREAM STORAGE / RIPENING TANK

CAPACITY : 5000 L

1.0 FUNCITIONAL REQUIREMENTS :

Pasteurizer cream having a fat content of 40 – 45 % / Cream would be ripened and

stored in this tank at a temperature of 6 degree centigrade.


2.1 Capacity : 5000 L

The volume of the tank should be such that after filling it up to the rated capacity, the

level would be 100 mm below the line where cylindrical shell joints the conical top.

2.2 Constructional feature : Triple walled insulated and welded construction of sanitary design.

2.3 Slope : Sufficient slope should be provided towards the inlet – cum out let along the

periphery of the reverse conical bottom.

2.4 Metal contact : The only metal to metal contact between the inner and outer shells

should be at the places where fittings for the tank are provided.

2.5 Finish : All welding joints are to the ground smoothly. All stainless steel surfaces are


2.6 Joint – Curvatures: The radii of all welded and permanent attachment joints should be

at least 6 mm. Where the conical top and reverse conical bottom join the cylindrical

shell the radii should not be less than 25 mm.


3.1 Inner cylindrical Body : The inner shell, conical top and reverse conical bottom

should be fabricated from 2 mm thick stainless steel sheet for 5000 L capacity

conforming to AISI 304.

3.2 Intermediate cylindrical Body : The intermediate shell and flat bottom should be

fabricated from 2 mm thick stainless steel sheet conforming to AISI 304.

3.3 Outer cylindrical Body : The outer shell, conical top and flat bottom should be

fabricated from 2 mm thick stainless steel sheet conforming to AISI 304.

3.4 Insulation : The entire intermediate shell, flat bottom and inner conical top shall be

insulated in three layers as follows:

First layer: 25mm thick resin bonded crown 150 fiber glass compressed to 10mm.

Second layer: 50mm thick expanded polystyrene.

Third layer: 50mm thick expanded polystyrene.



155

3.5 Accessories : 3.5.1 Inlet-cum-outlet: 51mm dia cup type inlet cum outlet with two way plug type stainless

steel (AISI 304) flanged valve ending in complete stainless steel union. It should be

provided at a height of 450 mm from the finished floor level – 1 No.

3.5.2 Air vent: Stainless steel (AISI 304) 150mm air vent to prevent formation of partial

vacuum during CIP and pressure during filling – 1 No.

3.5.3 Man way : Stainless steel (AISI 304) man way of 450mm diameter and located at the

conical top – of the tank and provided with air tight hinged insulated stainless steel

(AISI 304) door with tightening and locking device. The cover should be provided with

stainless steel (AISI 304) anti-splash guard stainless steel (AISI 304) cleats should be

provided near the man way for fixing and hanging rope ladder :- 1 No.

3.5.4 Sand Blasted level marks: It should be calibrated at 500 L intervals and provided on

the inner shell at opposite side of the sight glass. The level mark should be dark enough

so it may be clearly visible.

3.5.5 Sight Glass: Stainless steel (AISI 304) sight glass assembly should be provided with

toughened glass. It should be provided in such a way that one can easily read from the

lowest level up to the maximum level mark. Stainless steel lamp shade for mounting 24

V and 100 watt bulb. The lamp holder should be made from brass – 1 No.

3.5.6 Agitator : Vertical heavy duty sweeping type Stainless steel (AISI 304) agitator

complete with mountings with geared motor of adequate capacity and should be able to

uniformly mix cream in the tank within 10 minutes. The agitator shaft should be a rod –

1 No.

3.5.7 Sprinkler Pipe: A 25mm dia pipe ring of Stainless steel (AISI 304) should be provided

at the top of the jacket for sprinkling hot / chilled water on the outer surface of the inner

shell. The complete sprinkler pipe ring should be removable when necessary. The

complete pipe ring should end outside in a header with two separate connections for hot

and chilled water. In addition to this a Stainless steel (AISI 304) steam sparger pipe /

water steam ejector should also be provided in the bottom jacket and it should end

outside in a flange and counter flange.

3.5.8 Spray Ball: Removable Stainless steel (AISI 304) cleaning device located on conical

top at either sides of the agitator drive to provided flooding of liquid over the complete

interior surface and agitator during CIP. These should have stainless unions at the outer

end connections – 2 No.



156

3.5.9 Drain: Made from Stainless steel (AISI 304) pipe of 38mm dia at the bottom of the

jacket with gun metal valve – 1 No.

3.5.10 U-seal: Made from Stainless steel (AISI 304) pipe 38mm dia at the bottom of the jacket

– 1 No.

3.5.11 Over flow: Made from Stainless steel (AISI 304) pipe 38mm dia at the top of the jacket

– 2 Nos.

3.5.12 Sampling Cock: It should provided on the inlet – cum – outlet and should be in

Stainless steel (AISI 304) construction with sanitary design – 1 No.

3.5.13 Thermowell : 200 mm long Stainless steel (AISI 304) inclined pocket suitable for

mounting probe of digital thermometer. The portion of the thermowell which is in the

jacket should be insulated with rock wool or equivalent and totally shrouded so that hot

water or chilled water does not come in contact with the insulating material. It should

have 10mm BSP male threads and the digital thermometer is also to be provided by the

tenderer.

3.5.14 Legs: Conical mild steel legs with Stainless steel (AISI 304) sheet cladding and

stainless steel ball feet provided at the bottom of the tank. The stainless steel ball feet

should have provision for height adjustment of 50mm – 4 Nos.

3.5.15 Ladder: Stainless steel (AISI 304) ladder for access to the sight glass and geared motor

assembly of agitator – 1 No.

3.5.16 Lifting lugs: Stainless steel (AISI 304) lifting lugs should be provided at top – 2 Nos.

3.6 Painting: All the M.S. stiffeners used in the construction of the tank should be painted

with two coats of epoxy primer after thorough de-rusting.

4.0 TESTS: The following tests should be conducted by the manufacturer at works.


4.2 Water fill-up test of inner vessel for water tightness.

Note : General arrangement of the equipment should be provided the attached reference

drawing.

Makes of bought out items are as bellow :

Geared motor Elecon. / Radicon

(1) Scope of supply also include supervision of Installation & commissioning, water trial

of supplied equipment to ensure perfect working of systems at site.

(2) Name plate should be provided on equipment define the connection.



157

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF BUTTER CHURN

CAPACITY : 1000 L & 2000 L

1.0 FUNCTIONAL REQUIRMENTS

The churn would be fed with approximately 400 L, 800 L of cream having 40-45% fat

for 1KL & 2KL respectively. The output of butter per batch would be approximately

0.2 metric tones.

2.0 DESIGN REQUIRMENTS :

2.1 Capacity : 1000/2000 L

2.2 Available Services

Chilled water (from ice bank system) – at 1.5 deg. C.

Pasteurized chilled water - at 5 deg. C.

Electricity - at given in the ‘General requirement’ sheet.

2.3 finish : All welding joints are to be ground smoothly. Interior surface of the butter

churn should be sand blasted. Exterior surface should be circle –polished.

2.4 Joint Curvatures : the inside radii of all welded and permanent attachment joints

should be at least 6mm. where the cone portion or the dished end joints the cylindrical

portion of the drum of butter churn, the radii should not be less than 25mm.

3.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY

3.1 Churning barrel & Beaters : The churning barrel and beaters should be fabricated

form stainless steel conforming to AISI 316. The beaters should ensure uniform

distribution of salt and moisture during the working phase -1 unit.

3.2 Drive : the drive arrangement should consist of reduction gear box for a speed ranging

from 5 to 30 rpm. The churn should be able to rotate at least at four different speeds in

clock wise as well as anticlock wise directions. The different speeds are 5,10,17,and 30

rpm. The drive arrangement should be complete with electric motor, belts, electrical

push button panel to operate the churn in forward reverse and off positions, speed

changing levers, clutch and brake to stop the churn at any desired position. The drive

arrangement should be complete with electric motor and suitable VFD.

1 set

3.3 Drive Housing Support : The complete drive should be housed in a drip proof

enclosure which can be placed on R.C.C. foundation. The other end of the churn should



158

be supported on mild steel legs made from pipes which rest on 300mm high R.C.C.

pedestals.

3.4 Accessories :

3.4.1 spray pipe : stainless steel (AISI 304) spray pipe over the churn for spraying chilled

water when the churn is in operation. The inlet to the spray pipe should end in a

complete stainless steel (AISI 304) union.

3.4.2 Guard Railing : stainless steel (AISI 304) guard railing with frame. Safety switch

should be provided to prevent the operation of motor when the guard rail is lifted.

1 no.

3.4.3 Door : Leak –proof hinged stainless steel (ZAISI 316) door with proper locking

arrangements. It should be lockable in both open and closed positions. The door should

be provided with synthetic rubber gasket of dairy standards.

3.4.4. Sigh Glass : stainless steel (AISI 316) sight glass assembly of diameter 140mm

should be provided with toughened glass. 1 no.

3.4.5. Butter Milk Drain : 50mm diameter stainless steel (AISI 316) butter milk drain with

drain value ending in complete stainless steel union.

3.4.6. Air Release Cock: It should be press openable type.

3.4.7 C.I.P. Spray Ball: Cleaning device for closed circuit in place cleaning. The location

of the spray ball should be such that effective cleaning can be obtained by a single spray

ball only. The spray ball should be fixed on the shell opening with the help of wing nuts

and gasket. When the churn is in operation a stainless steel blank plate with gasket

should be used to close the opening after removing the spray ball.

3.4.8. End Flanges : It should be made from steel with proper strengthening steel pads for

coupling to the gear box on one side and to the bearing on other side.

3.5 Balance Tank : stainless steel (AISI 316) balance tank of 100 L capacity for hot

detergent solution/water/butter milk. The balance tank should be provided with three

nos. of nylon wheels, stainless steel (AISI 316 ) handle at top and cup type outlet at a

height of 230 mm from the ground level. The tank should also have a removable

stainless steel (AISI 316 ) cover with two handles and a removable type strainer which



159

can be placed on the frame provided at nearly 50mm below the top. The strainer should

be made from perforated stainless steel sheet. 1 no

3.6 vacuum System : Comprising vacuum pump, drive and accessories ( for nearly 730 mm

vacuum ), suitable arrangement should be provided for vacuum control.

3.7 Butter Milk Pump : Stainless steel (AISI 316) butter milk pump of sanitary design of

5000 LPH for 1000 churn capacity and 20 MWC head.

3.8 Shovels : Stainless steel (AISI 316) sand blasted shovels complete with handle.

3.9 Chiller : Stainless steel (AISI 304) plate type chiller of capacity suitable to the

requirement of chilled water sprinkling on the butter churn -1 no

3.10 Painting : All mild steel parts of the butter churn should be painted with a coat of

epoxy primer followed by two coats of epoxy paint of approved shade after through de-

rusting.

3.11 Tools : Essential special tools should be supplied with the machine without charging any

extra cost.

4.0 TESTS

The following tests should be conducted by the manufacturer at it’s works.


4.2 Water fill- up test of the churn for water tightness.

4.3 Test on vacuum as specified above under 3.6.

4.4 The scope of supply also include supply installation and commissioning/ perfect trial

run of equipment at site.



160

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR MILK PUMPS

CAP. : 10000 LPH


The pump will be used to transfer Milk.


2.1 Capacity : 10000 LPH at30 MWC Head.






3.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY



- 1 No.









and electric motor.

Note :- Pump should be able to handle milk & milk products



161

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF GHEE BOILER

CAPACITY : 1000 L

2.0 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS :

Ghee boiler (steam heated kettle) would be used for the manufacture of ghee from butter

or cream.


2.1 Capacity : 1000 L : ( With at least 100 mm

allowance in depth)

2.2 Available services :

Steam - at 3 Kg / cm2 pressure .

Electric Power : 415 /440 V, 3 ph, 50 Hz, AC supply.

2.3 Finish : All stainless steel welding joints are to be ground smoothly . All stainless steel

surface are to be polished to 150 grits .


3.1 Inner shell : The inner shell with cylindrical body , hemispherical bottom and

reinforced brim should be fabricated from stainless steel plate of thickness 6 mm

conforming to AISI 316. -1 no.

3.2 Intermediate shell : The intermediate shell with cylindrical body hemispherical bottom

should be fabricated from mild steel plate of 6 mm thickness. -1 no.

3.3 Outer shell : The outer shell with cylindrical body , and hemispherical bottom should

be fabricated from stainless steel sheet of 2 mm thickness conforming to AISI 304 . -1

no.



162

3.4 Insulation : Rock wool or equivalent insulation should be provided in between the

outer and intermediate shell . The insulation material should withstand the steam

temperature.

3.5 Accessories

3.5.1 Girder : Stainless steel (AISI 316 ) girder for mounting agitator and cover. -1 no.

3.5.2 Covers : Semicircular removable stainless steel (AISI 304 ) covers of 2 mm thickness

with lifting handles – 2 nos.



163

GHEE SETTLING TANK

CAPACITY 1000 L /2000 L


Ghee made in the ghee boiler, would be transferred in this tank for settling of burnt SNF

residues.


2.1 CAPACITY : 1000 L /2000 L with at least 100 mm allowance in depth.

2.2 Constructional Features : The tank should be of double walled, jacketed and sanitary

design.

2.3 Finish : All stainless steel welding joints are to be ground smoothly. All stainless steel

surfaces are to be polished to 150 grits.

2.4 Joint Curvatures : All inside corners should have minimum radial of 25 mm.

3.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY

3.1 Jacket : The shell and the bottom portion of the tank should be jacketted for heating and

cooling arrangement.

3.2 Inner Shell : The inner shell and inner conical bottom should be made from 2 mm

thick stainless steel plate conforming to AISI 304.

3.3 Outer Shell : The outer shell and flat bottom should be made from of 2 mm thick

stainless steel plate conforming to AISI 304.

3.4 Flat Top : The top should be flat made from 2 mm thick stainless steel sheet conforming

to AISI 304.

3.5 Accessories :

3.5.1 Legs : Mild steel legs with stainless steel (AISI 304) pipe cladding with stainless steel

ball feet provided at the bottom of the tank. The stainless steel ball feet should have

provision height adjustment of 50 mm.

3.5.2 Covers : Half openable covers on top made from 2 mm thick stainless steel sheet

conforming to AISI 304. - 2 nos.

3.5.3 Sprinkler Pipe : Sprinkler pipe of 25 mm dia made from stainless steel (AISI 304) for

sprinkling hot or chilled water on the outer surface of inner shell. The complete

sprinkler pipe should be removable. The sprinkler pipe should end outside in a header

with two separate connections for hot and chilled water. 1 set.

3.5.4 Drain : Stainless steel (AISI 304) drain at the bottom of the jacket. - 1 set.

3.5.5 U-Bend : Stainless steel (AISI 304) ‘U’ band of dia 38 mm at the bottom of the jacket.

- 1 set.

3.5.6 Over Flow : Stainless steel (AISI 304) over flow of dia 38 mm at top of the jacket

- 2 nos.



164

3.5.7 Steam Ejector : Steam ejector / steam sparger at the bottom in the jacket. The

connection should end outside in a flange and counter flange. - 1 set.

3.5.8 Outlets

3.5.8.1 Bottom : 5 mm diameter vertical outlet with stainless steel straight through plug type

flanged valve ending in complete stainless steel union. This outlet should be at a clear

height of 650 mm from the finished floor level to facilitate placement or can under it.

- 1 no.

3.5.8.2 Side : Horizontal stainless steel outlet of 51 mm diameter with stainless steel angular

flanged valve ending in complete stainless steel union for taking out clear ghee.

- 1 no.

3.5.9 No Foam Inlet : Removable type stainless steel no foam inlet of 38 mm diameter at top.

The inlet should end in a complete stainless steel union outside.

4.0 TESTS :

The following tests should be conducted by the manufacture at it’s works.


4.2 Water fill-up test of inner shell for water tightness.

4.3 Water fill-up test jacket for water tightness.

NOTES :


drawing. The tenderer is required to provide detailed drawing to be got approved

from RCDF.

Note :-






165

3.5.3 Agitator : Sweeping type stainless steel (AISI 316 ) agitator with vertical geared

motor complete with oil seal , supporting arrangement, support on the shell bottom etc.-

1 set.

3.5.4 Legs : Mild steel legs with stainless steel (AISI 304 ) pipe cladding with stainless steel

ball feet provided at the bottom of the tank . The stainless steel ball feet should have


3.5.5 Steam inlet : Steam inlet connection should end outside in a flange and counter flange

but without valves . The places mentioned below should be stiffenened with stainless

steel padding . -1 no.

3.5.5.1 Where steam inlet pipe joints the intermediate shell.

3.5.5.2 Where steam hits on the outer surface of inner shell.

3.5.6 Condensate outlet : Condensate outlet with strainer, thermodynamic steam trap, sight

glass and by pass arrangement – 1 set .

3.5.7 Air-Vent : Stainless steel automatic air vent the top most portion of the steam jacket .- 1

no.

3.5.8 Thermowell : Thermowell (made from stainless steel conforming to AISI 316 ) and

suitable connection should be provided in the outer shell for fixing steam and dial

thermometer to measure the temperature of product . The portion of the thermowell

which is in the steam jacket should be insulated with rock wool or equivalent and totally

shrouded so that the insulation does not come in contact with steam (but the

thermometer is not within the scope of supply ) .

3.5.9 OUTLET :

3.5.9.1 Bottom : 63.5 mm vertical outlet with stainless steel straight through plug type flanged

valve ending in complete stainless steel union. The outlet should be at a clear height of

650 mm from the finished floor level to facilitate placement of can under it . - 1 no

3.5.9.2 Side ; Horizontal stainless steel outlet of 63.5 mm with stainless steel angular flanged

valve ending in complete stainless steel union for taking out clear ghee.

4.0 TESTS :



166

The following testes should be conducted by the manufacturer at its works.

Dye penetration test for welding joints.

Water fill up test of inner shell for water tightness.

Pressure test of jacket at 5 kg /cm2 pressure.

5.0 Note :

i. General arrangement of this equipment should be as per the attached drawing.

ii Makes of bought out items are as below :

Geared motor REMI Elecon/ Redicon



167

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF

BUTTER MELTING VET

CAPACITY 1000 L


Butter / butter oiled would be melted in the melting vat.


2.1 CAPACITY : 1000 L

2.5 Constructional Features : The vat would be welded and jacketed in construction having

rectangular cross section. The vat, the hot water generating set and the hot water

circulation system should be integrated together.

2.6 Slope : 1: 50 towards the outlet.

2.7 Available Services :

Steam – at 3 Kg. / cm2 pressure / Hot water at 80º C.

Elec. Power – as given in the General requirement sheet.

2.8 Finish : All welding joints are to be ground smoothly. All stainless steel surfaces are to


2.9 Joint Curvatures : All inside corners should have minimum radial of 25 mm.

7.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY

The melting vat

3.1.1 Inner Vessel : It should be fabricated from 2.5mm thick stainless steel plate conforming

to AISI 316. - 1 No.

3.1.2 Outer Vessel : It should be fabricated from 2mm thick stainless steel plate conforming

to AISI 304. The inner vessel should bend over the outer vessel and come down to about

50mm from the top edge, over lapping with the outer vessel.

- 1 No.

3.1.3 Accessories

3.1.3.1 Cover : The cover of the vat should be in three places with lifting handles and fabricated

from 1.5mm thick stainless steel sheet conforming to AISI 304.

3.1.3.2 Legs : Mild steel legs with stainless steel (AISI 304) pipe cladding with stainless steel


provision height adjustment of 50 mm. - 6 Nos

3.1.3.3 Agitator: Stainless steel (AISI 316) agitator with geared motor should be provided on

the melting vat. The agitator assembly should be mounted on a suitable stainless steel

(AISI 304/316) structure and the same should be supported on the vat.

- 1 Set



168

3.1.3.4 Outlet : The vat should be provided with a 51mm molten butter/butter oil cup type outlet

of stainless steel with a two way plug type flanged valve having complete stainless steel

(AISI 316) union on the other end.

3.4 Hot water generator set :

3.2.1 Hot water Balance Tank: It should be 100L capacity and made from of 2mm thick

stainless steel sheet conforming to AISI 304.

3.2.1.1 Cover : The balance tank should have removable stainless steel sheet top cover with

handles.

3.2.1.2 Overflow : It should be of 38mm dia stainless steel pipe and provided at the centre of

balance tank. - 1 No.

3.2.1.3 Drain: Stainless steel drain connection with AUDCO valve.

- 1 No.

3.2.2 Ejector : Silent steam/water mixing ejector suitable for water flow rate of 5000 LPH and

steam flow rate of 500 Kgs/Hr. It should end outside in a flange and counter flange.

- 1 No.

3.2.2.1 Connection for Pressure Gauge : Steam inlet line should have a connection/port

provided fro fixing pressure gauge (But the gauge is not within the scope of supply).

3.2.2.2 Theromowell: The hot water set should have a stainless steel thermowell in its body for

fixing stem and dial type thermometer to measure the temp. of water (but the

thermometer is not within the scope of supply).

3.5 Hot water Circulation System.

3.6 Pump : Hot water circulation pump of capacity 5000 LPH against a head of 10 to 15

MWC.

3.3.2 Hot Water Pipe Net Work : The top of the inner vessel should be covered with a net

work of hot water heating pipes. This net work should be made from 25mm dia

stainless steel pipes conforming to AISI 316 . The heating pipe net work should be

properly clamped at nearly 100mm. below the top of the vessel. The inlet and outlet of

hot water for the net work should be kept outside the outer vessel. The net work should

be easily removable from cleaning. 1 Set.

3.3.3 Jacket : The hot water Jacket of the melting vat should be provided with inlet, outlet,

and drain connections for hot water. The drain connection should have a AUDCO valve

of suitable size. The hot water jacket should be divided into three compartments which

would be open to the jacket adjacent to the hot water tank. Hot water would enter into

the jacket compartments, pass through the complete length of jacket and meet in the

jacket at the other end before going back to the hot water set. It should have three nos.

of over flow connections of diameter 76mm each.

3.3.4 Pipes and Fittings: All interconnecting pipes and fittings for hot water circulation the

plant should be made from stainless steel conforming to AISI 316. Hot water valves

should be made from gun metal.

3.4 Painting : All ats of heat resistant primer after through de-rusting.

3.5 Tools : Essential special tools should be supplied with the plant wihhout charging

any extra cost.



169

4.0 TESTS

The following tests should be conducted by the manufacturer it’s works.

4.1 Dye pentration test for welding joints.

4.2 Water fill-up test of inner vessel for water tightness.

4.3 The jacket should be tested fro a pressure of 3 Kg./cm2

NOTES :


drawing for capacity 1000 L and 2000 L and same to be suitably modified for 1500

Ltrs. The tenderer is required to provide detailed drawing to be got approved from

RCDF.

4. Makes of bought out items are as below:

1st Pref. 2 Pref.

Geared Motor REMI Elecon / Redicon



170

GHEE & BUTTER OIL PUMP

CAP. : 1000 LPH

Supply period 10 months.


The pump will be used to transfer ghee / butter oil.


2.1 Capacity : 1000 LPH at 25 MWC Head.






3.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY



- 1 No.









and electric motor.



171

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR GHEE CLARIFIER

CAPACITY : 1000/2000 LPH.

(Delivery period – 3 Months)


It would be used for clarification of ghee at the incoming temperature of 40-75 deg.

Centigrade.


2.1 Capacity : 1000/2000 LPH

2.2 Finish : All welding joints are to be ground smoothly. All stainless steel surfaces

are to be polished to 150 grits.


3.1 The Centrifuge : The centrifuge should be made from stainless steel conforming to

AISI 304. The centrifuge portion of the clarifier should be stainless less steel (

AISI 304) shrouded. - 1 no.

3.2 Drive : The drive for the centrifuge should be just underneath and integrated

together. The drive portion of the separator should be milk steel shrouded. – 1 no.

4.0 Accessories :

4.1 Lubrication System : Force feed lubrication system with gear tube oil pump

- 1 set

4.2 Oil Pressure Gauge : For continuous measurement of lubricating oil pressure

- 1 no.

4.3 Gasket : The gasket should be of food grade rubber. It should be non-toxic, fat

resistant and non absorbant. It should have smooth surface.

4.4 Painting : All mild steel surfaces are to be painted with a coat of epoxy primer

followed by two coats of epoxy paint after thorough de-rusting.

5.0 Technical date:- The tenderer should specitfy following technical datas and also

enclosed the detailed leaflets of the equipment offered.

5.1 Make and Model of machine :

5.2 Electric motor HP, RPM and make :

5.3 Inlet and outlet size :

5.4 Inlet pressure :

5.6 Outlet pressure :

5.7 Techometer provided : Yes / No

5.8 Type of Lubrication :



172

Tools : Essential special tools should be supplied with the machine without charging

any extra cost.

Note :-






173

GHEE STORAGE TANK

CAPACITY : 2500 L

Supply period 3 months

FUNCIONAL REQUIRMENTS :

1.1 General Description : Ghee processed in a Ghee boiler would be allowed to settle

in the ghee setting tank . SNF sediments would settle down. Clear ghee would be

collected from the side outlet; SNF sediment would be drained from the bottom outlet

and clear ghee to be transferred in ghee storage tank. Ghee or butter oil would be stored

in this time at the temperature of 60 º to 65º.

capacity – 2500 L

2.0 DESIGN REQUIRMENTS :

: It should be a triple walled tank.

The inner shell and intermediate shells should be fabricated from minimum 2 mm

thick steel conforming to AISI 304.

The inner conical bottom should be fabricated from minimum 2 mm thick stainless

steel conforming to AISI 304.

The outer shell should be fabricated from minimum 2 mm AISI 304 thick.

Rock-wool or equivalent insulation should be provided between the outer and

intermediate shells. The insulation material should be capable of withstanding

the steam temperatures.

The tank should be rigidly supported on 4 M.S legs with S.S ball feet capable of 50 mm

vertical adjustment. The overall height of the legs would be 500mm. The legs

should be SS AISI 304 cladded.

It should include the following :

Stainless steel girder for mounting covers and agitator.

2 nos. semi circular S.S covers of 2 mm thick conforming to AISI 316 or equivalent.



174

1 no, paddle type agitator with geared motor suitable for operation on 3 phase, 50 HZ

400/ 440 v, A.C Supply.

2.7.4 1 No bottom outlet with a flanged type 51 mm dia non clogging type 2 way valve with a

complete union to allow free and complete drainage of product.

2.7.5 1 no. side outlet with a flanged type 51 mm dia two way valve with a complete union.

2.7.6 Inlet for steam with steam stop valve and strainer, 1 no water inlet with a stop valve.

2.7.7 Pressure gauge with siphon & pet- cock, safety valve for the steam inlet.

2.7.8 Suitable arrangement for mixing of steam and water.

2.7.9 Condensate outlet / drain water valve and one no –over flow for jacket.

2.7.10 Air vent cock.

2.8 Material and finish

2.8.1 All product fittings and connections shall be of S.M.S. standard.

2.9 Available services

2.9.1. Steam at 3 kg / cm2

3.0 Makes of bought out items are as follows :

Geared motor REMI Elecon / Redicon

2.10 TESTS :

The following tests should be conducted by the manufacture at it’s works.

(a) Dye penetration test for welding joints.

(b) Water fill-up test of inner shell for water tightness.

(c) Water fill-up test jacket for water tightness.

NOTES :



175

5. General arrangement of this equipment should be as per the attached reference drawing.

The tenderer is required to provide detailed drawing to be got approved from RCDF.

6. Equivalent make subjected to approval of the purchaser.

Note :-






176

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF SOUR MILK SEPARATOR

Capacity ; 1000 / 2000 LPH

1.0 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS:

1.1 General Description : It would be used as separator for milk at the in-coming

temperature of varying from 26º C to 40º C at Atmospheric temperature.

1.2 Capacity:

Separator capacity 1000 / 2000 LPH.


2.1 All parts coming in contact with milk should be faoricated from SS conforming to AISI

304 or equivalent at Atmospheric Temperature.

3.0. The prime mover should be complete with suitable motor of Siemens / Cormption /

GEC / NGEF make for operation on 400/440 Volts, 3-phase, 50Hz, AC supply.

3.1 The centrifuge should be completely SS shrouded with .S.S plate open type.

3.2 Necessary tools for the operation of the machine should be provided.

3.3 Price list of spare parts for two years normal operation should be provided.

3.4 All SS surface should have a finish of 150 grits.

3.5 All SS pipes and fittings should conform to SMS standards.

3.6 All MS surfaces should have i coat of anti-corrosive epoxy primer followed by coats of

paint of approved shade.

4.0 Rubber Gaskets which come in contact with Milk is resistant and non-absorbant.

5.0 Fat percentage in skimmed milk after separation should not be more than 01.%.



177

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR BUTTER TROLLEY

CAPACITY : 600 KG.


Butter trolley would be used for transportation of butter from one section to other

within the dairy.


2.1 Capacity : 600 Kg.

2.2 Dimensions : Overall height (from ground level) and width of the trolley should not

exceed 600mm and 900mm respectively.

2.3 Finish : All welding joints are to be ground smoothly. All stainless steel surfaces are to


2.4 Slope : Generous slope should be provided towards the outlet.

2.5 Joint-Curvatures : All inside corners should have minimum radi of 25mm.

3.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY

3.1 The Body : The main body should be made from minimum 2mm thick stainless steel

sheet conforming to AISI 316.

3.2 The frame : The frame should be made from 50mm dia 'B' class mild steel pipe. After

fabrication the complete frame and handle should be spray galvanised. The handle

should be cladded with stainless steel conforming to AISI 316.

3.3 Accessories

3.3.1 Wheels : 200mm diameter nylon wheels, of which front pair should be swivel type.

- 2 Pairs.

3.3.2 Drain Nipple : Stainless steel drain nipple of 51mm diameter and 75mm length ending

in a stainless steel blank and complete union.

- 1 No.

NOTE :

1. General arrangement of this equipment should be as per the enclosed drawing (size

290 x 210mm).



178

GHEE PACKING MACHINE (Double Head)

CAPACITY 1600 PPH

(Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning period – 4 Months)


Ghee would be required to be fed through S.S. Centrifugal Pumps S.S. Pipeline. The

pouches should be formed of film, filled with milk and sealed by the machine.


2.1 CAPACITY : 1600 Packs/ hr. of sizes 500 ml and 1000 ml.

2.2 FUNCTIONAL : Machine operations should be mechanically controlled except for

feeding system.

2.3 Finish : All stainless surfaces are to be polished to 150 grits.

2.4 Feeding system : Feeding should be through S.S. centrifugal pumps & S.S.

Pipe line.

2.5 Type of Seal : Vertical seal overlap Horizontal seal Impulse.

2.6 Injection System : An adjustable volume S.S. volumetric cylinder should be fixed

on the roof of the machine. The product from these shall pass through injection

tube into the film tube. The volume of product in the cylinder is filled in each

end of pouch by opening of the gate valve at the lower of the injection tube for a

present time.

2.7 Electrical Control Panel : The electrical switches , printed circuit boards, solid

state various, pouch counters should be mounted in these panels in the centre of

the machine. All functions of the machine should be electronically controlled

using solid state devices and the machine should be mechanically operated.


3.1 Description of the Machine Body : The machine should have stainless steel body

built on a treated aluminium machine base plate and vertical plate. All the sub

assemblies should be mounted on these mechanical plates.

All parts in contact with the product and packing material should be AISI –304

with smooth finish.

3.2 Pump feed : Centrifugal pump for ghee alongwith S.S. Pipe line from pump to

machine should be supplied along with the machine.

3.3 The machine should have following arrangements in it :-



179

3.3.1 Film guard device to stop the machine when film gets exhausted.

3.3.2 Sterilizing mechanism for pouch film.

3.3.3 Pouch counter.

3.3.4 Date coding device.

3.3.5 Apportioning device for 500 ml. and 1000 ml.

3.3.6 Facility to insert a closed circuit in place cleaning for the machine.

3.4 Tools : Essential special tools should be supplied with the machine without

charging any extra cost.



180

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATION OF

ITEMS UNDER HEAD

MILK PACKING

SECTION



181

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR MECHANICAL MILK POUCH PACKING

MACHINE DOUBLE HEAD WITH ACCESSORIES

CAPACITY : 5000 Packs/Hr.


Milk would be fed to the float balance tank of the pouch filling machine by gravity flow.

The pouches should be formed of film, filled with milk and sealed by the machine.


2.1 Machine Model : ___________________

2.2 Capacity : 5000 Packs/hr. of sizes 200 ml. or 500 ml. or 1000 ml.

2.3 Functional : Machine operations should mechanically controlled except for

feeding system which can be either air or electrically operated.

2.4 Finish : All stainless steel surfaces are to be polished to 150 grits.

2.5 Feeding System : Gravity filler.

2.6 Type of Seal : Overlap/Impulse seal.

2.7 Injection System : A constant level with mechanical float should be fixed on the

roof of the machine. The product from tank should be passed through injection

tube in to the film tube. The filled quantity of product in each pouch should be

controlled by adjustment of opening distance of the gate valve at the lower end of

the injection tube. The flow of the product through injection tube in the pouches

should be continuous and the sealing takes place through the product.

2.8 Electrical Control Panel : The electrical switches, control relays solid state

device and various pouch counters are mounted in this panel. The electric control

panel can be fixed on left or right side of the machine, as per requirement.

3.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY

3.1 Description of the Machine Body : The machine should have Stainless Steel

Body built on a treated aluminium chassis. All the sub-assemblies are mounted

on these machined plates.

All parts in contact with the product are AISI-304 Stainless Steel with smooth finish.

3.2 Float Balance Tank: Stainless Steel float balance tank of suitable capacity should

be provided at the top of the pouch filling machine. - 1 no.



182

3.3 The machine should have following arrangements in it.

3.3.1 Film guard device to stop the machine when the film gets exhausted.

3.3.2 Liquid level controller.

3.3.3 Sterilizing mechanism for pouch film.

3.3.4 Pouch counter.

3.3.5 Date printing device.

3.3.6 Apportioning device for 200 ml., 500 ml. and 1000 ml.

3.3.7 Facility to insert a closed circuit in place cleaning system for the machine.

3.3.8 Variable frequency drive - 02 nos are included in the scope of supply.

3.3.9 PLC controlled to pack milk in pouches.

Tools : Essential special tools should be supplied with the machine without changing

any extra coat.



183

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF ROLLER CRATE CONVEYOR


The functional requirement of roller conveyor is to facilitate smooth manual transfer of

loaded milk crates from the front of milk packing machine to milk cold store.

2.0 SCOPE OF WORK

2.1 The roller conveyor should be design to carry out 1000 Kg. load. The length of

conveyor 6000mm. with legs supports on every 400mm.

2.13 Roller conveyor frame should be fabricated by MS channel size 100 x 50 x 6mm.

2.14 Roller should be made from MS ‘C’ class pipe of 50 NB with placement of MS washer

of requirement thickness on both ends. Roller rod should be made of bright steel rod dia

25mm.

2.15 The legs of roller conveyor of height 400mm should be fabricated from MS ‘C’ class

pipe dia 40 NB. Stainless steel ball feet conforming to AISI 304 should be provided at

the bottom of legs. The stainless steel ball feet should have provision for height

adjustment of 50 mm.

2.16 Railing should be provided on both sides of roller conveyor for perfect guide of milk

cans up to can tripping bar by MS ‘C’ class pipe 25 NB.

2.17 MS washer of 8mm thickness should be welded at every 85mm (Centre distance

between roller) on inner side of MS channel size 100 x 50 x 6mm to increase the

thickness at roller support and to avoid shearing of channel on load.

2.18 SS ball valve should be provided at the outlet of can drip Saver to facilitate flow of milk

up to dump tank.

Note :

1. The length of the conveyor may vary with respect to site condition; party should

quote rates of per meter length for roller conveyor.

2. General arrangement of roller conveyor should be should be as per the attached

reference drawing.

3. Tenderer should get approved the drawing of Roller conveyor from Milk Union /

RCDF before fabrication.



184

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF LEAKAGE POUCH TANK WITH STRAINERS

CAPACITY : 500 KG Drawing 500 Kg. required.


The leakage pouch tank with strainers is required to collect the milk from leakage pouch.

The leakage pouch will be placed manually on the S.S. strainers placed at S.S. tank top.


2.1 CAPACITY: 500 Kg.

2.2 Dimensions of the tank: The dimensions of the tank in general will be as under for 500

Kg. capacity.

Inner dia. - 850mm / suitable

Height - 1000 / suitable

Overall height - 1300 mm

(including the legs)

However, looking to site conditions RCDF may vary dimensions.

2.19 Slope: 1:15 towards the outlet.




3.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY

3.1 The Tank: The tank should be fabricated from 2mm thick stainless steel sheet

conforming to AISI 304. The top edges of the tank should be bent outward smoothly. It

should be suitable to support the strainer

– 1 no.

3.2. Accessories

3.2.1 SS Strainer : It should be fabricated from 2mm thick stainless steel sheet conforming to

AISI 304. It should be perforated, hole dia 2 mm the strainer should have S.S. flat

stiffener strips 25 mm x 6 mm thick to carry leakage pouch load.

3.2.2 Legs: Mild Steel legs with stainless steel pipe (AISI 304) cladding, with stainless steel





185

3.2.3 Outlet: The single bottom – outlet of 38 mm diameter. It should be fitted with a 38 mm

dia stainless steel plug type flanged valve with complete stainless steel union on the

other end. The outlet should be cup type and should be at a height of 230 mm from the

finished floor level. – 1 no.

4.0 TESTS

The following tests should be conducted by the manufacturer at its works

4.1 Dye penetration test for welding joints

4.2 Water fill-up test for water tightness of the tank.

NOTE :-

2. General arrangement of this equipment should be as per the attached reference drawing.

The tenderer is required to provide detailed drawing to be got approved from RCDF.



186

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR MANUAL OPERATED CRATE

WASHER


Crate washer turf should be designed for washing HDPE pouch crates of 10/12 litres

capacity of 1.2 Kg. & 1.5 Kg. Outer dimention of crates are as under

1. 1.2 Kg. - 520 (L) x 230 (B) x 170 (H) + 1mm

2. 1.5 Kg. - 470 (L) + 3mm (B) x 378 (H) + 3mm x 168 + 2mm

2.0 DESIGN :

2.1 Capacity : Manual feeding of Crates approx. 400 Crates /hr.

2.2 Configuration : Straight Through type.

2.3 Washing sequence :

2.3.1 Pre-rinse : This should be external to the crate washer, drawing water from the first

rinse sump with pump. Provision to either drain the water or to return water to

first rinse sump is provided.

2.3.2 First – rinse of nozzle pressure 2.0 Kg/Sq.cm 1.0 HP Pump. Length of sump i.e. 0.5

Mtrs.

2.3.3 Hot detergent rinse at nozzle pressure : 2.0 Kg./Sq.cm with pump of 3 HP,

temperature 60 to 70 deg C. Length of sump i.e. 1.5 Mtrs.

2.3.4 Hot water rinse at nozzle pressure 3.0 Kg../Sq.cm with 3.0 HP pump, Temp. 55 to

60 deg.C. Length of sump i.e. 1.0 Mtr.

2.3 Available Services :

2.4.1 Steam : At pressure 3 kg./Cm2.

2.4.2 Electric power : 3 Phase, 415 V, 50 Hz, AC.

2.4.3 Finish : All welding joints are to be ground smoothly . All stainless steel surfaces

are to be polished to 150 grits.

2.4.4 Sprinkler Header : These should be made of SS pipes with SMS unions for easy

locking /unlocking of sprinkler header.




187

3.1 Main Enclosure : The main enclosure should be made from 2mm thick stainless

steel sheet conforming to AISI 304. For easy accessibility it should contain inspection

doors all along the length on one side. Crates guides should be provided through the

length of crate washer turf. These doors should be hinge type, leak proof with

gasket based doors.

3.2 Under Frame : The under frame should be made of SS square 50 x 50 x 2mm

rectangular sections. The assembly should have sufficient number of SS legs with the

stainless steel ball feet having 50mm vertical adjustment. -1 No.

3.3 Washing Stations :

3.3.1 Washing : The pumping and jetting arrangements should apply sufficient washing

liquid to the inside and outside surfaces of the crates.

3.4.2 Filter : SS disc type filter for first rinse, hot detergent and hot water rinse section

should be provided to prevent choking of stainless steel fixed nozzles.

3.4.3 Sump Tanks : These tanks should be made from stainless steel thickness 2mm

conforming to AISI 304 and should be used as feed tanks for various washing

liquids. All tanks should have SS ball floats. Maximum care will be taken to avoid

any inter mixing between different liquids. Separate sumps and pumps should be

provided for first rinse, detergent and hot water after – rinse. All 3 sumps should

have drain valves. - 3 Nos.

3.4.4 Water Heating arrangements :- For hot water, direct steam injection system should

be provided using steam water ejector for mixing steam with water. In case of

detergent heating, indirect steam heating coil with control valve should be used with a

suitable T.D. type steam trap. Condensate from the heating coil should be

discharged into sump tank for heat recovery. Temp. of hot water sump should be

maintained by manual controls.

3.4.5 Jet Nozzles : The nozzles would be of SS 316 and fixed and chisel type fabrication. The

minimum number of nozzles would be 60 nos.

- 1 No.

3.4.6 Drain Header : Common G.I. drain header with individual drain valve should be

provided for all sumps (manually locking type drain valves ) - 1 No.

3.4.7 Pumps : The centrifugal pump suitable capacity for each section should have cast

iron impeller, cast iron body, SS shaft with gland packing having suitable

discharge pressure for the specified capacity. The Pumps would be of BEACON

make and of specified HP. The shaft would be in standard construction i.e. Cast Steel.

3.6 Electrical Control Panel :-

3.6.1 Main enclosure : Panel board should be fabricated from 2 mm SS sheet (AISI 304),

will be moisture, dust and vermin proof. It should be provided with mimic and

indicating lamps. .



188

3.6.2 Push Buttons and indicating lamps : It would contain ON/OFF push buttons and

indicating lamps for all the motors. All indicating lamps should contain related

inscriptions. The panel should also have an emergency lockable switch to stop total

operations of the crate washer in case of emergency.

3.6.3 Wiring : The control panel should be completely pre-wired. The wiring should be

done by ISI quality copper cables and should be dressed in accordance with the

standard practice.

3.7 Termination Points : All distribution piping should be pre-assembled and terminated

at a single flange for each service connections.

3.8 BATTERY LIMITS : Supplier

a) Electrical cables related to Crate Washer are ended at cable termination box,

which is provided on the top of crate washer.

b) Steam and Water line ended with Leader make GM valves and counter flanges.

Battery Limits : Purchaser

a) Steam and Water line has arrange from counter flanges at operating valves.

b) All main cables from MCC and starters are to be connected from cable termination

box provided on top of the crate washer.

3.10 The tenderer should enclose General Layout drawing of the proposed Crate Washer

along with the tender giving the detailed dimensions and general arrangement.

Note : Makes and other details

4.1 The pressusre gauges would be 0-7 Kg. / cm.Sq. and H Guru make.

4.2 The under frame should be made of SS square section size 50 x 50 x 2mm.

4.4 The steam valve would be of Audo make and other condensate and water valves

would be of Leader make. The steam trap would be M/s. Spirex make.

4.3 The motor would be of NGEF/Bharat Bijli/Crompton/ABB make.

4.4 The float valves would of Leader make with SS ball float.

4.5 S.S. angle 50 x 50 x 6mm should be used as a guide for crate transfer.

4.6 The proper safety guards would be provided on pump motors.

4.7 The proper water collection trays should be provided at both ends to reduce

water wastage and to ensure return of water carried away by crates to respective

sump.



189

TECHNICAL

SPECIFICATIONS

OF

SERVICES



190

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE TURNKEY JOB OF REFREGERATION

PLANT FOR 25KLPD (TWENTY FIVE KLPD.) LITRE PER DAY CAPACITY DAIRY

PLANT AT KHETRI, RAJASTHAN.

The job involves the turnkey project to be executed towards the supply, erection, testing &

commissioning of various equipment for establishing refrigeration plant for milk processing

capacity 25,000 litre per day at new dairy at Khetri in Rajasthan. The equipment mainly shall

comprise of ammonia compressors, ice bank tanks, ice accumulating coils, accumulator, air-

purser, atmospheric condensers, condenser pumps, ammonia receiver, chilled water pumps,

temperature indicator for IBT suction and discharge lines vapors, cold store insulation, air

handling units for the cold store and related accessories at Khetri Dairy:

A. Scope of work:-

The turnkey project shall cater to a load of milk chilling, milk pasteurization and

keeping the packed milk at predefined temperature in cold store for 25,000 litre of milk

per day. To cater to the refrigeration load of Khetri Dairy 2 numbers Ammonia

compressors (1 operating + 1 standby) with IBTs, Ice Accumulating coils, Ammonia

Receiver, Chilled water pumps, forward and return chilled water pipe lines with due

insulations, necessary valves and fittings & related accessories, condenser pipes,

condenser pumps, related valves and fittings, related ammonia valves and fittings,

related accessories like electronic float, gauges, RTD alongwith temperature indicator of

suitable range to indicate the temperature of suction and discharge line vapours,

airpurser system etc. need to be supplied and installed.

The job involves supply, installation and commissioning of 2 Nos. 6”x6” size

Frick/equivalent size Kilsokar make ammonia compressors, (equivalent make

subjected to purchaser approval) Ice Bank Tanks, Ice Accumulating Coils, 2 Nos.

Accumulator, IBT Agitators with motors for the IBTs and wooden covers of Assam

Teak / seasoned wood, forward & return chilled water pipe lines, Chilled water header,

chilled water pumps, overflow and drain piping, atmospheric condensers, condenser

pumps, related pipes, valves, NRVs, filters, various ammonia valves and water line

valves, insulation and aluminium cladding of various pipe lines, electricals alongwith

accessories viz electronic float, solenoid valve, ice limit switch, oil purging line, LCD

temp. indicators, pressure gauges etc., related valves, fittings & gauges etc. at Khetri

Dairy.

The supplier shall be required to ensure that no damage occurs to any of the structure /

building of the Plant. If any existing structure / line is required to be removed for the

job, the contractor has to make it good and restore to its existing state at his cost.

Important Note :-

The tenderer is advised to visit the site so as to apprise himself of actual site

conditions & quantum of work involved.

1.0 TECHINCAL SPECIFICATIONS:

1.1 Ammonia Compressors - 2 Nos.



191

Two Nos. heavy duty industrial type double cylinder reciprocating Frick make ammonia

compressor 6” x 6” size Frick / equivalent Kilsokar make (equivalent make subjected to

purchaser approval) to operate at minus 10 degree C suction & plus 40 degree C condensing

temperature while running at 440 RPM. Supplier should specify the make, model and operating

RPM of compressor. Maximum allowable RPM should also be specified. Each ammonia

compressor should be complete with the following:-

- Automatic un-loader and capacity controller.

- Suction and discharge manifolds with isolating valves.

- Safety relief valve.

- High, low oil pressure gauge.

- High, low & differential pressure cutouts of Indfoss make

- Gauge board (to be installed separately)

- Oil gauge glass with valves, high pressure gauge and cutouts

- All interconnecting lines and valves

- Thermowell to be provided in suction and discharge lines

- Provision for reverse cycle

- Fly wheel

- Belt guard, V. Belts.

- Anchor bolts.

- Tools and wrenches

- Motor pulley.

1.2 For the Ammonia compressors – Ammonia oil separator of suitable capacity complete

with counter flanges with float valve and oil filter for automatic return of oil to the crank

case shall have to be provided.

1.3 For each ammonia compressor Kirloskar / Siemens make 40 HP/ 30 KW TEFC squirrel

cage induction motor complete with Key shall have to be provided. The motor should

be 3 phase, 440 V, 50 Hz. and for continuous rating for driving the above compressor.

It should be provided with slide rails, foundation bolts etc.

1.4 SIEMENS/L&T make star-delta starter for each of above motor for the ammonia

compressor. Cable with tray for connecting motor and starter are included in the tender.

Cable should be of reputed make of suitable size.



192

1.5 The likely length of each Gas Header of 100mm & 80mm will be 8 to 10 meters

approx. the suction vapour pipe is to be insulated. The actual suction vapour and hot

discharge gas pipe length may vary. Hence supplier must quote their unit rate for

supply and erection and insulation of gas pipes.

All pipes to be used are to be of Tata Make ‘C’ class ERW only.

1.6 Supplier should note that scope of work includes complete supply, installation, testing

and commissioning of compressors, motors, starters etc and therefore all allied work and

requisite material falls in the scope of supplier except civil works of foundation. The

suction and discharge lines are to be supplied and erected along with requisite valves &

NR valves etc.

2.0 IBTs - 2 Nos.

Two Nos. of Ice Bank Tanks each of inner dimensions as 6.5 M x 2.25 M x 2.00 M high

to accommodate a total of approximate 900 RMT Accumulating coil (say 450 RMT of

coil in each IBT) & 2 nos. agitators (1 in each tank) are to be supplied and installed.

The tanks shall be fabricated out of 6 mm thick M.S. sheet for walls including

compartment/partition walls and 8 mm thick M.S. sheet for bottom. The tanks shall be

complete with M.S. Framed structure and sufficient stiffeners to keep all the sides of

tanks straight (without deflection) when full with water as well as during operations. 50

mm thick wooden covers of Assam Teak / Seasoned wood for tanka, overflow, outlet

and valved drain connections shall have to be provided. The tanks shall be supplied in

knock down conditions and fabricated at site.

However all civil jobs pertaining to construction of foundation for IBTs and wall all

around IBTs (after insulation) etc. shall be carried out by concerned Milk Union, and is

not in the scope of tenderer.

On the top of the IBTs necessary M.S. angle structure shall be required to be provided in

order to make the wooden covers rest on it and to bear additional load of operators

moving on roof of IBTs for operation / maintenance. The wooden covers for the tank

should be fabricated in two equal layers each of 25 mm thick Assam Teak / seasoned

wood. The two layers should be separated by a water proof paper. The covers should

be made in sections for easy removal and inspection of tanks. The covers should be

suitably varnished and provided with sufficient no. of sturdy lifting handles.



193

The IBTs is to be compartmented in two suitable parts with suitable no. of coils on each

side. Necessary horizontal and vertical stiffeners/supports to be clamped with coils to

keep them in position. At the bottom, the coils shall have to be supported on M.S.

channel of at least 75 x 40 mm size. All these shall have to be galvanized. General

arrangement drawing of the coils, accumulator etc. shall have to be got approved by the

supplier before fabrication.

NOTE: The dimensions of IB Tank can be altered to suit to site condition.

2.1 The Ice Accumulating coils are required to be supplied and installed. These coils shall

be accommodated in the IBTs. The Ice Accumulating coils are required to be fabricated

out of 32 mm N.B. M.S. ‘C’ class ERW pipe TATA make, sand blasted and spray

galvanized after fabrication with the upper and lower headers, oil purging arrangements

etc. complete with accumulator, requisite ammonia valves etc. The Ice accumulating

coils should be designed to ensure accumulation of minimum of 50 mm thick ice.

For each IBT 2 Nos. upper headers one each for one set of columns of coils shall be

provided and each upper header shall be of 4” in dia and of M.S. ‘C’ class TATA make

pipe. Similarly for each IBT the 2 Nos. lower headers, one each for one set of columns

of corresponding coils shall have to be provided and each lower header shall be of 3”

dia and M.S. ‘C’ class TATA make pipe. All the headers should be duly sand blasted

and spray galvanised with risers.

2.2 The total length of Ice Accumulating coils shall be approximately 900 RMT.

2.3 The coil is to be so arranged in each tank so that there is a 6” clear air gap between the

adjacent coil in horizontal plane and 5” clear air gap between adjacent coils in vertical

plane. However the first coil and the last coil shall have an air gap of at least 4” from

the wall (including the partition/compartment wall). General arrangement drawing of

the coils, accumulator and valves arrangement shall have to be got approved by the


2.4 Each coil is to be placed in the IBT in such a fashion that top pipe of the coil is nearly

11” below the top of IBT.

2.5 Oil purging connections and valves shall have to be provided and installed.

2.6 Suitable accumulator shall have to be provided and placed on each IBT, with due

connections and fittings and accessories properly / placed. The accumulator shall have

to be suitably insulated with 2” thick insulation and cladded by 26 gauge aluminimum

sheet. The drawing showing the details of accumulator and arrangement of fittings and

accessories upon it shall have to be got approved from RCDF.



194

The requirement of ammonia suction line approx. 5 Mtr. for the accumulator should be

of MS ‘C’ class TATA make. This shall have to be supplied and installed with

ammonia flanged valve of Super / Super Maini make in between the suction line and the

accumulators. This piping shall have to be suitably insulated with 2” thick insulation

and cladded with the aluminium sheet after making due connections to the

accumulators. This pipe line shall be suitably supported on wall supports as per existing

arrangement.

Ammonia liquid line approx. 12 Mtr. OF MS ‘C’ class TATA make shall have to be

provided from the receiver to the IBTs alongwith two Nos. Super / Super Maini make

flanged valves.

2.7 Ammonia liquid receiver of suitable size and of adequate capacity (approx. 2000 Kg.) to

receive the refrigerant of the system complete with the following:-

Liquid inlet valve of suitable size for Double the capacity mentioned above.

Liquid outlet valve of suitable size -do- -do-

Oil and air purging valves of suitable sizes.

Gauge glass with double valves, the gauge glass should be enclosed in a metal casing.

Pressure gauge with valve.

Safety valve with arrangement to connect its outlet to a place of safety and equalizing

connection. Necessary water sprinkler system needs to be provided to safeguard against

high head pressure and in the event of any leakage of ammonia.

2.8 Suitable electronic float of Manik/Manor/Cstle make alongwith solenoid valve

interconnecting ammonia line and valves (bye pass line, expansion valve, strainer etc.)

as required shall have to be provided for proper flow of refrigerant in ice accumulating

coils. All ammonia valves should be of flange type.

(Schematic drawing to be got approved before installation).

2.9 3 Nos. (2 operating + 1 standby) 5 H.P. Suitable chilled water centrifugal type for 31

Mt. head gun metal Beacon make monoblock pumps having 3 phase 440 Volt TEFC

motor.

2.10 One No. Ice Accumulating limit switch (for each of the IBT coil)o of

Danfoss/Indofoss/Manik make to be provided for automatic stoppage of ammonia

compressors when desired thickness of ice is achieved on coils, for each set.



195

TESTING:-

2.11 The coil set shall have to be pressure tested at 18 Kg./Sq.Cm. pressure for leakage of

joints etc. and vacuum test before charging of Ammonia finally flushed with Nitrogen

followed by vacuum testing before charging of Ammonia. Ammonia compressor will

not be used of pressure and vacuum testing.

2.12 One M.S. ladder shall have to be supplied and installed for making access to the top of

the tanks.

2.13 The IBTs are to be painted suitably from inside with two coats of anti-rust paint.

2.14 The IBTs shall have 2 Nos. of chilled water agitators each with 5 HP TEFC motor

(Cromption/Jyoti/NGEF/Siemens make) and 18” dia impeller with proper guiding chute

to be provided at IBT for ensuring proper circulation / agitation of water through coil

spacing and all around IBT.

Suitable isolator, cable (upto 20 mtr.) double earthing with wire of 8 gauge for each IBT

agitator motor to be supplied and installed.

2.15 Suitable overflow and drain pipe line shall have to be provided to cater to the new IBT

and it should be of MS ‘C’ class of TATA make suitably supported maintaining

aesthetic symmetry. The overflow pipe of 2” dia MS ‘C’ class TATA make with funnel

arrangement shall have to be provided for the IBT. The drain pipe of 2½” dia MS ‘C’

class TATA make with butterfly valve of 2½” (65 mm ) size of Audco / Crowley & Ray

/ Castle make shall have to be provided for the set.

2.16 The chilled water outlet pipe of 100 mm dia MS ‘C’ class TATA make shall have to be

provided alongwith 100 mm strainer with 100 mm butterfly valve of Audco/ Crowley &

Ray / Castle make. It shall be led to suction of the chilled water pumps. Necessary non-

return valve of 100 mm dia and of Leader make shall have also provided for each IBT.

3.0 Sufficient quantity of insulation material (expanded polysterene) for chilled water tank

is to be supplied and fitted.

(a) 100 mm heavy density expanded polystyrene having average density of 18

Kg./cu.m. for floor of the tank in two layers of 50 mm each.

(b) 100 mm normal density expended polystyrene having average density of 16

Kg./cu.m. for sides of the tank in two layers of 50 mm each.

(c) Sufficient quantity of vapour barrier like tar felt and polythene sheet, bitumen,

chicken wire-mesh etc. as required are included.



196

3.1 All ammonia valves are to be of Frick/Super/Super Maini / Crown make and water line

butterfly valves of Audco / Crowley & Ray / Castle make.

3.2 The necessary compressor oil and ammonia gas required shall be provided by Milk

Union and shall have to be charged into the system by the contractor while

commissioning the plant.

3.3 All pipe lines, cable installation should be properly supported.

3.4 The power supply shall be provided by Khetri Dairy free of cost. The supply shall be

made at one point at site. The contractor shall make his own arrangement to carry and

distribute the power wherever it is required within the site as per Indian Electricity

Rules. Water shall also be provided free of cost by Khetri Dairy.

The temporary supply lines shall be removed and the site shall be cleared by the

contractor after the completion of the work at his own cost.

Forward & Return Chilled Water Pipe Lines Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of necessary forward & return chilled

water pipes, duly insulated and aluminium claded for connecting to 10,000 LPH milk

chiller & 5,000 LPH milk pasteurizer.

The forward chilled water line shall be required to commence from refrigeration room

and to lead to process hall and terminating at the end of the process hall working out to

be approx 42 mtrs. in length. This pipe line should be of 4” dia M.S. ‘C’ class TATA

make. Piping of 2½” dia M.S. ‘C’ class TATA make from this main pipe in the process

hall shall lead to the milk chiller of 10000 LPH capacity & the length of this pipe shall

be approx 9 mtrs. Similarly piping of 2½” / NB 65 dia M.S. ‘C’ class TATA make from

this main pipe in the process hall shall lead to the milk pasteurizer of 5,000 LPH

capacity & the length of this pipe shall be approx 9 mtr. Thus there shall be requirement

of approximately following piping for forward chilled water pipes :-

1. M.S. ‘C’ class TATA make – 4” dia. – approx 42 mtr.

2. M.S. ‘C’ class TATA make – 2½” / NB 65 dia. – approx 18 mtr.

In the similar fashion there shall be requirement of approximately following piping for

return chilled water pipes :-

1. M.S. ‘C’ class TATA make – 4” dia. – approx 42 mtr.

2. M.S. ‘C’ class TATA make – 2½” / NB 65 dia. – approx 18 mtr.



197

These pipes shall be suitably insulated by thermocole pipe halves and than bound by

suitable wire meshing and finally cladded with at least 26 gauge aluminimum sheet

suitably. For the 2½” dia pipe lines leading to the chiller as well as pasteurizer

necessary 2” size non-return valve (vertical) of Leader make shall have to be provided

in each line. All these pipe lines shall be required to be fixed properly on suitable

supports drawing of which should be got approved from Project cell of RCDF. All pipes

shall be terminated with flange and counter flange / dead counter flange as per the

requirement.

The quantities of above pipe lengths shall depend on actual site conditions and may

vary and hence the tenderer is required to quote the unit rate for the above pipe

sizes separately for bare pipes and pipes with due insulation and cladding.

However for the purpose of drawing financial comparative statement, above

quantities of pipes shall be taken into consideration.

Necessary inter locking arrangement for safe operation of Ammonia compressors,

condenser water pumps, LP HP cut-outs etc. need be provided.

Two numbers independent earthings for ammonia compressors & one number

independent earthing for chilled water pumps, IBT agitator motors need be

provided.

Atmospheric Condensers – Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of

atmospheric condensers :-

To cater to the refrigeration requirement, 10 stacks of atmospheric condensers with 12

pipe high in each stack & with each pipe length of 20 ft. (and with a provision to add 3

stacks further in future) need be supplied, installed & commissioned

1.1 There shall be 10 stacks of atmospheric condensers with 12 pipes high in each stack

& with each pipe length of 20 ft. long. The condenser coils should be fabricated

from 2” dia heavy duty M.S. ‘C’ Class TATA make ERW pipes duly hydraulically

tested. The pipes need to be 20 ft. long x 12 high x 1 RD supported on channels of

3” x 1.5” (with the provision to add 3 stacks further in future). These should be duly

sand blasted and properly spray galvanised and complete with the following :-

- Gas header of 100 mm dia and liquid header of 80 mm dia. These should be of

M.S. ‘C’ class heavy duty TATA make ERW pipes duly sand blasted and spray

galvanised.



198

- Gas and liquid valves of suitable size flanged type and of Super / Super Maini /

Crown Make.

- Each stack should have suitable size flanged valves in-between every stack &

header - both for gas as well as liquid.

Water sprinkler pipe to be fabricated from 2” dia G.I. ‘C’ class heavy duty TATA make

pipes with suitable flange connections. These shall have to bhe suitably supported on

channels etc.

Necessary ammonia valves and related piping for suction and liquid lines shall have to be

supplied and installed. All piping should be of M.S. ‘C’ class TATA make and all

ammonia valves should be of Super / Super Maini / Crown Make.

Necessary non return valves of suitable size and of Leader Make shall have to be supplied

and installed in the water circulation system set up.

All nuts and bolts should be of good quality and duly cleaned and properly spray

galvanised.

Condenser coils should be duly supported on M.S. Channel with nuts and bolts both sides

complete with inlet and outlet flanges for gas inlet and liquid outlet and duly galvanised.

The drawing should be got approved from RCDF.

Sub headers of suitable size and connecting required coils to each sub header shall have to

be provided. The main header should be suitable to connect suitable stacks coils of

condensers equidistantly spreading over the beams of the condenser tank by means of

flanges. The header should be sand blasted and spray galvanised.

One number independent earting shall have to be provided for the condenser pumps.

Consensor water circulation pumps 5 HP – 2 Nos. (1 operating and 1 stand by) of suitable

model to deliver maximum discharge at 12 MWC for condensers and compressor jacket

cooling. The pump should be monobloc type of Kirloskar / Becon make (Gland type). The

pumps should be mounted on a MS channel frame. The pumps should be supplied with

suitable GI covers for rain protection.

GI ‘B’ class pipe valves and fitting comprising of butterfly valves, non-return valves,

strainer etc. to interconnect pumps, condensers and compressor jacket cooling valves and

fittings etc. - One lot

Ammonia pipes and fittings conforming to IS 1239 comprising of ammonia valves, non

return valves, stainers, supports etc. to interconnect all refrigeration equipments viz

compressors, condensers, receiver and IBT accumulators etc.

Controls for IBT comprising of electronic level controllers, solenoid valves of Manik /

Castle make.

2.0 Testing :

The coil shall have to be pressure tested at 18 Kg. / sq.cm. for 24 hours by air for

detecting of leakage of joints.



199

2.1 One air purser alongwith all necessary valves to be provided.

2.2 The instruments and controls like digital thermometer, pressure gauges etc.

are of standard make as specified in tender document. Photocopy of

calibration / test certificate as available from manufacturer covering the

batch no. or lot size shall be provided by supplier.

Note :

A. Scope of electrical work & other items :

1. Complete control wiring of refrigeration system with suitable control cable.

2. Connection of condenser pump with main refrigeration panel with suitable coper

armored cable. Four core 2.5 Sq.mm.

3. Connection of compressor motor & starter from main panel with suitable

aluniminium armored cable.

4. All required Inter lockings LP, HP cutouts, Solenoid valves, condenser pump

etc.

5. Supply, installation & commissioning of digital temperature indicator, RTD’s

with suitable cable, same placed to indicate the suction and discharge vapour

temperature.

6. Placement of isolator on both IBT agitator

7. The cables of Gloster / CCI / ICL / Ralison / Hawell make needed to supplied.

All necessary lugs of Dowell make for the various cables with due crimping

shall have to be supplied and installed.

8. Arrangement of reverse cycle operation.

9. RTD & Temperature indicator for indication of temperature of section and

discharge vapour line.

10. Two valves at suction of compressor.

11. Minimum two week trial run of Refrigeration plant, replacement of compressor

oil and filters etc. during trial run is in the scope of tenderer.

12. The make of all the motors would be Bharat Bijlee / Kiroloskar / ABB /

Siemens.

13. All ammonia pipes lines would be of MS ‘C’ Class and water pipe lines would

be of GI ‘B’ Class only. However chilled water pipe line would be of MS ‘C’

Class.

14. The support for condenser would be of double MS angle 50x50 size instead of

channel.

15. The preferred choice would be Frick Make compressor model 6”x6” being slow

speed. However, in case of any delivery problems the Kirloskar Make KC-2

also be considered.

16. The Ice limit switch would be of Manik / Manor make.

17. The size of chilled water supply and return line should be 4” dia.

18. Chilled water connection from main chilled water supplier line to Cream tank(s)

and cream tank to main chilled water return line is also scope of work.

Approximate supply and return pipe line size 40 NB qty. 36 Mtrs.

19. Enclosed site building plan for your ready reference and assessment of quantum

of work involved.

20. Party should quote unit rates for supply, erection and commissioning of MS

pipes with and without insulation. So that extra work if any as per site condition

may be carried out on following quoted rates.



200

S.

No.

MS ‘C’ Class

pipe Size

Unit Rate

of supply

Unit Rate

of

insulation

Unit Rate of

erection &

commissioning

Total

1 15 NB

2 25 NB

3 40 NB

4 50 NB

5 65 NB

6 80 NB

7 100 NB

B. Equivalency of other make ammonia compressor with Frick make 6 x 6 compressor

should be made at minimum operating RPM not at maximum say operating range of

any equivalent compressor is 650 to 1400 RPM then TR of compressor should be

matched at 650 RPM not at 1400 RPM, equivalency at maximum RPM is not

acceptable.

Special notes : This is a turn key project. The quantities of various items listed are tentative only and may

vary on either side during execution. The final quantities of these would be as per site

conditions. Cost of installation for any addition or delition in quantities will be calculated

based on the unit prices indicated. All necessary material which may be required for the

successful completion of the project falls in the scope of the work. If any extra quantities of

quoted items are needed then the tenderer shall supply those at the quoted unit price. If any

extra item(s), not included in the tender but required for successful completion of the work,

the same will be either supplied by the RCDF or Milk Union and erected by the tenderer or

supplied and erected both by the tenderer at mutually agreed rates considering purchase

price, taxes and handling charges etc.

In addition to the standards mentioned, all works shall also conform to the requirements of

the following:-

a) Indian Electricity Act and rules framed thereunder.

b) Fire insurance regulations.

c) Regulations laid down by the Chief Electrical Inspector of the State / State Electricity

Board.

d) Regulations laid down by the Pollution Control Board.

e) Regulations laid down by the Factory Inspector of the State.

f) Any other regulations laid down by the local authorities.

g) Installation operating manuals of original manufacturers of equipment.



201

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSULATION WITH AIR

HANDLING SYSTEM FOR COLD STORE OF APPROX SIZE 6.7M

X 6.7M X 3.6M HEIGHT FOR KHETRI DAIRY.

The requirement is to provide insulation to the existing room of having approx. inner

dimensions as 6.7 M x 6.7 M x 3.6 M high and this shall be required to be used as milk

cold store operating at 4 degree C. The civil works shall be taken care of separately.

Necessary air handling units, 4 nos. cold store doors & 2 nos. air curtains alongwith

related items viz. Electronic floats, ammonia piping, electricals, controls measuring

instruments etc. are required to be supplied , erected and commissioned to cater to the

functional requirements as under :-

1) Functional requirements :-

Size of store Product Input Cooling Duration Packing

(inner dimen- P. day reqd. in hrs. medium

sions ) from

6.7M x 6.7M Milk in 25000L 8 degree 6 Polythene

x 3.6 M pouches C to 4 film

high degree C

The job comprises of:-

1) Supply & fixing of insulation for cold store.

1.1 Walls with area 112 sq.mtr.(approx), by 2 layers each to be of 50 mm thick

insulation of expanded polystyrene of density 16 kg./cum with layers of bitumen of

grade 85/40 or 85/25, wooden batten of Marandi/Assam teak wood of size 2” x 2” to

be fixed by fastners, with frame size 1.0 m x 0.5 m, chicken wiremesh binding. A cost

of Shalimar make Shalicoat/ Black Japan is to be applied on side walls before

application of bitumen to improve the adhesive quality of bitumen which has to be

applied subsequently.



202

1.2 Ceiling with area of 49 sq.mtr. (approx. ), by 2 layers each to be of 50 mm thick

insulation of expanded polystyrene of density 16 kg. /cum with layers of bitumen

of grade 85/40 or 85/25, wooden batten of Marandi/Assam teak wood of size 2” x

2” to be fixed by fastners, with frame size 1.0 m x 0.5, chicken wiremesh binding.

A coat of Shalimar make Shalicoat/ Black Japan is to be applied on side walls

before application of bitumen to improve the adhesive quality of bitumen which

has to be applied subsequently.

1.3 Floor with area of 49sq.mtr. (approx. )

- Clean the surface and apply a thick coat of bitumen.

- Fix a layer of 1.5 mm thick waterproof tarfelt using bitumen as adhesive with 75

mm overlap at joints.

- Seal the joints with bitumen and apply a coat of bitumen on the outer surface of

tarfelt.

- Fix 2 layers each to be of 50 mm thick insulation of expanded polystyrene of

density not less than 18 kg./cum and seal the joints.

1.4 Insulated Cold Store Doors with frame :- The bidder shall be required to supply,

instal and commission 2 nos. doors and frames to be made of seasoned wood, with

expanded polystyrene resin insulation of density not less than 16 kg. /cum with 18

gauge aluminium cladding on both sides of door and frame. The doors should be

complete with hinges, seals, handles & locking arrangement with pushing knobs etc.

made of brass and chromium plated. Doors shall have clear opening 1.2 M x 2.0 M

(with 100mm thick insulation ) or puff insulated SS Doors with SS frame of aforesaid

dimension.

1.5 Hatch Door - Hatch door with clear opening 0.62 M x 0.97 M with provision of flap to

permit access of crates into cold store - 1 no.

1.6 Air curtains and Air Shield curtains :-

Air curtains for both the doors, PVC air shield curtains having flaps of 4” width with

25% overlap and minimum thickness 2mm, with 2 blowers with double shaft motor of

1/3 HP & required electrical materials shall have to be provided.

Cooling Equipment :- Supply, fixing, installation, erection & commissioning of

suitable numbers MS structure supported air handling units of Frick or equivalent

reputed make of capacity sufficient to meet the functional requirement as given

above. The tube preferably be 3/4 inch dia mild steel with 3- 4 fins per inch.

The coils to be spray galvanised with minimum thickness of 80 micron which

may be got verified at site by the Milk Union/ RCDF with the instrument supplied

by the supplier. Before finning the coil pipe, Milk Union/ RCDF may verify

about the make & quality of the evaporating coil or SS cooling unit of equipment

capacity.



203

The air handling units required are of MS structure supported cross draft type. The

forced draft coolers are intended to suit the operation with flooded type liquid

evaporators. Each coil is supplied with liquid from the liquid header and ensure

even distribution of liquid feed to all coils. The evaporator is to be provided with

liquid separator ( accumulator). The liquid separator is a large horizontal

cylinderical

type vessel complete with electronic float switch of Manik/Manor/Castle make

connected to liquid feeding solenoid valve of Danfoss/Indofoss/Castle make for

maintaining the present liquid level in the accumulator and regulating the flow of

liquid refrigerent in the coils along with strainer, metering valve, by-pass

arrangement and hand expansion valve.

The liquid level header provided for electronic float switch should have oil drain pot

and provision to drain oil through oil drain valve. This header should be insulated

for better function of float controls. The header size should be not less than 100

mm dia with each accumulator provide pressure gauge tapping, valved, flanged

with pressure gauge of Fiebig /H- Guru make.

Insulate the accumulator and other related items with appropriate thickness.

Aluminium cladding 26 gauge for suction line after the necessary insulation as

well for accumulators shall have to be provided.

Water defrost spray pipes, nozzles and header shall have to be provided & the same

need to be so arranged that it is self –draining type. This provision is required for air

handling units.

The casing shall be of galvanised sheet steel, cross –broken to prevent drumming.

Refrigerant coils and defrost piping shall be fixed to substantial bearers. The

bidder should ensure that no rattle occurs when the unit is operating.

Induced draft fans shall be axial, direct coupled to motors. Belt drives are not

acceptable. Fans and motors shall be dynamically balanced. Fans of cast

aluminium or heavy gauge sheet steel, hot dip galvanised, are acceptable. Fan and

motor assemblies shall be resiliently mounted and effectively guarded. Motors and

bearings shall be suitable for operation at an ambient temperature of zero degree for

cold store room evaporators and motors should have degree of protection IP55 or

better.

The drain tray shall be of 18 gauge galvanised sheet, cross broken to provide

falls and arranged to intercept condensation from the casing. The height of the tray

shall be not less than 100 mm. The outlet shall be vertical. Fabrication and installation

drawings shall have to be got approved.



204

The fixing of air handling unit shall be on suitable sturdy MS frame to ensure perfect

safety of air handling unit while in operation.

3) All necessary ammonia valves of Super Maini/Frick/Castle make are to be

provided for the complete system. 3/4 inch dia size refrigerent line is to be

tapped from the existing ammonia receiver of the refrigeration plant and thereafter

1/2 inch dia size tapping from within it is to be taken as required for the second

A.H.U. The requirement for 3/4 inch dia pipe and 1/2 inch dia pipe shall be as

per site conditions. The bidder must quote the unit rate for both sizes of these

pipes. For the purpose of drawing comparative statement 10 Mtr. of length for each

of these two sizes of pipes shall be considered. All the pipes should be of MS

‘C’ class Tata make.

4) Temperature indicators 6” dia (with sensing probe ) of reputed quality preferably

Radix/Rubzero or equivalent make (purchaser to approve) are to be provided.

5) The instruments and controls like digital thermometer, pressure gauges etc. are of

standard make as specified in tender document. Photocopy of calibration/test certificate

as available from manufacturer covering the batch No. or lot size shall be provided by

supplier.

The bidder shall be fully responsible for proper design of the system, detailing etc.

to give the rated performance. Supply & installation of all the items as necessary to

meet the functional requirements efficiently are covered in the scope of this tender.

This also includes L & T make starters and cables of proper size for the motors of

the cooling units.

Safety :-

Provision for safety of personnel shall be made by the supplier in accordance with

IS : 661 ( Code of practice for Insulation and safe Operation of Cold Storages ).

The cold room shall have a safety pilot light outside indicating the presence of people in

the room and electric alarm bell as well battery operated light as emergency light, need to be

provided. The bell shall be installed at approved location and bell push switch and

hatch door clearly illuminated in cold store. The circuits for bell, safety pilot

illumination shall be independent of the mains power supply.



205

Item Sr. No.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR SUPPLY, INSTALLATION AND

COMMISSIONING OF OIL FIRED BOILER SHELL TYPE

CAPACITY 1000 KG./HR.

Completion period. : 6 months

1.0 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENT

1.1 General Description :

The oil fired boiler would be required to generate a dry saturated steam for use in

various processes in plant. It would cater to considerable varying steam requirements

depending on various processes schedules.


2.1 Capacity and Working Pressure : Capacity, working pressure and quantity for the boiler

should be as per the details given in clause 11.0.

2.2 Dryness of steam :

Dryness of steam shall be 98%. The boiler should be designed for adequate size

of barrel having necessary internals, etc.

2.3 Type of Boiler :

The boiler should be IBR, horizontal shell type smoke tube fully packed 3 pass wet

back automatically control tested proven under rigorous conditions and subject to the

strictest quality control procedures and arrangement for obtaining higher boiler

efficiency.

2.4 Fuel :

The boiler should be designed to use Furnace oil of net calorific value as given below

:

Furnace oil - 9650 Kcal/Kg.

2.5 Thermal efficiency :

The thermal efficiency on NCV basis of oil at 100% load is 89% and 88% at 50% load.

Any tolerance on efficiency to be specified, Thermal efficiency should be 89% at NCB.

2.6 STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS

The boiler should comply with the latest Indian Boiler Regulations (IBR), International

Standards Organization (ISO), PCB and other statutory regulations/requirements. The

minimum requirement shall be as per the details furnished hereunder.



206

The electrical equipments, installation should comply with the latest Indian Electricity

Regulations, CEIG and the EB regulations of the state in which the boiler is installed.

The boiler should be got approved by the supplier from the statutory authorities and any

modifications changes if suggested by the authorities shall be carried out by the supplier

without any additional cost. IBR certificate shall have to be obtained by the supplier

and handed over to the buyer.

3.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY

3.1 The complete boiler having steam generating arrangement, casing, burners,

pumps, controls, instruments, ducting, chimney and all necessary accessories

should be supplied.

a. Boiler should be horizontal, shell type fully packaged 3- pass smoke tube design, automatically

controlled, tested and proven under rigorous conditions and subject to the strictest quality

control procedures.

b. The boiler should be of genuine three pass flue path. Flue gases should pass through the furnace

(first pass) whereas second and thirds passes should be formed by nests of smoke tubes. At the

end of the furnace the flue gas reverses into second pass tubes.

(i) The boiler shall be complete with all mountings, accessories, controls etc.

(ii) Boiler construction shall be in accordance with the latest revision of Indian Boiler

Regulations 1950, Act 1923 applicable and in conformity with AOTC requirements for

unattended boilers. All materials used shall be approved and tested as per relevant existing

codes. All the welded joints shall be as per code requirement.

(iii) The boiler should be of modern compact design and be genuinely packaged design. The

design source should confirm to international design. The boiler and the burner design

must be preferably from the same source to ensure perfect matching of burner and boiler.

(iv) The fire tubes in the tubes nest should be plain without any restriction inside. These tubes

should be easily accessible both from inside as well as outside for inspection and

maintenance. These tubes are to be tightly expanded in the tube plate and seal welded.

The required number of stay tubes and stay bars are to be fitted the boiler. The stay tubes

should be seamless & strength-welded to tube plates.

(v) All working parts of the boiler should be accessible for ease of inspection and

maintenance. On the shell, one elliptical mandoor and on tube plate one mud hole must

be provided. Access to the combustion chamber should be through bolted refractory lined

access door whereas tube nest should be exposed through hinged mounted front door.

(vi) Boiler front door is lined with ceramic fiber blanket with SS sheeting on the tube side of

the door.

(vii) The boiler mountings shall be as per the Extent of Supply.

(viii) The boiler shall be designed and constructed to generate steam at efficiency of 89% on net

calorific valve (NCV) basis. Efficiency shall be demonstrated as per standard BS – 845

Part 1 Indirect method.

(ix) The cylindrical shell of the boiler should be insulated. A movable ladder shall be provided

which can be moved as per convenience. Boiler should be skid mounted.

(x) Boiler and accessories shall be mounted on a single base frame. Individual systems such

as feed water pump etc. may be on separate base plates welded to the boiler base frame.

(xi) The boiler shall not require any special foundation for the boiler and its

mountings/fittings. It should be able to be mounted on simple PCC foundation.

c. Fuel oil system : This shall be suitable for handling the fuel specified. Burner shall be mono-

bloc type, step-less modulating sequence control, turn down ration 1:3. Oil pump and FD fan is



207

driven by the same motor. The built in electric heater with three elements is provided for

ensuring the conditioning of furnace oil for firing in the boiler. The electrical oil pre-heating

system shall 100% pre-heating for the rated boiler capacity.

d. Combustion system: This system consists of a forced draft combustion air blower with motor,

mechanical atomizer burner assembly, photocell operated safety device, ignition electrodes,

transformers, etc. Burner assembly shall be bolted on combustion chamber and that the burner is

lit only when the entire burner assembly is fitted and is in a closed position, ready for operation.

Pressure jet atomisation shall be provided. The burner should be capable of firing furnace oil of

viscosity upto 3500 Red. Sec. at 100 deg. F .Spring loaded explosion door & fusible plug

provided for ultimate safety. The entire assembly should be engineered in such a way that

burner moves alongwith the door when the door is opened for tube cleaning. Burner must be

with turn down ratio 1:3.

e. Feed water System: 2 nos. electrically driven vertical centrifugal multistage pumps mounted on

the boiler frame itself with motor capable of using feed water at temperature of 120 deg C with

all SS internals, interconnected pipework between pumps and feed check valves.

Feed water day tank (by customer) shall be placed at an elevation of 3.5m approx. from finished

floor level.

f. Blowdown system : Automatic Blowdown Control System based on conductivity principle with

pneumatically actuated valve for efficient control of TDS level within the boiler shell. This

system shall be installed in parallel to the manual blowdown valve.

g. Controls : The sequence control system shall be provided. The relay based control panel cum

MCC shall be mounted on the same boiler frame.

(i) Interlocking of the feed water pumps and water level in the boiler

(ii) Audio–visual alarm for danger level of water in the boiler and also for flame failure.

(iii) Programmer controller to ensure sequence of boiler start-up after ensuring required

temperature and pressure of oil, air etc.

(iv) MCB’s and contactors shall be provided for all electrical drives for the boiler

(v) Pilot lamp to indicate operating status of the various equipment.

(vi) Complete internal wiring to ensure power supply at a single point on the panel.

(vii) Indicating lamps/ Audio alarm shall be provided for the following parameters -

- Low water level in the boiler

- Burner flame failure

- Feed water pumps failure

- Damper closed position

Pressure switch should be provided for burner interlock. 3.1.3 Insulation : All portions of the Boiler not covered by the Boiler casing, are to be lagged

with glass wool mattress 75mm thick & density 150 Kg./mз retained in position with

wire mesh.

The boiler shell is then to be covered by GI/Alunimium cladding of 24 SWG thickness

duly pre-treated before painting. The temperature of the outer shell should not be

more than 15° C of the ambient temp.

3.2 Burner :

Boiler burner should have multi nozzle control with sequence controller on variable

load. Burner turndown rations 1:3.

3.3 Chimney & Ducting :



208

CHIMNEY : The technical specification of Chimney and flue gas ducting suitable

for Oil Fired IBR Boiler Capacity – 1000 Kg./ Hr. are as per enclosed schedule - II

For the flue gas duct between boiler and chimney a length of 4 metre has been

envisaged to be supplied and erected. However as per site conditions there may be

requirement of some variation in this length. The tenderer is required to quote rate as

per running meter basis for fabrication & erection both, for any additional length of such

ducting.

4.0 Extent of Supply

The package boilers for specified duty shall be supplied complete with all accessories in all respects, but

not limited, to the following, within vendor’s battery limit.

- Oil fired package boiler complete with all accessories as specified such as fuel oil system, FD

fan, oil heating system, boiler mountings, motors, starters, etc. Foundation bolts for all items to

be supplied.

- Two feed water pumps of adequate capacity and rating complete with motor, starters etc.

- All necessary instrumentation complete with pre-wired control panel

- Inter connecting piping, fittings etc.

- Inter connected power & control wiring and instrument tubing etc.

- Items required for installation, commissioning & start up of boiler

The following items, but not limited to those mentioned, shall be supplied with the boiler.

Pressure Parts

a. Boiler Shell 1 no.

b. Tube Plates 2 nos.

c. Furnace Flue 1 no.

d. Combustion Chamber 1 no.

e. Boiler Tubes 2 lots

f. Stays (Tubes, Bars, Gussets) 1 lot

g. Mud door on tube plate 1 no.

h. Man door 1 no.

i. Stand Pipes for Stop, Feed check, Safety

and Blowdown Valves

1 lot

j. Stand pipes for gauge glass and level

controller

1 lot

General Construction Parts

a. Front casing with hinged door 1 no.

b. Rear casing with removable doors, Flue

outlet flange

2 lot.

c. Insulation and sheeting for boiler shell 1 lot.

d. Refractory for front & rear access doors

with support base frame. Refractory for

furnace ring / burner ring

1 lot.



209

Accessories

a. Oil firing equipment Pressure jet, automatic, with necessary

valves, fittings & mountings – 1 set

b. Oil pump with drive motor 1 no.

c. FD fan with drive motor 1 no.

d. Electric pre-heater 1 no.

e. Multistage feed pumps with motors 2 nos.

Mounting & Fittings

a. Main steam stop valve 1 no.

b. Safety valve 2 nos. (with each capable of 50% venting

capacity)

c. Feed check valve 2 nos.

d. Auxillary valve 1 no.

e. Blowdown valve with Automatic

Blowdown Control System

1 no.

f. Isolating valve for water level controllers 2 nos.

g. Isolating valve for pressure switches and

pressure gauge

2 nos.

h. Drain valve for water level controller 2 nos.

l. Sight glass assembly 1 set

* all the valves should be Piston valve with Asbestos free packings.

Instrumentation

a. Water level controllers 2 no. for feed pump operation and low water level

alarm

b. Over-ride controller 1 no. for lockout under extra low water level

alarm

c. Steam pressure gauge with

cock

1 no. For display of boiler steam pressure

d. Water level gauge assembly 2 nos. For display of water level in the boiler

c. Switch gears, relays,

connectors

1 set For individual controls of equipment

through control panel

d. Audio / visual alarm 1 set In case of unsafe operation for lockout

under extreme conditions

e. Pressure and temp gauge with

thermostat

1 set for burner operation

f. Control panel 1 no. For housing above instruments and

switchgears

Controls & Safeties

a. Oil temperature indicator 1 no. Local cum panel mounted to indicate oil

temperature

b. Pressure switch 2/3 nos. For firing positions of burner

c. Photo resistant cell 1 no. Flame failure and audio visual alarm

d. Temperature controller 1 no. To control oil temperatures in burner heater

before nozzle with audio visual alarm and

burner trip

e. Sequence controller 1 no. To control sequence of firing, pre-purging

etc.



210

f. Modulating mechanism 1 no. Stepped / Three stage modulation

g. Low oil pressure switch 1 no. To trip burner with audio visual alarm

h. Level controller 2 nos. To regulate feed water pump operation and

trip burner in case of very low level with

audio visual alarm.

Safety Interlocks

Unsafe condition

Instrument Action

High water level Level controller No. 1 Feed water pump trip.

Low water level Level controller No. 1 Alarm & Burner Shut down

Extra low water level Level Controller No. 2 (Overriding

controller)

Alarm & lock-out

Flame failure Photocell Alarm & burner trip

Boiler high pressure Safety valves Lift & discharge

Piping

Feed water : Feed pumps outlet to boiler shell

Oil : Burner integral oil piping

Drain : Interconnecting drain piping within battery limits

Electricals

The control panel must be a part and parcel of boiler/boiler package. It should contain all necessary

switchgears, safety alarms/interlocks and burner management system and is to be mounted on the boiler

itself eliminating any cabling requirement at site.

Boiler should be complete with all necessary electrical cabling from the control panel till burner / FW

pumps etc. Power cables shall be 1100 V grade, PVC insulated & PVC overall sheathed. Control cables

shall be multi-strand copper conductors of minimum 2.5 sq.mm. All motors shall conform to squirrel

cage induction motors, TEFC, IP-55, class ‘F’ insulation.

MCC Cum Control Panel

A MCC cum control panel, complete with main isolator switch, starters, auxiliary contactors, relays,

fuses, rotary switches, indicating lamps, isolator, hooters with programmer and combustion safety relay.

The panel should be completely pre wired and factory tested. It should be mounted on the boiler itself

and shall not require any separate foundation.

Insulation & Cladding

The boiler should be completely insulated in the factory itself and there should not be any site work

involved for insulation and electrical cabling. The cylindrical shell of boiler must be insulated with glass

wool / Rock wool mattresses of desired thickness and should be housed in a box shaped CRCA covered

frame giving the boiler a provides neat appearance and also reducing heat loss due to the air gap

between insulated shell and outer sheet metal cover. The top plate of the box should be designed to

provide working platform for maintenance.



211

Refractory

Suitable refractory material is provided for all required parts as follows :

Front door : Ceramic fiber blanket with SS sheeting

Rear door : Hysil blocks with Kynex HG / Insulyte 7

Furnace ring / burner ring : Hysil blocks with Insulyte 7

5.0 Services

The following services shall be provided by the vendor –

Supervision of Erection & Commissioning

IBR Approval of Boiler upto Provisional Firing Order.

6.0 BATTERY LIMITS :

a) Feed water

The scope of work of the supplier starts from the existing header of feed water

located within the existing boiler house.

b) Fuel gas

The scope of work of the supplier is up to outlet of flue gas chimney.

c) Steam

The main steam out put connecting pipe of suitable size shall be drawn from the

outlet flange of non-return valve fitted after the outlet valve of the boiler. Same to

be connected in steam header having provision of one stand by boiler of similar

capacity, the high pressure line from this header has to be extended up to

approximately 35 Mtrs. and to be connected with PRS (Pressure Regulating

Station). The supply, installation and commissioning of PRS is also in the scope

of supply. The aforesaid high pressure line and PRS should be able to

accommodate steam flow rate i.e 2000Kg. per hr. at boiler pressure i.e. 10.5

Kg. per Cm2. The steam pipe from safety valve discharge shall be taken outside

the boiler house and the steam pipe for heating of fuel in the pre-heaters, burner

etc., steam outlet shall be taken up to the respective units. All necessary pipe

fittings and accessories, valves, strainers, PRV controls etc., as required shall be

provided by the supplier.

d) Blow down

The scope of work of supplier is to take the piping from each blow down

connection to the separate blow down pits located outside the boiler house.

Existing trench to be used.

e) Drains



212

All drains from water level controllers, gauges, press stats, steam pre-heater,

sample cock, mobrey etc. shall be taken outside the boiler house using the existing

trenches.

f) Fuel oil

The scope of work of the supplier starts from oil service tank outlet valve (service

tank located within the boiler house) to boiler through oil pre heater and return

line from boiler to oil return header, adequately sized. Necessary steam tracing of

these pipelines is to be carried out and is included in the scope of the work.

Existing trenches are to be used.

g) Electricals

The purchasers/client shall provide incoming electrical connection and earthing to

the supplier's boiler control panel. From control panel all power and control cable

distribution shall be done by the supplier. Earthing network from boiler control

panel/control panel trench to the various equipment is in the scope of the supplier.

Existing trenches are to be used.

h) General

All necessary bolts/nuts, templates etc. shall be provided by the supplier. All indoor

trenches have already been provided by the client/purchaser and these shall be used for

the oil, water, drain and electrical as described above, but necessary steel supports/cable

trays etc. for piping/ducting and cabling etc. are in bidder's scope. The supplier shall

visit the dairy plant and familiarize himself with the layout of existing trenches

within the boiler house, proposed location of chimney, location of feed water and

oil service tanks and also the location proposed for the new boiler. The list of

drawings to be prepared by supplier and submitted to purchaser for approval is

listed elsewhere in the order. Any foundation/structures at the chosen location shall

be removed by the client and new foundations as proposed by the supplier shall be

provided.

7.0 Guarantees

The boiler supplier shall guarantee the following

1. The boiler shall be guaranteed for trouble free operation for a period of 12 months form the date

of handing over.

2. Performance guarantee runs shall be conducted as per BS 845 part I – 1987 indirect test method

– after one month of continuous trouble free operation.

3. Any defect shall be rectified free of cost to the entire satisfaction of the purchaser.

4. All guarantees from equipment suppliers will be vested in the client.

8.0 Makes

1. Boiler J N Marshall, Thermax or equivalent



213

make (Purchaser to approve)

2. Feed Water Pump Salmson, Grundfoss, KSB

3. Fuel oil pump Neels – Entees, Suntec

4. Burner As per Mfg Standards

5. Blower Burner manufacturer’s standard

6. Sequence controller Burner manufacturer’s standard

7. Photocell Burner manufacturer’s standard

8. Motors Crompton, Laxmi Hydraulics

9. Main steam stop valve & Mobrey

Isolation valve

Forbes Marshall, BDK, Uniklinger

10. Steam & Water Valves Forbes Marshall, Uniklinger, BDK

11. Non Return valve Spirax Marshall

12. Safety valve Fainger Lesser, Sempell

13. Blow down valve Levcon

14. Level indicator Teleflo / Tectrol

15. Level controller Malhotra

16. Pressure switches Indfoss

17. Pressure gauges Forbes Marshall, Eq

18. Steam flow meter Forbes Marshall, Eq

19. Automatic Blowdown Control

System

Spirax Marshall

20. Electrical Switch Gears L&T

21. Cables Polycab

22. MCB L&T

9.0 Control Panel :

9.1 The complete control panel shall be supplied and installed with all instruments and

components such as sequential controller, push buttons, indicating lights, window

annunciator, temperature / pressure controller, digital temperature indicators etc. The

control panel should be made from 14 Gauge CRCA sheet duly pretreated and painted. It

should also have audio alarming system for all the fault condition, which should appear,

visually on annunciator window.

Few of the fault conditions are :

a) Flame failure :

Flame failure protection should be provided. However, in case of flame

failure and accumulation of fuel oil inside the combustion chamber, the

audio, visual alarm should be energized.

b) Fuel oil temperature low :

In case fuel oil temp is low, the audio visual alarm should be energized. The

interlock should be provided such that, without proper fuel oil temp boiler

can not be started.



214

c) Electrical heater on :

The electrical heaters should maintain the temperature of fuel oil, whenever

starts there should be indication on annunciator.

d) Steam pressure more than set value :

If the steam pressure goes above the burner cutoff set pressure value, boiler

should be stopped and there should be audio-visual signals.

e) High, low and extra low water level should energies the audio-visual

alarm.

The low and extra levels apart from audio-visual alarm should switch off the

burner.

The hooter should stop once it is acknowledged, but the annunciator

should keep light 'ON' till the time fault conditions are attended.

f) Following controls also should be provided :

- The boiler can not be started till the correct fuel inlet conditions like

temperature, pressure and other parameters are met.

- There should be control for start up and shut down purge sequences.

- The control also should be provided for burner ignition and modulating.

- To maintain steady steam pressure steam pressure switches to control the

combustion should be provided.

- MCB and contractor should be provided with electrical device of boiler.

9.2 The control panel should have suitable incoming and outgoing feeders. All

contactors, switches, starters, HRC fuses, relays, terminals etc., should be neatly

mounted and pre-wired in the panel board terminating in suitably rated terminal

blocks/epoxy based insulators. All fuses should be HRC link type. The

components of the control panel should also selected as follows:

The main incomer to the control panel shall be of suitably rated, TP, 35 KA,

MCCB, with shunt coil. Suitable copper terminal extensions shall be made and

fixed on epoxy based insulators if required for terminating the incoming power

cable to the control panel.

Ammeter and voltmeters shall be provided with selector switches. Resin cast CT

shall be provided for connecting the ammeter and the voltmeter shall have control

fuses.



215

All contactors shall have rated coil voltage of 240 V AC. Individual isolators,

fuses, starters, controls etc., shall be provided for each of the outgoing feeders.

Minimum rating of contractor shall be 16 Amps. For star-delta starters all

contractors shall have same rating.

The wiring within the panel shall be done using copper wires. Minimum section

of power wiring shall be 4 Sq.mm and that of control cable shall be 1.5 Sq.mm

Indicating ferrules at both cable ends shall be provided. Lugs shall be

provided for all power and control cable terminations.

Star-Delta starters shall be provided for the motor ratings above 10 HP. DOL

starters shall be provided for the motor ratings of 10 HP and below. However, for

feed water pumps DOL starters may be provided irrespective of pump horse

power.

Aluminum armored power cables shall be used for the motors. Minimum size

shall be 4 Sq.mm. All cables shall be sized as per the standard practice and as per

approval of client

Aluminum earth bus of 25 x 6mm or equivalent area shall be provided at the

bottom of the panel for connecting the earth grid to the panel at two places.

Makes shall be as per the approved makes :

9.3 All starters, fuses, isolator, heater ON/OFF push button indicating lamp etc. shall

be mounted in the panel and the same shall be dust and vermin proof.

9.4 Indicators, rotary switches etc. shall be provided on top of the panel and the same

shall be at convenient operating height.

9.5 The panel shall be completely pre-wired. The electric supply shall be 415 volts,

50Hz AC.

9.6 The panel board shall be installed in boiler house as per approved layout.

9.7 Necessary isolators near motors shall be provided as per statutory requirement.

9.8 All feeders above 10 HP to be provided with ammeter with selector switch.

9.9 All field wiring (between control panel and field instruments/controls) shall be in

flexible conduits and shall be heat resistant type.

9.10 Painting :



216

All the exposed MS surfaces and boiler shall be thoroughly cleaned with sand

blasting followed by two coats of heat resistance anti corrosive primer followed by

two coats of heat resistance paint as given below :

Item Colour

All Valves Oxford Blue

Front and rear casings Black

Platform Black

Sheeting Oxford Blue

Burner As per manufacturer's

Control panel Siemens Grey

Feed pump As per manufactur's standard

9.11 Boiler fitting and accessories :

The boiler should have all necessary standard mounting and fittings for safe and

efficient operation of the boiler and in accordance with the latest IBR regulations.

The boiler shall have all the components as listed below. It will be the supplier's

responsibility to indicate any components not listed in this specification but

required as per the statutory regulations. Unless otherwise specified the steam

valves shall be flanged (flanges as per BS 10 TAB H). All screwed connections

shall be BSP.

It will be the supplier's responsibility to provide any components / items not

appearing in the list, nor additionally listed by the bidder in their offer and the

same are found to be required as per the statutory regulations. Supplier shall

provide such additional components / items within the scope of the work and no

additional cost will be considered for the same. All valve should be piston type

and Asbestos free packing.

9.12 Spring loaded full lift type safety valve having a total discharge rate exceeding the

maximum steam producing capacity of boiler with exhaust pipe to discharge

outside the boiler house. - 2 Sets.

9.13 Access doors (front and rear) - 2 Nos.

9.14 Main steam stop valve with counter flanges - 1 No.

9.15 Non return valve for main steam with counter flanges - 1 No.

9.16 Blow down valve with counter flanges & necessary handles for operating the

valves and necessary pipes and fittings upto blow down pit which will be located

outside the boiler house.

- 1 Set

9.17 Steam stop valve with counter flanges for auxiliary steam connection

- 1 No.



217

9.18 Steam pressure gauge of minimum size 200mm dia. with siphon tube and cock.

- 1 Set.

9.19 Auxiliary steam connection with cock for fixing test pressure gauge and for

removal of air. - 1 Set.

9.20 Water level sight glasses with safety shields and isolating cocks.

- 2 Sets.

9.21 High, low and extra low water level alarms with isolating valve and drain point

(screwed) having a drain pipe up to blow down pit. -2 Sets.

9.22 Flame observation port/fire view glass of suitable thickness and design shall be of

rotating type with blue tint colour glass/plain glass and the glasses not be exposed

to fire. - 2 Nos.

9.23 Access ladder service platform and top walkway platform complete with railings.

- 1 Set.

9.24 Rigid MS base frame (for boiler & other eqpt) - 1 Lot.

9.25 Fusible plug in the furnace tube - 1 No.

9.26 Pressostats for automatic operation - 1 Set.

9.27 Flue gas temperature indicator (digital type) - 1 No.

9.28 Steam pressure switch for combustion controls by interlocking with burner.

9.29 Steam temperature indicator. - 1 No.

9.30 Water level controller (heavy duty) Mobrey type. - 2 Sets.

9.31 Water flow meter magnetic type, suitable to operate up to 100° C and the

maximum boiler pressure. The flow meter should be connected with flanged type

isolating valves & accessories at the discharge side of feed water pumps for

measurement of water consumption in the boiler. 1 No.

10.0 ERECTION AND COMMISSIONING :

10.1 Scope of Work

The scope of work in brief includes unloading, shifting and positioning of the

boiler on foundation, connecting feed water, oil and drain lines, steam line up to

main valves and connection to the existing HP steam header, safety valve vent line

outside building, blow down lines up to blow down pit, electrical panel

installation, power and control supply, installation and termination of all electrical



218

machines upto electric panel, double earthing of the panel and all the equipment,

fabrication of ducting as per layout, positioning of the chimney on foundation and

making all necessary connections, completing all other associated works.

10.2 The following items in brief shall be supplied and installed by the supplier as per

the battery limits mentioned at 5.0.

a) The steam pipes (HP/LP, vent lines, steam heating pipes for burner pre-heater

with PRV and controls, PRS if included in the scope of the work), water pipes,

and oil pipes along with pipe fittings for the above.

b) Safety valves, controls, instruments, gauges (dial type and digital type), valves,

sensors and all associated instruments/gadgets.

c) Insulation of steam line and oil pipe lines as per the battery limits and cladding

with 24 Gauge aluminum sheet.

d) Asbestos rope insulation of drain lines and safety lines as per requirement.

e) Heat tracing materials for fuel oil pipe line from furnace oil service tank to the

oil pre-heater of boiler.

f) All foundation bolts.

g) Cables, wires with all interconnections. Earthing materials and laying of the

earthing conductor (on surface, indoor and outdoor trenches including

excavation and back fitting of the outdoor trenches.

h) Supply and installation of earth station, 2 Nos. for lightening arrester complete

with earth electrode and associated accessories as per relevant IS, including

excavation for the earth pit, back filling, providing CI chamber and the

associated concrete masonry work, of pit etc. complete. The Panel board shall

be connected to a third earth pit.

i) Necessary bolts, nuts, fittings, consumables, tools and tackles and labour for

the job.

It will be the supplier's responsibility to execute any works, which are neither

furnished in the specification, nor additionally listed by the bidder in their offer

and the same are found to be required as per the statutory regulations. Supplier

shall execute such works within the scope of the ordered price and no additional

cost will be considered for the same.

10.3 The boiler should be transported by the supplier after receiving intimation

regarding readiness of the foundation. Boiler should be insured, transported and

unloaded on foundation by the supplier.



219

10.4 All mountings, fittings, accessories etc. should be installed, aligned and piping,

electrical connections etc. should be carried out as per the latest engineering

practices.

10.5 Chimney and ducting should be fabricated after getting the drawings approved

from the purchaser and concerned Statutory authorities.

10.6 For commissioning and trail run of the boiler, necessary materials for 1st charge

like lubricating oil, grease, and other chemicals, if any, required for

commissioning, shall have to be supplied by the supplier. However, fuel, water,

shall be supplied by the purchaser.

10.7 After commissioning the boiler the following parameters are to be established and

recorded by the supplier.

* Steam generating capacity

* Efficiency of the boiler

* Dryness fraction of steam, if available

* Fuel consumption

* Electricity consumption

* Water consumption

The supplier shall carry out the efficiency test as per BS 845 Part 1. It will be the

supplier's responsibility, to provide all the necessary efficiency monitoring and

any other additional instruments required for establishing the design parameters

during testing and till the time the results are achieved and accepted by the

Purchaser. Efficiency shall be established by indirect method and output by direct

method.

Thereafter, the boiler should be on trial run for minimum two months, during this

period training should be imparted to the authorized operating personnel before

handing over the boiler to Project Authority.

10.8 The erection and commissioning should be carried out as per general terms and

conditions of erection contract mentioned in the tender.

10.9 The rates with the quantity breakup for essential spares considering normal

operation of the plant for two years shall be provided in the tender. These rates

shall be valid for at least two years from date of commissioning. The

purchaser/end user may place the order for spares any time at a later date as

desired within the validity.

It may please be noted that, any spares required during startup and commissioning

and trials of the boiler and all its associated equipment, the same shall be deemed

to be included in the quoted price of the steam raising plant and shall have to be

supplied by the supplier without any extra cost.



220

10.0 This is a complete turn key job for supply, installation, testing and commissioning

of steam raising plant. Any items not mentioned in the specification/scope of the

work but are required for completion of the work, the same shall be supplied and

installed by the boiler supplier without claiming extra payment.

IBR Certification and Boiler firing certificate :

The IBR certification and Boiler firing certificate is in the scope of the supplier.

All test certificates and necessary approvals from Boiler, PCB, Electrical

Inspectorate etc., shall also be obtained by the boiler supplier and the same is

within the scope of the work, Statutory fees paid shall be reimbursed to the

supplier at actual by the Project Authority/Purchaser based on the production of

the acknowledged receipt from the Statutory Authorities. The complete IBR

documents shall be submitted in duplicate in two neat folders containing the

necessary form II, Form III, form IV, As fabricated pressure part drawings, IBR

test certificates of all the mountings and accessories in form IIIC for of mountings

and accessories coming under IBR.

The operation and maintenance manual in 3 sets shall be submitted.

11.0 Details of the Boiler :-

8.1 The name of the project ................ DAIRY EXPANSION

(a) Capacity Continuous water evaporation at the rate of

1000 Kg./hr F&A 100°C

(b) Pressure (Maximum operating) 10.5 Kg./Sq.cm

(c) Quantity One no.

(d) Turn down ratio (minimum) 1:3

(e) Chimney Height As per statutory regulation and the minimum

height of the chimney from the finished floor

level should be 25 Mtrs.

(f) Chimney quantity One no. (individual chimney)

(g) Type of chimney Guyrope supported type and mounted outside

the boiler house.

(h) Length of flue gas The length of the ducting would be

approximately 6 Mts. and shall be provided

from the boiler up to the chimney.

Special Notes :

1. The sequence controller would be of Petercem / Diligent / DDC make.

2. Party should quote rates for suitable Chimney approx. weight 4000Kg. maximum

variation plus 10%, Oil service tank, and Feed water tank separately. Insulated Feed

Water Tank capacity 2000 ltrs and oil service tank capacity 900 ltrs. cylindrical /

rectangular sheet thickness 5mm make TATA / Jindal / SAIL / SR with self supporting

structure having elevation of minimum 3 mtrs. with ladder. MS stricture for placement

of Feed water tank capacity 2000 ltrs and oil service tank capacity 900 ltrs. approximate

weight 1000 Kg. maximum variation plus 10% (Rates for per Kg. weight of structure



221

should be quoted). Structure drawing as per site condition should be submitted to

General Manager (DPM & Proj.), RCDF for approval.

3. The IBR pipe line length 12 mtrs. of 50 NB with IBR header of 150 NB of length 1.5

mtr. alongwith valves and raps with provision of additional nozzle for future

expansion.

4. One set of pressure reducing station size 50 NB x 80 NB, pressure reduction from 10.5

Kg. to 3.5 Kg.

5. Insulation of non-IBR pipe line of length 6 mtrs. and dia 80 NB is required.

6. The scope includes supply, installation, testing and commissioning of new steam

generation system & hooking up the same to the existing steam generation system.

7. The tenderer must have supplied, tested, erected & commissioned at least 5 boilers of

such capacity and photocopy of performance certificate from the clients towards the

satisfactory performance of the equipment must accompany the technical part of the bid.

8. All tools and tackles required for execution of the work on turn key basis shall be in the

bideer’s scope. Any item which is not included in the scope of supply but required for

completion and to meet the functional requirements and norms to be complied with the

statutory authority shall be without any extra cost.

9. All statutory approvals will have to be obtained by the bidder. However, statutory fee

shall be reimbursed by purchaser.



222

Schedule - II

//Final technical sp. for Chimney//

Technical specifications of Chimney suitable for 1000 Kg. / hr. IBR boiler &

ducting for connecting to boiler.

Supply, installation, testing & commissioning period – 3 months

Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of chimney suitable for 1000 Kg. / hr.

IBR boiler shall be Straight up guyrope / self supported made out of MS sheet of

suitable thickness with stiffeners, helical strakes for safety of chimney, complete with

base plate, cleaning door, flanges, gussets, clits and holding accessories like C clamps

etc. painted externally with two coats of red oxide and one coat of black heat resistance

paint.

Height : 25 meters. However the height of the chimney should be in accordance with

the regulations of Air and Pollution Control Board, Rajasthan and other statutory State /

National Agencies, as per the case, thus for the additional height of chimney, the bidder

must quote the rates for the additional per meter height separately. The top & bottom dia

should be 14” & 28” respectively.

One set of flue gas ducting made of suitable gauge MS sheet and of 12” dia shall have to

be provided for connection from the Boiler outlet to the chimney. The tenderers are

required to quote for 8 mtrs. of flue ducting with due insulation (as per requirement) and

also the unit rate for such bare ducting as well as unit rate for insulated ducting. For the

purpose of drawing comparative statement a length of 8 mtrs. of ducting shall be

considered.

Drawings for the chimney and ducting shall be submitted to General Manager (Projects

& DPM), RCDF, Jaipur for necessary approval.

Note :

1. Base plate size 1.5 mtr. x 1.5 mtr. x 25 mm thick.

2. Chimney MS sheet thickness 8 mm up to 5 Mtrs. and 6 mm up to 10 Mtrs. & 5

mm up to remaining height.

3. Stiffner to be provided on base with 25 mm thick MS plate.

4 The Chimney shall be Guyropes supported type (total height 25 Mtrs.) Guyropes

of suitable size and length to be supplied and installed by tenderer.

5 The Chimney should also be provided with hood, lightning arrestor, aviation

lamp, sampling point & platform, pulley arrangement for fixing of aviation

lamps (Including necessary conditues, cable, lighting arrestor) (Copper) with

GI strip of 25 x 6 mm section approx. length 30 Mtrs., ladder etc.

6 Party should also quote separately the unit rate for GI strip 25 x 6 mm section.

7 The necessary earthing pit would be provided by concerned Milk Union.

8 Necessary foundation drawings & bolts shall be supplied by the supplier. The

civil foundation work would be done by concerned Milk Union.



223

9 The earthing pit shall consist of plate earthing with G.I. earth plate of size

600mm X 600mm X 6.0mm by emboding 3 to 4 mtr. Below the ground level

with 40 NB dia. G.I. ‘B’ class watering pipe including all accessories like nut,

bolts & G.I. strips 25 x 6mm section, reducer, nipple, wire meshed funnel, and

brick masonary finished chamber covered with ferro cement cover C.I. Frame of

size 300mm x 300mm complete with alternate layers of salt and coke/charcoal,

testing of earth resistance as required. In case of hard surface Chemical Gel

Earthing of equivalent capacity may be considered.

10 Duct thickness should be 4mm and actual length as per site condition and

connection of Chimney and boiler through duct is in the scope of tenderer.

11 Installation of ducting to be carried out by tenderer.

12 Length of guy rope alongwith necessary hooks as per site condition.

13 Party should supply required template alongwith foundation bolts and

installation of same to be supervised by the tenderer at the time of Chimney

foundation work.

14 Party should depute their engineer alongwith required manpower for perfect

installation of Chimney.

15 Unit rate for additional length of Chimney will be calculated based on rates

submitted by party for additional lengthy of Chimney.

The Chimney fabrication should follow all air and pollution norms and should be

equipped with all required accessories such as sampling point platform,

provision of ladder up to top of chimney, earthing strip, lighting arrestor etc.

16 The weight of chimney approximately 4000 Kg. maximum variation plus 10%.

Party should mention the rates per Kg. weight of Chimney and submit the

drawing.

17 Tenderer should ensure the safety of Chimney.



224

SCHEDULE – II

Technical Specifications for Furnace Oil Storage Tank 35000L, fuel oil service tank, heat

tracing, fittings and allied equipments

(Supply, installation, testing & commissioning period – 4 months)

The following items related with steam generation are required to be supplied, installed,

tested and commissioned:-

A) For F.O. Tank 35000L Cap.

Functional Requirements

The furnace oil storage tank will be used to store furnace oil required for steam raising

plant.

Capacity – 35,000 ltrs.

Quantity required – 1 No.

Design Requirement

The tank shall be cylindrical in design. It shall be made out of 6 mm thick for the shell

and top cover whereas 8 mm thick for the bottom made of M.S. plate. All welds of the

tank will be staggered. The size of the tank will be approximately 3.2 mtr. ID x 4.6

mtr. height (Excluding conical top portion).

The tank will be complete with the following:-

One manhole (at the top) 500 mm dia complete with manhole lid with locking

arrangement.

Suitable level indicating device preferably float type with indicator moving in a slot

fabricated out with the help of channel/angles.

65 mm NB CI class B inlet connection with unit flange and counter flange. The inlet

connection shall be provided at the top and inlet pipe extending right upto the bottom

and taking a short U turn with a clearance of 80 mm from bottom. The inlet shall be

provided with 15 mm connection with a valve (open to atmosphere) to avoid siphoning

out of furnace oil after filling.

Outlet of 80 mm NB flange and counter flange alongwith valves.

Air vent (50 mm NB) covered with double layer of brass wire mesh 11 per sq.cm.

Heating Arrangement :

The heating arrangement shown in the drawing for heating oil by steam heating

coil need be provided along with suitable electrically operated outflow heater of 12

kW approved from Petroleum Explosive and Safety Organization (PESO) suitable

for heating furnace oil per hr. upto the temperature of 50 degree C shall have to be

provided alongwith required thermo-state control and related safety etc.



225

a. M.S. ladder with railing to go to the top of the tank.

b. 50mm NB drain with Gun Metal gate valves flanged type.

c. Overflow connection on the top running to bottom up to 1.5 mtr. above ground

level with flange and counter flange.

d. Railing (as per tentative drawing) shall be provided with a kick plate of 100 mm

high all around on the top of the F.O. tank for safety of personnel.

e. Suitable monkey ladder fabricated using flats angles and rods as rungs shall also be

provided inside & outside the tank to carry out cleaning and maintenance.

f. FO Tank cap. 35000 ltrs should be designed, fabricated and tested confirming to IS

803.

g. Outer surface shall be wire brushed, cleaned and painted with two coats of red oxide

primer and finally painted with two coats of anticorrosive paints.

NOTES :

1) All flanged connections should be provided with counter flanges also.

2) Detailed drawing of the tank indicating the heating arrangement should be got

approved from RCDF prior to taking on fabrication of the tanks. However all

important fabrication details as mentioned above are to be incorporated in the

drawing. Orientation of various manholes ladder etc. must be clearly specified

suiting to the site conditions.

3) 80 NB rubber hose pipe for unloading Furnace Oil length 3 mtrs is required. One

side flange and other tanker side flange/nipple confirming to SB 1435 type S-7.

B) For fuel oil service tank

To act as an intermediate storage prior to feeding furnace oil to the boilers.

Capacity - 825 Ltrs.

Quantity required – 1 No.

Design Requirements

Material of construction : Mild steel

Main body shall be made from 5mm thick plate.

Top cover shall be made from 4mm thick plates having half cover welding at the top

and half cover hinged with other half and having lifting handle.

It shall be rectangular in construction having inside dimensions 1300 x 850 x 825 mm

deep complete with following accessories :

Main inlet of 50 mm NB flanged end near top : 1 No.

Excess oil return inlet of 20 mm NB flanged and near top : 1 No.

Outlet of 40 mm NB flanged end at side : 1 No.

The tank should be provided with flanged sockets of 2 ½

inch BSP for holding the two nos. electrical heaters in

position. : 2 Nos.

Overflow of 50 mm NB flanged end : 1 No.

Drain of 50 mm NB flanged end with valve : 1 No.

Level indicating arrangement complete : 1 Set



226

with two nos. small pulleys, suspension rope with pointer,

counter-weight, measuring scale etc. The scale should be

well painted with divisions of 100 L, 50 L indicated upon

it Channel based for tank, made from MS channel of size

75 mm x 40 mm x 3.7 mm thick : 2 Nos.

Painting : Inside – Black bituminous paint

Outside – Primer painted alongwith standard enamel paint of colour as per norms

Sketch of the oil service tank is enclosed.

Notes :

1. All flanged connections should be provided with counter flanges also.

2. Insulation 25 mm thick on all sides, bottom and top (top in two halves) covered by

cladding of Aluminium sheet of 24 gauge.

3. The insulation of the oil service tank shall be carried out at site after the oil service tank

has been placed on the existing angle iron supports in the wall for this purpose, and

tested for leakage. The placement of furnace oil service tank on the available angle iron

supports is in the scope of bidder.

C) For Oil Transfer Pumps

General Description :

The pump shall be used to transfer furnace oil from furnace oil storage tank to oil

service tank located in the boiler house.

Capacity : 185 litre per minute against head of 15 mtr.

Quantity required - 2 Nos. (1 operating + 1 standby)

Design Requirements :

Multipurpose rotary gear oil pump motor set with common base plate alongwith bolts

and nuts for securing. The pump should be suitable for discharge of 185 litre per minute

against head of 15 mtr. at 2 Kg. per Sq.cm pressure, built in relief valve. The pump

should be Roto Del /Wilo/Groundfoss make with motor suitable for 3 phase 400/440

Volts A.C. supply.

Inlet and outlet connection should be flanged type complete with counter flanges.

The pump should be equipped with the built in relief valve for byepassing the

transported liquid when the said pressure is exceeded, that to the suction space of the

pump by a channel inside the cover or housing of the pump.

The tenderer shall have to supply the necessary rain hood covers made out of 24 G.

Galvainised plain sheet for the pump motor set for their outdoor type duty.

The civil works related to foundations for the pumps is also in the scope of the work.

The tenderer must enclose complete catalogue of the pump alongwith its performance

chart while bidding.



227

D) Various pipelines, heat tracing, valves and fittings & MS structure etc.

The quantities mentioned in this section may vary as per site conditions. The

tenderers are required to quote for the quantities mentioned for various items

in this section based on which the financial comparative statement shall be

drawn but they should also quote the unit rate price (F.O.R. site) for each item

separately also in order to make concerned Milk Union release payment for bills

of the firm for the actual quantities of items supplied, installed, tested and

commissioned as per site conditions.

Tender should quote unit rate for various pipe lines, per mtr. rate for

insulation of respective pipe line. Unit rate of clubbed insulation of oil pipe line

with 20 NB steam line.

All pipe line should be supported over the ground. The tender should include

500 kg. MS Structure in the scope of supply for supporting purpose. Tender

should quote unit rate for structure for variation in quantity as per site

condition i.e. quantity of structure may increase or decrease. Civil work related

to placement of support is also in the scope of tenderer.

Tenderer should include supply of one outdoor type control panel to control two

Nos. of Oil pumps, one Oil heater cap. 12 kW inclusive of cables with

temperature indicator and RTD.

For connecting various equipments following pipelines shall be required :-

M.S.’C’ class TATA make ERW pipes (for oil lines) of following sizes :-

a) 80 mm N.B. – 12 Mtr.

b) 65 mm N.B. – 18 Mtr.

c) 50 mm N.B. – 36 Mtr.

d) 40 mm N.B. – 12 Mtr.

e) 20 mm N.B. – 36 Mtr.

For connecting various equipments following valves (for oil line) shall be required :-

Cast steel globe valves (with S.S. working parts) flanged type of Leader / Flow jet

/Fluid line make of following sizes :-

a) 80 mm N.B. – 3 Nos.

b) 65 mm N.B. – 3 Nos.

c) 50 mm N.B. – 1 No.

d) 40 mm N.B. – 1 No.

e) 20 mm N.B. – 3 Nos.

Non return valve horizontal (with gun metal working parts) for oil line for 65 mm N.B. size – 2

Nos.

Oil filter bucket type with S.S. 40 mesh, flanged for 80 mm N.B. oil line, inlet & outlet both 80

mm – 2 Nos.

Valves for oil line should be fire safe ball valves make of Flowjet/Fluid line or equivalent

make.



228

Thermo dynamic Steam Trap float type assembly :- The thermo dynamic steam trap assembly

of Samsung/JN Marshall make shall have to be provided – 4 Nos.

Heat Tracing – All oil piping from furnace oil storage tank to fuel oil service tank in boiler

house and from fuel oil service tank to boiler pre heater should be electrically heat traced and

all heat traced lines should be insulated with 40 mm thick Glass wool/mineral wool of Singla

Insulation/Polybond make for thermal insulation with suitable. chicken wire mash &

aluminimum cladding sheet of 24 SWG shall have to be used for thermal insulation of pipe

lines of following sizes and Unit rate of heat tracing must be provided All pipe lines should be

well supported over the ground, placement of pipe lines etc. on MS supports is also in the scope

of tender :-

i) for 80 mm N.B. oil line

ii) for 65 mm N. B. oil line

iii) for 50 mm N. B. oil line

iv) for 40 mm N.B. oil line

v) for 20 mm N.B. oil line

The following pipe lines of M.S. ‘C’ class TATA make for steam distribution shall be required

:-

a) For 40 mm N.B. steam line – 36 Mtr.

b) For 20 mm N. B. steam line – 54 Mtr.

c) For 15 mm N.B. steam line – 18 Mtr.

d) For 25 mm N.B. steam line – 12 Mtr.

For the purpose of steam line due insulation with sizes mentioned against each piping shall be

as under :-

a) For 50 mm N.B. steam line, 40 mm thick insulation of Glass wool/mineral wool,

chicken wire mesh, and cladding with aluminimum sheet of 24 SWG shall have

to be provided.

b) For 20 mm N.B. steam line, 40 mm thick insulation of Glass wool/mineral wool,

chicken wire mesh, and cladding with aluminimum sheet of 24 SWG shall have

to be provided.

c) For for 15 mm N.B. steam line, 40 mm thick insulation of Glass wool/mineral

wool, chicken wire mesh, and cladding with aluminimum sheet of 24 SWG shall

have to be provided.

Steam valves of Leader / Audco make suitable for following utility pipings :-

a) 40 mm N.B. – 2 Nos.

b) 20 mm N.B. – 4 Nos.

c) 15 mm N.B. – 4 Nos.

d) 25 mm N.B. – 1 No.

Necessary heavy duty MS ‘C’ class bends, tees, elbows of sizes

a) 80 mm N.B. – 6 Nos.

b) 65 mm N.B. – 6 Nos.



229

c) 50 mm N.B. – 6 Nos.

d) 40 mm N.B. – 6 Nos.

e) 20 mm N.B. – 6 Nos.

Special notes :

This is a turn key project. The quantities of various items listed are tentative only and may vary

on either side during execution. The final quantities of these would be as per site conditions.

Cost of installation for any addition or deletion in quantities will be calculated based on the unit

prices indicated. All necessary material which may be required for the successful completion

of the project falls in the scope of the work. If any extra quantities of quoted items are needed

then the tenderer shall supply those at the quoted unit price. If any extra item(s), not included

in the tender but required for successful completion of the work, the same will be either

supplied by the RCDF / Concerned Milk Union and erected by the tenderer or supplied and

erected both by the tenderer at mutually agreed rates considering purchase price, taxes and

handling charges etc.

* Party should quote rates for Furnace Oil Tank cap. 35000L separately.



and submitted to the concerned Milk Union / RCDF :-

h) Indian Electricity Act and rules framed thereunder.

i) Fire insurance regulations.

j) Regulations laid down by the Chief Electrical Inspector of the State / State Electricity

Board.

k) Regulations laid down by the Pollution Control Board.

l) Regulations laid down by the Factory Inspector of the State.

m) Any other regulations laid down by the local authorities.

n) Installation operating manuals of original manufacturers of equipment.



230

SUPPLY, ERRECTION & COMMISSIONING OF WATER SOFTENING PLANT

1,00,000 LPD (One Lac Ltrs. per Day) CAPACITY FOR KHETRI DAIRY PLANT

FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENT :

Suitable Water Softening Plant for treatment of hard water as per enclosed water

analysis report.

KHETRI - 1 No. – 1,00,000 LPD Capacity

(1,00,000 LPD / per generation & flow rate on 12 Hrs. basis)

DESIGN REQUIREMENT : It should be self contained complete water treatment plant which

should have following major equipment.

1. Vertical Pressure vessel of welded steel construction fitted with manhole and cover,

support legs and nozzles for pipe connections. The softener tank and frontal piping

should be epoxy painted externally and rubber lined internally with a minimum

3mm lining.

2. Set of internal distribution / collection systems for brine and water.

3. Set of frontal and regeneration pipe work of welded steel construction.

4. Set of manually operated cast iron diaphragm type control valves.

5. Initial charge of high capacity polystyrene bead cation exchange resin.

6. Orifice board with level markers to be placed in drain sump.

7. Enclosed pattern integrating type water meter of Kaycee or equivalent make.

8. Set of inlet and outlet pressure gauges.

9. Cylindrical salt saturator tank of corrosion resistant construction for salt storage and

preparation of brine.

10. Hydraulic brine ejector.

11. Water testing set for qualitative determination of soft water.

12. Centrifugal Water Pump : All iron horizontal centrifugal pump having maximum

discharge head 30 MWC complete with motor and base plate, suction and discharge

valves and piping both suction and discharge pipe terminating at 500 mm from the

pump terminals.

13. Water Softening plant should have pressure and sand filter of requisite capacity.

Supply of same shall be optional and for which the rates should be quoted

separately.

14. The item-salt saturation tank/brince tank shall be optional and for which the rates

should be quoted separately. This tank should be open form the top and of HDPE

resistant to chemical and of Sintex/Rotex/Indion make. The capacity of the tank

should be such that it meets all duty conditions.

15. The battery limit for scope of RCDF / Milk Union shall be up to the suction of pump

set and delivery from softener outlet. The scope of work for the tender will be from

pump delivery up to the softener outlet flange.

NOTES : 1. The tenderer can also quote for better, cost effective, efficient water

treatment plant.

2. Detailing is to be given in the enclosed format.



231

KHETRI DAIRY PLANT

S. No. PARAMETER UNIT POTABLE

WATER

ANALYSIS

REMARKS

1

pH Value Number 7.5

2

Total dissolve solid mg/l 3649

3

Total Hardness as CaCo3 mg/l 500 ppm



232

WATER SOFTENING PLANT FOR KHETRI DAIRY PLANT

I. Softening Plant of capacity 1,00,000 LPD to reduce

hardness to 5 ppm 01. Softening Plant :

Quantity (Nos.) :

Type : Down flow

Design Code :

Diameter (mm ) :

Height (mm) (HQS) :

Material of Construction : MS tested quality (IS 2062)

Torispherical dish (IS 1063)

Operating pressure (kgs./cm.sq.

Maximum : 3.5

Minimum : 1.5

Design Pressure (kgs/cm.sq.) :

Hydraulic Test Pressure (Kgs./ :

cm.sq.

Shell Thickness (mm ) : 6

Dished End Thickness (mm) : 8

Bed Plate (mm ) : 10

Corrosion Allowance (mm ) : + 2mm

Service Flow Rate (Cu.M./Hour)

Min . :

Max. :

Output/regeneration (Cu.M. Hour) :

Inlet Hardness as CaCO3 (ppm ) :

Outlet Hardness as Ca CO3 :



233

Type of Resin : Duolite C-20 strongly Acidic

Cation exchange resin or

Indion or equivalent.

Make of Resin : Ion Exchange /Thermax/

Duolite.

Quantity of Resin ( litres ) :

Resin Bed Height (mm )

Salt / regeneration (100% NaCI )

( Kgs. ) :

Backwash Time (Minutes )

Brine Flow Rate (Cu.M/Hr. :

Injection Time (Minutes ) :

Slow Rinse Flow Rate (Cu.M/Hr. :

Slow Rinse Time (Minutes ) :

Fast Rinse Flow Rate (Cu.M/Hr.) :

Fast Rinse Time (Minutes )

Total Regeneration Time (Minutes ) :

Pressure Drop (Kgs./cm.Sq. ) :

Valves Inlet/Outlet :

Backwash Inlet/Outlet :

Rinse Outlet :

Brine :

Power Water Inlet :



234

Types of Valves : CIEL (cast iron ebonite lined) diaphragm

type and of Crane. Alfa Leval / BDK Make

Material of Construction : CI

Flanges : BST ‘D’

Ejector : CI

Underbed : PVC / HDPE

Top Distributor : Deflector Plate

Painting External : Epoxy

Internal : Epoxy

Instrumentation :

Accessories :

02. Salt Saturator Tank :

Quantity ( Nos. ) :

Capacity (liters ) :

Diameter (mm ) :

Height (mm ) :

Type :

Material of Construction :

03. Centrifugal Pump :

Quantity ( No. ) :

Capacity (Cu.M. Hour ) :

Head ( MWC ) :


Type : Horizontal (Centrifugal)

Suction/Discharge (NB ) :

Motor H.P. :



235

Motor R.P.M. :

Make : Kirloskar

Accessories :

0.4. Hardness Testing Kit :

Quantity ( No.) :

05. Orifice Board :

Quantity ( No.) :


06. Water Meter :

Quantity ( No.) :

Type :

Line size ( NB ) :

Material of construction :

Make :

0.7 Brine solution tank :

Qty. :

Material of construction :

(Internal lining 3mm thick

natural rubber with Gore

hardness upto 78 Degree )

Size :

0.8 Strainers : 10% to be provided extra as spares.



236

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR SCREW AIR

COMPRESSOR , CAPACITY 26 CFM 1.0 Functional Requirements : The compressor is required to deliver compressed air

at an operating pressure of 7.0 kg. per sq.cm. The air is to be used to operate

process controls of various dairy plants equipments and packing machineries.

2.0 Design Requirements :

2.1 The compressor should be secrew delivering 26 CFM per hour air at a working

pressure of 7.0 kg. per sq.cm at the final outlet after moisture separator driven by a

suitable size of motor 7.5 HP, Siemens/ Kirloskar/NGEF or equivalent make TEFC

induction motor. The motor should be suitably mounted for minimum vibration.

2.2 It should be of air cooled design.

2.3 It should be mounted on suitable common base frame.

2.4 It should be provided with efficient oil air separator so that oil carry over level in the air

is bare minimum.

2.5 It should be supplied with good quality moisture separator with automatic drain so that

bulk of the moisture is removed before outlet.

2.6 It should also comprise with the following :

- Heavy duty suction filter to ensure proper filtration of air at inlet.

3.0 Supplier will have to depute his engineer for supervision of erection &

commissioning of the compressor for which no extra charges should be payable.

4.0 The tenderer is required to provide information and enclose related technical catalogues

giving detailed technical specifications of the model offered :-

- Model offered : ........................................................................

- FAD at outlet

moisture separation

at 7.5 kg./sq. cm : ........................................................................

- Oil carried over : ................................PPM................................

- Air delivery per : ........................................................................

- Unit of Kwh : ........................................................................

5.0 One year AMC during guarantee period is also included during which spares and

consumables shall be provided by the concerned Milk Union.

Note : Due consideration would be given for ease of operation, easy diagnostic

facilities, facilities, efficiency of equipment like air delivery per unit of electric

power.



237

ELECTRICALS



238

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

Technical Specifications for the Complete Electrical work (Panels, Cables, Auto Power

Factor correction panel, Transformer etc.) on turn key basis for 25000 LPD Dairy Plant

at Khetri .

For the electrical work on turn key basis for the establishing of 25000 LPD capacity dairy plant

at Khetri , the following items are required to be supplied, installed, tested and commissioned,

the lengths of cables & cable trays mentioned in the tender document are indicative only

and may vary as per actual site conditions and the financial comparative shall be drawn

based on quantities mentioned in the tender document while the payment shall be released

on actual quantities consumed based on unit rate and hence the tenderer must quote the

unit rate for the concerned items positively:-

Part A

S.

No.

Description Qty. Unit Rate (Rs.)

Supply Installation

Total

(Rs.)

1 Supply, Installation, Testing &

Commissioning of Outdoor type

HT Switch Tripal pole 200Amp.

350 MVA, Oil based 11 KV rated

E – SFU (Extendable Switch

Fuse Unit) with Drawout type

fuse carrier immersed in oil for 3

Nos. of HT fuses. Alongwith

one spare set of 3 Nos. of HT

fuses of rated capacity) Make

Crompton / MEI.

One set

2 Supply, Installation, testing &

commissioning of 315KVA

copper-wound, 3 – phase, 50 Hz

oil immersed, naturally cooled,

out door type Power Transformer

having a vector configuration

DY11 with plus/minus 5%

tapping taken out in tap changing

switch, HT winding connection

in Delta and LT winding

connection in Star and neutral

brought out and connected to a

separate terminal with outdoor

open porcelain bushing and

complete with first charge of

requisite transformer oil, with

following being available :-

- Fitting and Accessories

- Oil conservator tank with



239

drain plug and filling cap.

- silicla gel dehydration

breather charged with silica

gel

- oil level gauge

- oil drain valve

- thermometer pocket with

thermometer

- earthing terminal

- lifting lugs

- four bidirectional roller

wheels

- air release valve

- explosion vent Parallel operation of transformers:-

- Transformers offered for the same

vector group DY 11, rating and

voltage ratio should be capable of

operating in parallel satisfactorily.

It shall be installed and

commissioned as per IS 10028-

1981 or latest. - Other item- Fire bucket 3 nos

capacity 20 ltrs, Fire extinguishers

CCL type 5 Kg-2 no, Shock

treatment chart 5 n0, Danger plate-

5 Nos.

Further the tenderer is advised to

submit the foundation drawings

of transformer and get it

approved.

The detail specification of 315

KVA transformer are detailed at

Schedule – II.

Supply,

erection

commissioning

& testing

One set

3 Supply, testing and

commissioning HT meter box

cubical panel of size approx 4’ x

4’ x 5’ fabricated from 14 SWG

sheet steel with M.S. angle iron

and provision of 6mm backelite

sheet in CT/PT as per required.

The panel should be as per

approved design of JVVN

(RSEB). (optional item)

One set

4

Providing and laying

underground cable IS:1554 and

approved make suitable for



240

working voltage upto and

including 11 KV in aluminium

conductor XLPE armoured

including excavation of 30cm x

75cm size trench as per IS:1225,

25cm thick under the layer of

sand, IInd class brick covering

refill earth in the removing

portion making necessary

connection including testing etc.

as required. The size of the

cable should be 3 x 35 sq.mm

make ICL/Gloster/Hawells.

300Mtr.

5 Supplying and making of Indoor

/ outdoor cable jointing for 11

KV XLPE cable of heat

shrinkable type termination kit

including preparation of cable

ends. Make M Seal/Denson.

(This item will include all

requisite hardwares lugs etc.)

a) Indoor type .. .. .. .. ..

b) Outdoor type .. .. .. .. ..

4 Nos.

4 Nos.

6. To supply, install / test and

commission copper plate earth

electrode station of 600 x 600 x

3mm thick copper plate, CI

cover and tunnel with wire mesh,

test link excavation upto 3.5m

and refilling of 6-10 alternate

layers of charcoal and salt, in

soft/hard soil complete with all

necessary material and

accessories as per IER,

Installation shall also include

supply and fixing of watering

pipe and material for brick

chamber etc. as per IS:3034.

Supply & laying of G.I. strip by

rebating and using steel

hardware of following:-

1. G.I. Strip 25x5

2. G.I. Strip 50x5

3. G.I. Wire 8SWG

14 Nos.

150 Mtr.

50 Mtr.

150 Mtr.

7 Supply, Installation, Testing &

Commissioning of panel board

as per enclosed Annexure ‘1’

and as per the recommended



241

make and list.

A MAIN LT PANEL

1 No.

B REFRIGERATION SECTION

PANEL

1 No.

C PROCESSING SECTION

PANEL

1 No.

D GHEE MAKING PANEL 1 No.

E BOILER SECTION PANEL 1 No.

F EXTERNAL LIGHTING DB 1 No.

G INTERNAL LIGHTING DB 1 No.

8

Supply and laying of LT cable as

per IER specifications of 3 ½ / 4

core of 185 Sq.mm (two run)

XLPE armoured GLOSTER/CCI

make from transformer to LT

panel with terminations on both

ends. The cable should be laid in

excavation of 30 cm x 75 cm.

size trench as per IS 1225, 25

cm. thick under the layer of

sand, IInd class brick covering,

and refilling the earth.

* Please refer Part – D also.

*60 Mtr.

The tenderer is required to take necessary approvals from the concerned Inspectorate of

Electrical.

The supplier or erector should submit ‘A’ Class contractor Certificate.

Note :-

(i) All the panel boards should be properly pre wired and requisite ferrules must be

provided for easy identification of wiring.

(ii) All electrical motors above 7.5 HP should have start delta starters and each start

delta starter should have Amp. meter and volt meter of required rating.

(iii) The main panel should have provision for placement of one standby ACB of 630

Amp.

(iv) The main LT Panel should be equipped with over / under voltage, Earth fault,

Neutral fault current setting, change in phase sequence, over-load, protections etc.



242

Part - B

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF MOTOR CONTROL CENTRES

(SHEET STEEL)

1.0 Motor Control Centre (sheet steel)

1.1 Functional requirement :

To receive, control and distribute electrical power at 440V 50Hz. AC on a sheet steel

housing.

1.2 Design requirement and scope of supply :

1.2.1 Statutory requirement :

Motor Control Centre is to be manufactured / assembled as per the latest ISI

specifications, Indian Electricity rules, including special requirements of Rajasthan State

Electrical Inspectorates.

1.3 Housing details :

1.3.1 The switchboard shall be fabricated out of 16SWG sheet steel and shall consist of free

standing front openable panels arranged to from a continuous line up of uniform height.

Cold rolled sheets shall be used for doors and front covers. Front doors shall be hinged

type and bus bars, bars and cables alloys covers shall be bolted type. Suitable M.S.

channel base frame should be provided.

1.3.2 Switch Board shall be extensible at both the ends by addition of vertical sections. Ends

of the bus bars shall be suitably drilled for this purpose.

1.3.3 The Switch board shall be totally enclosed, dust, weather and vermin proof. Gaskets of

durable material shall be provided for doors and other openings. Suitable hooks shall be

provided for lifting the boards. These hooks when removed, shall not leave any opening

in the board.

1.3.4 All hardware shall be corrosion resistant. All joints and connections shall be made by

galvanised zinc passivated or cadmium plated high tensile strength steel bolts, units and

washers secured against loosening.

1.3.5 The switch board shall be in cubical design (each feeder components are housed in

individual cubical). Suitable cable and bus bar alleys shall be provided. All

components of the switch board should be approachable from front. The maximum and

minimum operating handle / push button height of any feeder shall not be more than

1800 mm or less than 400 mm with reference to panel bottom. Supporting arrangement

for dressing of power and control cables in cable alleys shall also be provided.



243

1.3.6 Painting :

All metal surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and degreased to remove all scales, rust,

grease and dirt. Fabricated structures shall be pickled and treated to remove any trace of

acid. The under surface shall be prepared by applying a coat of phosphate paint and a

coat of yellow zinc chromate primer. The under surface shall be made free from all

imperfections before undertaking the final coat.

After preparation of the under surface, the panel shall be spray painted with final two

coats of approved paint. Supplier shall obtain details of approved paint from the

purchaser before final painting.

The finished panels shall be dried in stoving ovens in dust free atmosphere. Panel finish

shall be free from imperfections like pin holes, orange peals, fun-off paint etc.

All unpainted steel parts shall be cadmium plated or suitably treated to prevent rust,

corrosion etc.

1.3.7 Name Plates :

Name plates for all incoming and out coming feeders shall be provided on doors of each

compartment. Name plates shall be fixed by counter sunk screws only and not by

adhesives. Special danger plates shall be provided as per requirement.

1.4 Busbar sizing, connecting and supports :

1.4.1 The busbar shall be made from high conductivity electrolytic aluminium. The busbars

and supports shall be capable of withstanding the rated and short circuit current, stated

in the feeder details. Minimum size of main power busbars shall be 200 Amps. rating.

Maximum current density permissible for aluminium busbars shall be 8.2 Amps/mm².

An earthing busbar of minimum 150 mm² section aluminium shall be provided outside

panel at bottom throughout the length of the panel.

1.4.2 The busbars shall be provided with PVC/heat shrinkable insulating sleeve. Supports for

busbars shall be made of suitable size hyleum sheets/epoxy compound blocks and these

should be adequate in number so as to avoid any sag in the busbars.

1.4.3 Minimum clearance between phase to phase shall be 32 mm and between phase to

neutral / earth shall be 26 mm.

1.5 Power Connections :

1.5.1 For power inter-connections within the panel board :

Copper conductor PVC insulated cables of adequate cross section shall be used. For

current rating above 63 Amps. aluminium busbar strips of adequate rating shall be used.

Minimum size of copper conductor to be used shall be 2.5 mm². Cables lugs/sockets of

suitable size and type shall be used for all inter-connections.

1.5.2 For all aluminium to copper connections, suitable bimetallic material (“CUP-al”

washers) shall be used.



244

1.5.3 For each outgoing motor (upto 60 HP) feeder, suitable size terminal blocks (min. 3

ways) shall be provided in its cubical and wiring upto these from contactors shall be

done by panel supplier. All the terminal blocks shall be suitable for aluminium

conductor cable.

1.5.4 For incoming and outgoing feeders of the MCC aluminium conductor cable will be used

and hence the panel is to be designed for receiving these and wherever required cable

boxes shall be provided in panel by supplier. Removable gland plates shall be provided

on top/bottom of panel for cable entries.

1.5.5 To prevent accidental contacts, all interconnecting cables/busbars and all terminals also

shall be shrouded.

1.5.6 Standard colour code of red, yellow and blue for phases and black for Neutral to be

followed for all busbars / conductors.

1.6 Auxiliary wiring and Terminals :

1.6.1 Wiring for all controls, protection, metering, signaling etc. inside the switch board shall

be done with 650 volts PVC insulated copper conductors. Minimum size of those

conductors shall be 1.5 mm². Control wiring to component fixed on doors shall be

flexible type.

1.6.2 The complete panel would be sub-divided into different sections by purchaser and each

section shall have its own control circuit with fuse and indication. Terminal block

(Minimum 3 – ways) for control wiring shall be provided for each outgoing Motor

feeder in its cubical. 10% spare terminals shall always be available in each terminal

block. Control wiring upto these terminal blocks shall be done by supplier.

1.6.3 All control wiring should be provided with necessary cable / sockets / lugs at both ends.

1.6.4 Conductor shall be terminated using compress on type lugs. Each termination shall be

identified at both the ends by PVC ferrules. The identification termination numbers

should match with those on drawings.

1.6.5 Control wiring for motor feeders should be such that the “green” light of motor feeder is

“NO” only when control as well as power circuit of feeder is “NO”.

1.7 Switchgears :

1.7.1 Air Circuit Breaker : The technical specifications given subsequently.

1.7.2 Moulded case circuit breakers (MCCBs) :

MCCBs shall be provided with interlocking system suitably.

1.7.3 MCB:

4 poles MCB of suitable rating for all electrical loads shall be provided.

1.7.4 The rating of the power contractors shall be as required depending upon the feeder

rating indicated in the specifications and as per the table given below. Contractor coils

shall be suitable for 230 / 440 Volts, 50Hz. Unless otherwise specified. All contractors

shall be supplied with minimum 2 NO + 2 NC auxiliary contacts. Additional contacts if

required for inter-licking etc. shall also provide.



245

1.7.5 Protective devices :

Electronic relays shall be provided for all motor feeders. The relays shall be adjustable

and self reset type. There should be SPP (single phase prevention) built up in the relay.

Any other relays, if required for motor feeders shall be specified in the feeder details.

1.7.6 Timers :

The timers shall be electronic type, suitable for 240V 50Hz. supply.

1.7.7 Push Buttons (PBs) :

push buttons shall be luminous type with 22mm hole size. Push buttons shall be with

contact elements, shall be generally mounted on openable covers. Colours shall be as

follows :

Stop / open / emergency - Red

Start / close - Green

It should have minimum 1 NO + 1 NC contacts. Push buttons with built-in indication

lamps shall also be accepted in with case separate indication lamps are not required.

1.7.8 Indication Lamps :

Indication lamps shall be LED type with 22 mm hole size.

Colours shall be as under:-

Phase : Red, yellow and blue

Open/Stop/Emergency : Red

Close/Start : Green/Black

Bulbs shall be suitable for 250 volts AC supply.

1.7.9 Current Transformers (CTs) :

CTs shall be cast resin insulated type. Primary and secondary terminals shall be marked

individually. CTs shall preferably be mounted on stationary parts. CT rating and

rations shall be as per feeder ratings. These shall be capable of withstanding momentary

short circuit and symmetrical short circuit current for 1 second. Neutral side of CTs

shall be earthed. Protection on CTs shall be low reactance, accuracy should be class I

VA burden. The CTs shall be of ALPHA make.

1.7.10 Measuring Instruments :



246

These shall be of square pattern having approximate dimensions 96mm x 96mm, flush

mounting type. Necessary auxiliary instruments like CTs PTs etc. are also included in

the scope of supply.

The voltmeter shall be of 0-500 V range with VSS.

The ampere meter shall be 800/5 A range with ASS.

The voltmeter and Ampere meter shall be of AEI / IMP make and the voltage selector

switches shall be of Sulzer / Kaycee make

All AC meters shall be moving iron type having class 1.0 accuracy. Ammeters for

motor feeders shall have a non liner compressed scale at the end to indicate starting

current.

Voltmeter shall be suitable for direct line connection.

Voltmeter shall be connected through fuses only

Energy meters shall be suitable to measure unbalanced loads of 3 phases, 4 wire

systems.

2.0 Special requirements :

3.0 D.G. set change over switch :

There is a requirement of 1 No. change over switch. There will be change over switch

so that operation of DG set 250 KVA is possible when there is no power & also to

isolate State Electricity Board power supply when there is necessity to operate the DG

set.

4.0 Incomer :

a) For incoming feeders upto and 800 A rating provide MCCBs with 40 KA

breaking capacity with overload / short circuit and earth fault protection.

b) For all incoming feeders provide CT operated ammeter with rotary selector

switch; voltmeter with selector switch and 3 Nos. indicating lamps with red

lines.

4.1 Outgoing feeders :

a) Motor feeders of rating of 10 HP or above shall be provided with suitable automatic

star-delta starters along with electronic protected relay, timer, triple pole switch fuse

unit/MCCB and ammeter. All motor feeders upto 60 HP shall be provided with

MCB and above 60 HP MCCBs with a minimum breaking capacity of 40 KA shall

be provided. For feeders below 15 HP rating provide direct reading ammeter and

for feeders of 15 HP and above rating provide CT operated ammeters. All the power

contractors of star-delta starters shall have same current rating.

b) Feeders for star-delta starters will be provided with specified current rating in the

distribution boards.



247

c) Motor feeders of rating less than 10 HP will be provided with suitable direct on line

starters along with thermal overload relays with single phase preventing and MCBs

as per requirement.

d) The motor feeders wired for remote control will be provided with only an OFF push

buttons the distribution board whereas for the feeders wired for local control from

the board, both ON and OFF push buttons along-with green indicating lamp for ON

will be provided on the distribution board.

e) Suitable cable glands provision will be provided for each of the incoming and

outgoing feeders.

f) The components to be used will be of either L&T/ Siemens / Bhartiya Cutler

Hammer / C&S / GE make. Tenderer should specify the make offered.

g) The following selection table shall be followed for starters of motor feeders unless

otherwise specified:

S.

No.

415 V Motor H.P. Contractor

Rating

Amps.

MCB / MCCB

Rating / Amps.

1 0 to 10.0 HP 16 25 Switch

2 15 HP 32 63 -do-

3 20 to 25 HP 63 63 -do-

4 30 HP 63 100 -do-

5 40 to 50 HP 100 100 -do-

6 60 HP 100 100 -do-

7 75 HP 150 150 / 175MCCB

8 100 HP to 150 HP 150 225 MCCB

Starters / S.F. units of higher ratings should be preferably located at the bottom portion of

MCC.

IMPORTANT NOTES :

1. Interlocking sequences :

Condenser water pump Jacket cooling water pump

HDI Compressor

Capacitor

2. The HP of various motor have not been specified above as the same would depend on

the design of respective equipment to be offered by the tender.

3. The necessary fully automatic star – delta starters (soft starter) for 120 HP motors shall

have to supplied & installed near the ammonia compressors and tested & commissioned.



248

Part – C

Technical specifications of Air Circuit Breakers.

Quantity Required : - 1 No.

The air circuit breaker shall be 4 pole manually operated draw out type with microprocessor

based protection release for overload, short circuit. & earth fault protection. The design shall be

quick make and quick break type with slow closing facility for ease in maintenance. The total

break time should be less than 30m sec including arcing time of 10m sec. The release shall be

R.M.S. sensing type requiring no external supply for its basic function of tripping against fault.

The release should diagnose the different fault i.e. there shall be inbuilt LED’s in protection

release for over current, short circuit & earth fault. The release shall have provision for

function blocking. The ACB shall be provided with under voltage protection. The setting of

over load in release shall be 40% to 100%. The setting of short circuit shall be minimum 2 to

10 times. The ACB shall have Ics = Icw for 1 Sec. for short circuit breaking capacity of not

less than 50 KA rms at 415 Volts 50HzAC. The overload current setting may be 40% to 100%

of maximum rated value. The ACB neutral pole shall make earlier & break later than main

pole.

Overload (phase) current setting 0.4 to 1.0.

Neutral fault current setting 0.5 to 1.0.

Earth fault current setting 0.1 to 0.6.



249

Part – D

Necessary Cables, Cable Trays etc. All necessary cables for connecting HT side to the primary of the transformer and LT side of

the transformer to the main panel on LT side, main panel to distribution panels, from various

panel boards to various equipments falls in the scope of the work.

The quantities mentioned for cables & cable trays in this tender document are indicative

only and may vary as per site conditions. The tenderers are required to quote for the

quantities mentioned for various items in this section based on which the financial

comparative statement shall be drawn but they should also quote the unit rate price

(F.O.R. site) for each item separately also in order to make Milk Union release payment

for bills of the firm for the actual quantities of items supplied, installed, tested and

commissioned as per site conditions. For connecting various equipments following cables and

related shall be required :-

1100 KV GRADE, 3.5 C ARMOURED ALUMINUM CONDUCTOR, PVC INSULATED LT

CABLE SELECTION CHART AS PER THE FEEDER DETAILS AT 8 VOLTS DROP.

Table ‘A’

S.

NO.

FEEDER TYPE FEEDER

RATING

CABLE SIZE LENGTH

OF CABLE

(in Mtrs.)

Unit

Rate

TOTAL

AMT.

(in Rs.)

1 TRANSFORM

ER TO MAIN

ACB

800 A 2 X 3.5 X 185

Sq.mm.

XLPE

60

2 REFRIGERATI

ON PANEL

INCOMER

400 A 1 X 3.5 X

185Sq.mm.

XLPE

30

3 PROCESS

SECTION

200 A 1 X 3.5 X 125

Sq.mm.

XLPE

70

4 GHEE

SECTION

INCOMER

100 A 1 X 3.5 x 50

Sq.mm.

70

5 BOILER

SECTION

150 A 1 X 3.5 x 70

Sq.mm.

20

6 INTERNAL

LIGHTING

100 A

1 X 3.5 x 50

Sq.mm.

50

7 EXTERNAL

LIGHTING

1 X 3.5 x 50

Sq.mm.

50

8 E.T.P. 100 A 1 X 3.5 x 50

Sq.mm.

100

9 PUMP HOUSE 100 A 1 X 3.5 x 10

Sq.mm.

100

10 CABLE FOR

MISC. WORK

100 A 1 X 3.5 x 16

Sq.mm.

50

1 X 3.5 x

25Sq.mm.

50

1 X 3.5 x 35

Sq.mm.

50



250

Following size flexible 4 core copper cables for connecting miscellaneous electrical motors.

Table ‘B’

S.

NO.

SIZE QTY. (in

mtrs.)

Unit Rate TOTAL

AMT.

(in Rs.)

1. 1.5 sq.mm 500

2. 2.5 sq.mm 500

3 4 sq.mm 300

4 6 sq.mm 200

5 10 sq.mm 200

TOTAL

The cables of Gloster / CCI / ICL / Ralison / Hawell / Hawells standard make need be

supplied. All necessary lugs of Dowell make for the various cables with due crimping shall

have to be supplied and installed. Necessary loops for cables shall have to be provided

wherever necessary.

The unit rates for the cables of all sizes mentioned in the tender document also need be quoted.

Cable trays : - following sizes of cable trays with covers of MS painted black for the cables of

various sizes to be run upon them :-

Table ‘C’

S.

NO.

SIZE QTY. (in

mtrs.)

Unit Rate TOTAL

AMT.

(in Rs.)

1. Cable tray with cover of 10” /

12” width

50 Mtr.

2. Cable tray with cover of 8”

width

50 Mtr.

3 Cable tray with cover of 6”

width.

200 Mtr.

4 Cable tray with cover of 4”

width.

200 Mtr.

TOTAL

The unit rates for the cable trays with covers also need be quoted for all above sizes.

Total of Table A + B + C =



251

MAIN LT PANEL AT KHETRI DAIRY

S.

No. Particulars Qty. UNIT Make

Transformer 315 KVA

A MAIN INCOMER

1

630 A FP, MANUAL DRAW OUT

TYPE ACB WITH

MICROPROCESSOR RELASE

HAVING O/L, S/C & E/F

PROTECTION Icu= Ics= Icw= 50 kA 1 No. L&T / Siemens

2

Digital Energy Analyser capable of

measuring all the Power and Energy

parameters with class 1.0 accuracy 1 No. Conzerv/ Schneider

3

Digital Volt Meter 96 x96 of 500 V

rating 1 No. Conzerv/ Schneider

4

Digital Ampere Meter 96 x96 of 1250 A


5 2 A SP MCB 3 No.

Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

6

CAM TYPE ROTARY VOLT

SELECTOR SWITCH 1 No. Salzer/ Vaishno

7

CT LINKED ROTARY AMPERE


8

Current Transformer of 800/5 A ratio of

class 1.0 accuracy with 5 VA burden

FORAPFC 3 No. Alpha

9

LED TYPE (R, Y B) 22.5 mm Indication

Lamp 220 V 3 No.

Esbee/Raas/

Telemechanique

10

LED TYPE Trip, ON, OFF 22.5 mm

Indication Lamps 220 V 3 No.

Esbee/Raas/

Telemechanique

11

63 A FP MCB, 'C' curve with 10 kA

breaking Capacity 1 No.

Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

12

63 A TPN + E 5 pin Panel Mounting Plug

& Socket 1 No. Schneider/ L&T

13

Under / Over voltage protection relay

with time delay setting 1 RISHABH / MINILEC

14

3 O/C and 1E/F protection relay with

necessary current transformer 1 L&T / ALSTOM

B DG SET INCOMER

1

400 A FP MCCB 35 kA with adj. O/l and

S/c protection Micro Processor Release

with Rotary Handle 1 No.

Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

2


Lamp 220 V 3 No.

Esbee/Raas/

Telemechanique



252

3



Esbee/Raas/

Telemechanique

4 2 A SP MCB 3 No.

Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

5



parameters with class 1.0 accuracy 1 No. Conzerv/ L&T

6 CT 400/5 class 1.0 3 No. ALPHA

7

630 A FP ONLOAD CHANGEOVER

SWITCH 1 No. L&T / Siemens

OUTGOINGS

1 FOR REFRIGERATION SECTION

a

400 A FP, MANUAL DRAW OUT

TYPE ACB WITH

MICROPROCESSOR RELASE

HAVING O/L, S/C & E/F

PROTECTION Icu= Ics= Icw= 50 kA 1 No.

Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

b



Esbee/Raas/

Telemechanique

c 2 A SP MCB 3 No.

Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

d




e CT 400/5 class 1.0 3 No. Alpha

2 FOR PROCESSING SECTION

a




Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

b



Esbee/Raas/

Telemechanique

c 2 A SP MCB 3 No.

Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

d





3 FOR GHEE MAKING SECTION

a




Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

b



Esbee/Raas/

Telemechanique

c 2 A SP MCB 3 No.

Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens



253

d





4 FOR BOILER SECTION

a




Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

b



Esbee/Raas/

Telemechanique

c 2 A SP MCB 3 No.

Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

d




5 CT 150/5 class 1.0 3 No. Alpha

a FOR LIGHTING LOADS (INDOOR /

OUTDOOR) No.

b




Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

c



Esbee/Raas/

Telemechanique

d 2 A SP MCB 6 No. Schneider/ L&T

e




f CT 100/5 class 1.0 6 No. Alpha

6 SPARE No.

a 100 A FP MCCB 2 No.

Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

b



Esbee/Raas/

Telemechanique

c 2 A SP MCB 6 No. Schneider/ L&T

d CT 100/5 class 1.0 6 No. Alpha

7 APFC Panel

a 6-32 A TP MCB, 'D' curve with 10 kA 7 No.

Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

b 40-63 A TP MCB, 'D' curve with 10 kA 5 No.

Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

c

Capacitor duty Contactor up to 12.5

KVAr 7 No.

Telemachanique/

Sprecher Schu

d Capacitor duty Contactor up to 20 KVAr 5 No.

Telemachanique/

Sprecher Schu



254

e

APFC Relay 12 Stage 3 phase sensing

with sensitivity upto 50 mA 1 No. NEPTUNE/ EPCOS

f

3 phase, 415 V, with Discharge Resistor,

MPP type Heavy Duty Capacitor Bank 140 KVAr

NEPTUNE (LL-10)/

EPCOS(MP-HDDD)/

L&T (MDXL)

g

LED TYPE (Red) 22.5 mm Indication

Lamp 220 V 12 No. TE/ESBEE/ Rass

h

2 pole 2 way & 1 way off 22.5 mm dia

Rotary switch for Auto/ Manual

Operation with necessary Element 12 No. TE/ESBEE/ Rass

i 2 A SP MCB 3 No.

Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

j

8 " dia Ventilation Fan controlled by

thermostat 1 No.

8 BUSBAR

a

1200 A TPN, CONTINOUS RATED E

91 GRADE ALUMINUM BUSBAR

COMPLETE ON ALL RESPECT

MOUNTED ON SMC/ DMC

INSULATOR WITH PROPER STEEL

HARDWARE AND INSULATTED

WITH HEAT SHRINKABLE PVC

TUBES HAVING MINIMUM

CREEPAGE DISTANCE OF 30 mm IN

EACH BUS LOT

HINDALCO/ NALCO/

BALCO

b

PANEL ENCLOSURE shall be

fabricated out of mild steel / CRCA sheet

with required bracing and support with

proper siemens grey epoxy coated

powder coated paint on outer/ inner side

of the panel. The enclosure be made of

14/16 SWG MS sheet. The doors holding

meters and relays and the whole panel

will be PU/Neoprene gasketted on doors.

With quality of dust and Vermin proof

suitable for comprising sideways

capacitor bank and wiring with PVC

insulated copper wires. LOT



255

PROCESSING SECTION PANEL AT KHETRI DAIRY

S.


INCOMER

1 200 A TPN , SFU UNIT 1

2 Digital Volt Meter 96 x96 of 500 V rating 1 No.

Conzerv/

Schneider

3


rating 1 No.

Conzerv/

Schneider

4 2 A SP MCB 3 No.

Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

5

CAM TYPE ROTARY VOLT SELECTOR

SWITCH 1 No. Salzer/ Vaishno

6



7


class 1.0 accuracy with 5 VA burden 3 No. Alpha

8


Lamp 220 V 3 No.

Esbee/Raas/

Telemechanique

9



Esbee/Raas/

Telemechanique

10



Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

11

TPN + E 5 pin Panel Mounting Plug &

Socket 1 No. Schneider/ L&T

OUTGOINGS

1 Milk storage tank agitator 10000 L 1.5 HP 4 Nos.

2

Spare for Milk storage tank agitator

10000 L

1.5 HP 1 No.

3 Milk Reception Pump 10000 L 3.5 HP 2 Nos.

4

Spare for Milk Reception Pump 10000

L

3.5 HP 2 Nos.

5 Raw Milk Pump 10000 L 3.5 HP 2 Nos.

6 Spare for Raw Milk Pump 10000 L 3.5 HP 1 Nos.

7 Cream Separator 5 KLPH 10 HP 2 Nos.

8 Spare for Cream Separator 5 KLPH 10 HP 1 No.

9 Milk Pasteurizer Milk Pump 5 HP 1 No.

10 Spare for Milk Pasteurizer Milk Pump 5 HP 1 No.

11 Milk Pasteurizer Hot water Pump 5 HP 1 No.

12

Spare for Milk Pasteurizer Hot water

Pump

5 HP 1 No.

13 Cream Pasteurizer Hot water Pump 5 HP 1 No.

14

Spare for Cream Pasteurizer Hot water

Pump

5 HP 1 No.



256

15 Cream Pasteurizer Cream Pump 3 HP 1 No.

16

Spare for Cream Pasteurizer Cream

Pump

3 HP 1 No.

17 Tanker loading pump 3 HP 1 No.

18 Cream un-loading pump 3 HP 1 No.

19 Chilled water return pump 5 HP 1 No.

20 Cream tank agitator 5 HP 1 No.

21 Spare for Cream tank agitator 5 HP 1 No.

22 Can Scrabbers 2 HP 2 Nos.

23 Spare for Can Scrabbers 2 HP 1 Nos.

24 Welding point MCB 63 2 Nos.

25

400 A TPN, CONTINOUS RATED E 91

GRADE ALUMINUM BUSBAR


MOUNTED ON SMC/ DMC


HARDWARE AND INSULATTED WITH

HEAT SHRINKABLE PVC TUBES

HAVING MINIMUM CREEPAGE

DISTANCE OF 30 mm IN EACH BUS LOT

HINDALCO/

NALCO/ BALCO

26

PANEL ENCLOSURE shall be fabricated

out of mild steel / CRCA sheet with

required bracing and support with proper

siemens grey epoxy coated powder coated

paint on outer/ inner side of the panel. The

enclosure be made of 14/16 SWG MS

sheet. The doors holding meters and relays

and the whole panel will be PU/Neoprene

gasketted on doors. With quality of dust

and Vermin proof suitable for comprising

sideways capacitor bank and wiring with

PVC insulated copper wires. LOT



257

REFRIGERATION SECTION PANEL ATKHETRI DAIRY

S.


INCOMER


2 Digital Volt Meter 96 x96 of 500 V rating 1 No.

Conzerv/

Schneider

3


rating 1 No.

Conzerv/

Schneider

4 2 A SP MCB 3 No.

Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

5



6



7



8


Lamp 220 V 3 No.

Esbee/Raas/

Telemechanique

9



Esbee/Raas/

Telemechanique

10



Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

11



OUTGOINGS

1

Ammonia Compressor 6 x 6 with

suitable range of Amp. & Volt Meter

40 HP 2 Nos.

MCB

2

Spare for Ammonia Compressor 6 x 6

with suitable range of Amp. & Volt

Meter

40 HP 1 No.

MCB

3 Chilled water pumps 5 HP 3 Nos.

4 Spare for Chilled water pump 5 HP 1 No.

5 IBT Agitators 5 HP 2 Nos.

6 Spare for IBT Agitators 5 HP 1 No.

7 Condenser pumps 5 HP 2 Nos.

8 Spare for Condenser pumps 5 HP 1 No.

9 Cold store Air handling unit 1.5 HP 2 Nos.

10 Spare Cold store Air handling unit 1.5 HP 1 No.

11 Air curtain (2) 1 HP 2 Nos

12 Bore well pump 7.5 HP 1 No.

13 Spare for Bore well pump 7.5 HP 1 No.

14 SWR pump 5 HP 1 No.



258

15 Spare for SWR pump 5 HP 1 No.

16




MOUNTED ON SMC/ DMC INSULATOR

WITH PROPER STEEL HARDWARE

AND INSULATTED WITH HEAT

SHRINKABLE PVC TUBES HAVING

MINIMUM CREEPAGE DISTANCE OF

30 mm IN EACH BUS LOT

HINDALCO/

NALCO/ BALCO

17


out of mild steel / CRCA sheet with required

bracing and support with proper siemens

grey epoxy coated powder coated paint on

outer/ inner side of the panel. The enclosure

be made of 14/16 SWG MS sheet. The doors

holding meters and relays and the whole

panel will be PU/Neoprene gasketted on

doors. With quality of dust and Vermin

proof suitable for comprising sideways


insulated copper wires. LOT Main panel board should have one independent earthing as per techanical specification provided at Part 'A'. In

addition one more independent earthing is also to be provided for ammonia compressor motors of refregeration

section.



259

BOILER SECTION PANEL ATKHETRI DAIRY

S.


INCOMER


2 Digital Volt Meter 96 x96 of 500 V rating 1 No. Conzerv/ Schneider

3 Digital Ampere Meter 96 x96 of 400 A rating 1 No. Conzerv/ Schneider

4 2 A SP MCB 3 No.

Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

5



6



7

Current Transformer of 150/5 A ratio of class

1.0 accuracy with 5 VA burden 3 No. Alpha

8


Lamp 220 V 3 No.

Esbee/Raas/

Telemechanique

9



Esbee/Raas/

Telemechanique

10

63 A FP MCB, 'C' curve with 10 kA breaking

Capacity 1 No.

Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

11 TPN + E 5 pin Panel Mounting Plug & Socket 1 No. Schneider/ L&T

12 OUTGOINGS

13 FO loading and un-loding pump 3 HP 2 Nos.

14 Spare for FO loading and un-loding pump 3 HP 1 No.

15 Boiler MCCB 63 A 63 A 1 No.

16 Spare for Boiler MCCB 63 A 63 A 1 No.

17 Pump House 7.5 HP 2 Nos.

18 Heat Tracing 12 KW 2 Nos.

19 Spare MCB 32 A 4 Nos.

20 Ghee pump 3 HP 3 Nos.

21 Spare for Ghee pump 3 HP 1 Nos.

22





WITH PROPER STEEL HARDWARE AND

INSULATTED WITH HEAT SHRINKABLE

PVC TUBES HAVING MINIMUM

CREEPAGE DISTANCE OF 30 mm IN

EACH BUS LOT

HINDALCO/ NALCO/

BALCO



260

23

PANEL ENCLOSURE shall be fabricated out

of mild steel / CRCA sheet with required

bracing and support with proper siemens grey

epoxy coated powder coated paint on outer/

inner side of the panel. The enclosure be made

of 14/16 SWG MS sheet. The doors holding

meters and relays and the whole panel will be

PU/Neoprene gasketted on doors. With quality

of dust and Vermin proof suitable for

comprising sideways capacitor bank and

wiring with PVC insulated copper wires. LOT



261

GHEE SECTION PANEL AT KHETRI DAIRY

S.


INCOMER




4 2 A SP MCB 3 No.

Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

5



6

CT LINKED ROTARY AMPERE SELECTOR


7

Current Transformer of 100/5 A ratio of class 1.0

accuracy with 5 VA burden 3 No. Alpha

8

LED TYPE (R, Y B) 22.5 mm Indication Lamp 220

V 3 No.

Esbee/Raas/

Telemechanique

9

LED TYPE Trip, ON, OFF 22.5 mm Indication

Lamps 220 V 3 No.

Esbee/Raas/

Telemechanique

10


Capacity 1 No.

Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens


OUTGOINGS

12 Ghee boiler cap. 1 KL 1 HP 2 Nos.

13 Spare for Ghee boiler cap. 1 KL 1 HP 2 Nos.

14 Ghee storage tank 2 HP 2 Nos.

15 Ghee clarifier 2 HP 1 No.

16 Ghee packing machine 5 HP 2 Nos.

17 Butter melting vet 1000 ltrs. 1 HP 2 Nos.

18 Spare MCB 32 A 4 Nos.

19 Ghee pump 3 HP 3 Nos.

20 Spare for Ghee pump 3 HP 1 Nos.

21

200 A TPN, CONTINOUS RATED E 91 GRADE

ALUMINUM BUSBAR COMPLETE ON ALL

RESPECT MOUNTED ON SMC/ DMC


HARDWARE AND INSULATTED WITH HEAT

SHRINKABLE PVC TUBES HAVING MINIMUM

CREEPAGE DISTANCE OF 30 mm IN EACH

BUS LOT

HINDALCO/

NALCO/ BALCO



262

22

PANEL ENCLOSURE shall be fabricated out of

mild steel / CRCA sheet with required bracing and

support with proper siemens grey epoxy coated

powder coated paint on outer/ inner side of the

panel. The enclosure be made of 14/16 SWG MS

sheet. The doors holding meters and relays and the

whole panel will be PU/Neoprene gasketted on

doors. With quality of dust and Vermin proof

suitable for comprising sideways capacitor bank and

wiring with PVC insulated copper wires. LOT



263

INTERNAL LIGHTING DB AT KHETRI DAIRY

S.


INCOMER

1


S/c protection Thermal Magnetic Release


Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens


3



4 2 A SP MCB 3 No.

Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

5



6



7



8


Lamp 220 V 3 No.

Esbee/Raas/

Telemechanique

9



Esbee/Raas/

Telemechanique

10



Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

11



OUTGOINGS

1

40 A FP MCB 'C' curve with 10 kA

breaking capacity 2 No.

Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

2

16 A DP MCB 'C' curve with 10 kA


Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

3

32 A FP MCB 'C' curve with 10 kA


Schneider/ L&T /

Siemens

BUSBAR

1





WITH PROPER STEEL HARDWARE

AND INSULATTED WITH HEAT


MINIMUM CREEPAGE DISTANCE OF

25 mm IN EACH BUS LOT

HINDALCO/

NALCO/ BALCO



264

2


out of mild steel / CRCA sheet with required

bracing and support with proper siemens

grey epoxy coated powder coated paint on

outer/ inner side of the panel. The enclosure

be made of 14/16 SWG MS sheet. The doors

holding meters and relays and the whole

panel will be PU/Neoprene gasketted on

doors. With quality of dust and Vermin

proof suitable for comprising sideways





265

EXTERNAL LIGHTING DB AT KHETRI DAIRY

S.


INCOMER

1

100 A FP MCCB 25 kA with adj. O/l and S/c

protection Thermal Magnetic Release with Rotary

Handle 1 No. Schneider/ L&T / Siemens



4 2 A SP MCB 3 No. Schneider/ L&T / Siemens

5



6

CT LINKED ROTARY AMPERE SELECTOR


7

Current Transformer of 100/5 A ratio of class 1.0

accuracy with 5 VA burden 3 No. Alpha

8

LED TYPE (R, Y B) 22.5 mm Indication Lamp 220

V 3 No.

Esbee/Raas/

Telemechanique

9

LED TYPE Trip, ON, OFF 22.5 mm Indication

Lamps 220 V 3 No.

Esbee/Raas/

Telemechanique

10


Capacity 1 No. Schneider/ L&T / Siemens


OUTGOINGS

1

40 A FP MCB 'C' curve with 10 kA breaking

capacity 2 No. Schneider/ L&T / Siemens

2

16 A DP MCB 'C' curve with 10 kA breaking


3

32 A FP MCB 'C' curve with 10 kA breaking


BUSBAR

5

150 A TPN, CONTINOUS RATED E 91 GRADE

ALUMINUM BUSBAR COMPLETE ON ALL

RESPECT MOUNTED ON SMC/ DMC


HARDWARE AND INSULATTED WITH HEAT


MINIMUM CREEPAGE DISTANCE OF 25 mm

IN EACH BUS LOT

HINDALCO/ NALCO/

BALCO



266

6

OUTDOOR TYPE PANEL ENCLOSURE shall be

fabricated out of mild steel / CRCA sheet with

required bracing and support with proper siemens

grey epoxy coated powder coated paint on outer/

inner side of the panel. The enclosure be made of

14/16 SWG MS sheet. The doors holding meters

and relays and the whole panel will be

PU/Neoprene gasketted on doors. With quality of

dust and Vermin proof suitable for comprising

sideways capacitor bank and wiring with PVC




267

SCHEDULE - II

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR 315 KVA TRANSFORMER

Supply period – 3 months.

Supply of 315 KVA Cooper wound 3 Phase 50 Cycles, oil immersed, naturally cooled, Core

type, outdoor type with HV outdoor & cable box on LV side power transformer with stepping

down provision from 11 KV to 440 V, having a vector configuration DY 11 with plus/minus

5% tapping taken out in tap changing switch (with provision of 5 steps), HT winding

connection in Delta and LT winding connection in Star and neutral brought out and connected

to a separate terminal with outdoor open porcelain bushing and complete

- With first charge of requisite transformer oil. - 1 Set

- Fitting and accessories (as detailed on next page)

- Oil conservator tank with drain plug and filling cap.

- Silica gel dehydrating breather charged with silica gel.

- Oil level gauge.

- Oil drain valve.

- Thermometer pocket with thermometer.

- Earthing terminal.

- Lifting lugs.

- Four bidirectional roller wheels.

- Air release valve.

- Explosion vent.

The transformer should conform to the IS specifications. The winding temperature rise – 55 deg

C above ambient, oil temp. rise – 50 deg. C above ambient, impedance – 4.5% or above,

permissible no load losses - 650 W (max.), permissible on load losses –4600 W (max.). The

quality of oil should be good conforming to IS : 335 and the oil should be of SAVITA/APAR

make or equivalent make (equivalent make subjected to purchaser approval).

The winding temperature indicator with alarm & tip contacts should be of Thermal make

(mercury type). The number of earthings (independent) should be four.



268

Standard Fittings & Accessories

S.

No.


1. Rating & Diagrams Plate 1 No.

2. Earthing Terminals 4 Nos.

3. Lifting Lugs of Transformer 2 Nos.

4. Lifting Lugs of Top Cover 2 Nos.

5. Drain Valve with Plug 1 No.

6. Filter Valve with Plug 1 No.

7. Conservator Tank 1 No.

8. Oil level gauge 1 No.

9. Oil Filling hole with Plug 1 No.

10. Air Release Plug 1 No.

11. Thermometer pocket 1 No.

12. Silica gel breather with oil seal 1 No.

13. Explosion Vent 1 No.

14. Off. Ckt. Tap Changer Switch Handle & Position indicator 1 No.

15. L.V. Terminal Box with Extended Copper Flats/suitable Bus

palm

1 No.

16. Neutral brought out terminal for earthing externally 1 No.

17. Bi-Directional rollers 4 Nos.

18. Oil temp indicator 6” with alarm & trip contacts 1 No.

19. Double Float Buckholz relay with alarm and trip contacts 1 No.

20. Inspection cover 1 No.

21. Marshalling Box with complete wiring 1 No.

22. Magnetic oil level gauge with low 1 No. 1 No.

23. Jacking Pads 4 Nos.

24. Winding temp. indicator with alarm trip contacts 1 No.

25. Prismatic oil level gauge. 1 No.

26. HV Cable Box, Long pin bushings, suitable for connecting on

primary side 11 KV grade XLPE Cable entry.

1 Set

Note :

Further the tenderer is advised to submit 3 sets of the foundation drawings of transformer and

get it approved. The supplier will also have to submit test certificates of transformer and oil.



269

Important Note :

The tenderer is advised to visit to site so as to apprise himself of actual site condition and

quantum of work involved.

Special notes :

This is a turn key project. The quantities of various items listed are tentative only and may vary

on either side during execution. The final quantities of these would be as per site conditions.

Cost of installation for any addition or deletion in quantities will be calculated based on the unit

prices indicated. All necessary material which may be required for the successful completion

of the project falls in the scope of the work. If any extra quantities of quoted items are needed

then the tenderer shall supply those at the quoted unit price. If any extra item(s), not included

in the tender but required for successful completion of the work, the same will be either

supplied by the RCDF Milk Union and erected by the tenderer or supplied and erected both by

the tenderer at mutually agreed rates considering purchase price, taxes and handling charges

etc.

Necessary ESI / PF deductions, wherever applicable shall be borne by the tenderer.

The requisite approval form Chief Electrical Inspectorate, Government of Rajasthan must be

obtained by the tenderer and the actual payment shall be reimbursed by RCDF / Milk Union

against production of original documents.

The tenderers are required to give the price bid for all items section-wise in the same faction as

of Part – A showing the F.O.R. unit rate for supply as well F.O.R. unit rate installation, testing

& commissioning as well the total cost.



and submitted to the concerned Milk Union / RCDF :-

o) Indian Electricity Act and rules framed thereunder.

p) Fire insurance regulations.

q) Regulations laid down by the Chief Electrical Inspector of the State / State Electricity

Board.

r) Regulations laid down by the Pollution Control Board.

s) Regulations laid down by the Factory Inspector of the State.

t) Any other regulations laid down by the local authorities.

u) Installation operating manuals of original manufacturers of equipment.



270

GENERAL

ITEMS



271

SCHEDULE-II

Supply, Installation and Commission - Completion Period : 4 Months

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR 160 KVA

DIESEL GENERATING SET

Rating 128 KW continuous output, 160 KVA at 0.8 p.f. (lag) operating at 1500 rev./min.

Output corresponds to standard operating conditions as per BS:649:1958. Generating

Set comprise of :-

1. Kirloskar/Cummins or equivalent make (purchaser to approved) fuel efficient

diesel engine of suitable capacity, radiator water/air cooled, mechanical injection

turbocharged, capable of developing around 195 BHP (Prime Power rating) as

per BS:649 when operating at 1500 r.p.m. on high speed diesel oil conforming to

IS : 1460. The tenderer should give full details of Model No., number of

cylinders etc. of the engine. The engine is supplied complete with accessories and

services as detailed below :-

General:

Basic engine unit will be as per standard practice. The tenderer need specify

complete details of its latest standard design. Following features are indicative

only.

Fuel System :

Cummins PT/Mico BOCH fuel pump and injectors, fuel pump and injectors (or

any other improved design), fuel filters, self contained piping. Fuel Oil service

tank of suitable capacity having level indicators air-vent, filling cap., drain-plug,

piping from tank to engine, over flow return, mechanical digital governing

system & pumps.

Cooling System :

Base frame mounted radiator complete with fan and guard, belt-driven engine

mounted water pump, thermostat, water separator, self contained piping.

Lubricating System :

Engine oil sump strainer, oil pump, lub. Oil cooler, oil filter, by-pass valve, self

contained piping.

Starting System :



272

Electric starting by 24 volts starter motor, engine driven alternator, voltage

regulator, automotive dry batteries with self charging system of 24 Volt of 180

Ampere Hour capacity at 20 Hours rate of Cummins/ Exide / Prestolite or

equivalent make (purchaser to approved).

Air Intake System :

Dry type type air filter, intake manifold, turbo-charger with self contained

connections.

Exhaust System :

Engine mounted exhaust manifold, exhaust silencer (industrial type), exhaust

pipe as per latest norms of Central Pollution Control Board. The exhaust pipe

would be or suitable size and up to 10 Mtrs. height from the roof of the DG room.

Instruments :-

Electronic type instrument panel incorporating (a) Lubricating Oil pressure

gauge, (b) Lubricating oil temperature gauge, (c) Water temperature gauge, (d)

Battery charging ammeter, (e) Push button starting switch, (f) Hour Meter and

R.P.M. Indicator (g) Indicator for voltage, current, KVA and frequency for one or

three phase (h) Indicator for under and over battery voltage.

Controls :-

The generator controller should consist of micro processor based integrated

generator set monitoring, metering, protection and control system with built in

torque, matched, volts / overload control. It should have single control for all

genset functions like as mentioned below :-

Digital governing.

Digital voltage control

Operator Inter face

Protection

Advance control function



273

Engine :-

Metering Protection

-RPM Low lube oil pressure - Fail to crank

Battery High water temp. - Fail to start

Lube oil pressure High / low DC voltage - Sensor failure

Coolant temp. Weak battery

Running hours Overspeed

Alternator :-

Metering Protection

3 phase voltage Under voltage

(L-L and L-N) Over voltage

3 phase current Over current

Frequency Under / Over- frequency

kVA Loss of sensing

Others :-

Battle switch function

Delay start / stop

Configurable cranking cycle

Sleep mode time

Protection / Indicator :-

Automatic tripping of engine in the event of low lubricating oil pressure and high

engine jacket water temperature.

Others :-

Flywheel, flywheel housing, coupling guard, vibration damper, Drip Tray.

Tests :

Engine should be fully tested at manufacture’s works and test certificate issued.

Literature :

3 Nos. operating maintenance manual.



274

Consumption Data :

Consumption of fuel oil at 1500 rpm on 100%, 75% & 50% of load should be

provided alongwith the tender.

2. The Alternator :

The Generator set incorporate self-ventilated, self-exciting and self regulating

type AVKC/IEC/ Stamford/ Kirloskar make alternator in screen protected, drip-

proof enclosure complying with IS : 4722. The output voltage is maintained

within + 5% of the rated value from no-load to full load including cold to hot

variations at a power factor between 0.8 lagging and unity. The alternator is

provided with efficient damper windings to facilitate parallel operation. The

alternator is to be designed for 415/440 volts, 3 phase, 4 wire, 50 Hz,

continuously at a driven speed of 1500 rpm plus the tolerance in voltage of + 2%

on account of the difference in speed at no load and full load. The tenderer can

quote for improved design, if any, by giving details and justification of the

improved version.

Technical particulars :

- Alternator Output : 128 KW continuous 160 KVA (net)

- Rated current : 222 Amps.

- Winding connections : STAR

- Design ambient temperature: 40oC

- Type of insulation : Class H.

Alternator shall be complete as supplied by manufacturer in original packing with

test certificate.



275

The transient reactance of the Alternator is as low as possible consistent with the

need to limit voltage drop on sudden application of the load. The engine and

alternator shall be mounted and aligned on a common skid mounting type base

frame fabricated from suitable MS channel machined to ensure perfect alignment

of the engine and alternator with rigid construction and necessary reinforcement

to ensure minimum vibrations. The alternator conform to BSS : 2613/1970.

AVM PADS : Suitable numbers of AVM pads of Polybond/Resistoflex/

Gerb/Dunlop made and of ‘B’ series shall be supplied with the D.G. Sets.

3. CONTROL PANEL OF GENERATOR SET :

The Diesel Generator switch gear is housed in an indoor floor mounting type,

totally enclosed, sheet metal (of 14 SWG), including the front door and sides to

be of 14 gauge, cubicle, free standing and fully extensible type and consist of :-

1- MCCB 250 Amps Micro processor Based., 4 Pole MCCB having symmetrical

breaking capacity of 32 KA (rms.) 500 V, manually operated and provided with

overload protection, short circuit protection, and Under voltage trip.

1. T.P. Thermal time delay trip for over load protection rated Amps.

1. T.P. Magnetic instantaneous trip for short circuit protection adjusted

between 4 to 12 times.

1. Trip free mechanism complete with mechanical ON/OFF indicator.

1. Under voltage trip front of panel operating lever drive, type KH-1.

1. 5 Pole auxiliary switch.

1. Breaker should be with HRC fuse base.

1. Shunt trip.

1. Phase tester.

1. A.C. voltmeter, 0 to 500 volt range, electronic type.

1. Volt meter selector switch with OFF position and suitable for reading

voltage between phases of Kaycee/Thakur make.

1. A.C. Ammeter, range 0 to 500 Amps., C.T. operated, Electronic type.



276

1. Ammeter selector switch with OFF position for reading current in each

phase of Kaycee / Thakur make.

1. 3 nos. Current transformers, 15 VA, Class 1, 500/5A of ALPHA make

or equivalent approved by RCDF.

1. 1 no. KWH meter, 3 phase, 4 wire unbalanced load type, electronic type.

1 no. Power factor meter, Electronic type.

1 no. Frequency meter Electronic type of range 47-50-53.

Indicating lamps for Set Run Loan On indication and off indicating lamp

with over cap.

Push Button for breaker off.

H.R.C. fuse links – 3 nos.

Extensive Aluminum bus bar of suitable capacity.

Note : Tenderer may provide single meter having display for Voltage, Current, KWH,

KW and Power Factor.

EARTHING :-

Four earthings as per IS for the generator set and two earthing for pannel shall have to

be provided this will include civil work related to earth pits etc. The tranches shall be

provided by RCDF / Milk union in DG set room only. All earthing material (the

earthing should be with 600 x 600 x 6 mm. GI plate) to be supplied by the supplier and

job to be done by the supplier (total six nos. earthings)

CABLE :-

The cable connection between the alternator to control panel of DG Set and control

panel to change over switch / LT Panel is to be done by 1 x 3.5 x 185 Sq.mm.

aluminium armoured cable of Gloster / Polycab/ Havlles/ KEI or equivalent make. The

comparative statement shall be prepared taking in to consideration of run of 20 Mtrs.

length but Cost of 20 meters of length of cable is included in the price. However, the

actual requirement shall be as per actual site condition and contractor shall have to

supply the necessary cable without joint. Therefore, tenderer should quote the unit rate

of this cable. The cost of extra length of cable, if required shall be paid as per the unit



277

price mentioned in the order. Cable layout shall be discussed at site with the Engineer

In-charge of the Milk Union.

ACOUSTIC ENCLOUSER (SOUND & ALL WEATHER PROOF)

1. Sound Proof : It should be compact, modular construction and sleek design with

low noise level confirming to CPCB guidelines of 75 db at 1 meter distance.

2. It should be type approved from the authorised agency as per guidelines of CPCB

vide letter no B-31011/7/93/PCI-II/98 dated 3.1.2005 and B-31013/7/93/PCI-

II/1840 dated 2.2.2005, with regard to extension of the type approval certificate

to the concerned generator original equipment manufacturer (GOEM) for the

assembly of genset model including acoustic enclosure.

3. Supplier should provide copy of approval certificate.

4. Weather Proof : The roof of the canopy is covered to ensure no water

accumulation on the roof. There is no chance of water entering the canopy from

outside and suitable EDPN gasketings is provided. All hardware are zink coated.

5. Surface treatment : It is chemically treated for removing rust, dirt and grease.Two

coats of premier and two coats of paint/ powder coated is provided on canopy.

Bottom portion is provided with black rubber paint.

6. Ventilation :- It should be properly ventilated to met the CPCB norms..

7. Protection & tripping :-Safety devices is provided against high enclosure

temperature limited to 50 oC.

8. Exhaust silencer of residential type.

11. Emergency push button stop is provided outside the canopy.

12. Proper illumination is also provided inside the enclosure.

SCOPE OF TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF D.G. SETS

The supplier is required to complete the supply, erection, testing & commissioning of the Diesel

Generating Set on turnkey basis and the job description given hereunder for erection, testing &

commissioning is to be treated as set of broad guide lines :

a) Providing of foundation drawing indicating details of concrete reinforcement steel

etc.

b) Marking Gen. Set layout.



278

c) Guidance for making foundation. Foundation to be made by RCDF/ Milk Union.

d) Getting machines unloaded at site and getting machines shifted on to the foundation.

e) Providing of earthing as mentioned above.

f) Alignment of machines.

g) Cable connections between alternator to control panel of D.G. Set, control panel to

change over switch, change over switch to main supply.

h) Supply and installation of service fuel tank of capacity for 12 hours run and fuel

connection between daily service fuel tank to engine.

i) Fixing of exhaust piping (including minor civil works in fixing) as per State

Pollution Control Board standards.

j) Conduction of trial run of Gen. Set, first charge of lub. Oil to be provided by

supplier and Diesel to be supplied by RCDF/Milk Uion.

k) 3-4 hours of full load test run of gen. set. In case of full load is not available with

RCDF/Milk Union, the trial may conducted on available load.

l) Brief training of operators at site in normal maintenance and operation of gen. set.

m) RCDF/Milk Union may depute on operator each for training on engine and

alternator at respective manufacturer’s works. For training on electricals and panels

RCDF/Milk Unions may depute operator at tenderer’s works. No training charges as

such will be payable to supplier for arranging training.

n) Supplier will have to get its installation approved from the statutory authorities if

applicable.

Note :- Civil works of the nature incidental to erection like making holes & grouting for pipe

supports, panel fixing, tank fixing, etc. is included in supplier’s scope of work.

LIST OF TOOLS TO BE SUPPLIED WITH D.G. SETS FREE OF CHARGE

1. Set of spanner 5 nos. – 1set

2. Screw Drier 6” – 1

3. Plier – 1

4. Hammer 1.5 kg. – 1



279

5. Phase Tester – 1

6. Leak stop roll – 1

7. Allen wrench set 3/63” to 3/8” – 1

8. Ring spanner (15”/16”) – 1

MAKE OF FOLLOWING ELECTRICAL ITEMS / INSTRUMENTS OF CONTROL PANEL

BE SUPPLIED BY THE TENDERER

1. ACB : 800 A Microprocessor based L & T make

2. Voltmeter & Ammeter : IMP/ AE/ CADEL/ ENERCON

3. KWH meter : IMP/ AE/ CADEL/ ENERCON

4. Frequency meter : IMP/ AE/ CADEL/ ENERCON

5. Power factor meter : IMP/ AE/ CADEL/ ENERCON

Note : Tenderer should have carried out successful installation and commissioning of atleast

20 Nos. of DG set of similar nature in last three years in Rajasthan. At the same enclose

available service network at State level to ensure long term availability of spares and

better services after sales.



280

Statement of Supply, Erection & Commissioning of Service Pipelines & Allied Equipments at

Khetri Dairy Plant.

CAPACITY : 20 KLPD

ANNEXURE – 1

S.

No.

Description Qty. tentative Unit

Rate of

supply

Unit

Rate of

Erection

Total

amount

of

Supply

Total

amount

of

Erection

Total

amount

of

Supply

&

Erection

1 Supply Erection &

Commissioning of S.S. pipe

line dia 25MM, 38mm, 51MM,

and 63.5 MM.

Erection Rate to include

installation of SS valves &

fittings which will be supplied

by Milk Union/RCDF/ or

Tenderer

Note: Every SS Union joint

should be placed with leak

proof Argon-Arc welding.

(a) S.S. pipe Dia 51 MM 240 Mtrs.

S.S. Pipe Fittings Dia 51 MM Erection

included

in per

meter

rate of

respecti

ve pipe

line

(A) S.S.Three way Cock With

complete Union Dia 51 MM

28 Nos.

(B) S.S. Two way Cock with

complete union Dia 51 MM

10 Nos.

(C) S.S. Short Band Dia 51

MM Without Union

100 Nos.

(D) S.S. Union complete Dia

51 MM

200 Nos.

(E) S.S. Tee Dia 51 MM

without union

6 Nos.

(F) S.S. clamp Dia 51 MM 150 Nos.

(G) S.S. Blank Caps with wings

51 MM

10 Nos.

(H) S.S. Reducer liners 51X38

MM Dia

5 Nos.

(I) SS Vertical Non-Return

Valve dia 51MM

6 Nos.

(J) SS Line Filter (Disc Type) 4 Nos.

(b ) S.S.Pipe Dia 38 MM 42 Mtrs.

S.S. Pipe Fittings Dia 38 MM



281

(A)Three way Cock With


6 Nos. Erection

included

in per

meter

rate of

respecti

ve pipe

line

(B) S.S. Two way Cock With


5 Nos.

© S.S. Short Band without

Union Dia 38 MM

20 Nos.

(D) S.S. Union Complete Dia

38 MM

40 Nos.

(E) S.S. Tee without Union Dia

38 MM

4 Nos.

(F) S.S. clamp Dia 38 MM 30 Nos.

(G) S.S. Blank Caps with wings

38 MM

4 Nos.

(H) SS Reducer 38 x 25 mm

dia

2 Nos.

(c) Supply Erection &

Commissioning of SS support

for placement of SS pipe lines,.

Erection rates to include

installation of SS clamp, SS

nipple, hanging support etc.

(a) S.S.pipe Dia 50mm

thickness 2mm

36 Mtrs.

(b) SS Square pipe 50mm

thickness 2mm

48 Mtrs.

(c) S.S. Nipple Dia 15mm x 8" 150 Nos.

2 Supply Erection &

Commissioning of various G.I.

'B' Class pipe line TATA /

Jindal for water distribution

circuit. Erection rate to include

installation of required valve

and fittings.

a) 100 NB 6 Mtrs.

b) 80 NB 66 Mtrs.

c) 65 NB 96 Mtrs.

d) 50 NB 78 Mtrs.

e) 40 NB 154 Mtrs.

f) 25 NB 35 Mtrs.

g) 20 NB 14 Mtrs.

(A) Required Fitting for

above pipelines

i.e. M.S. Flanges: Table



282

‘E’ BS – 10

a) 150 NB 4 Nos. Erection

included

in per

meter rate

of

respective

pipe line

b) 100 NB 4 Nos.

c) 80 NB 6 Nos.

d) 65 NB 12 Nos.

e) 50 NB 6 Nos.

f) 40 NB 12 Nos.

g) 25 NB 10 Nos.

Required Fitting for

above pipelines

i.e. G.I. Bend (welded

end) Class ‘B’.


included

in per

meter

rate of

respecti

ve pipe

line

b) 80 NB 3 Nos.

c) 65 NB 6 Nos.

c) 50 NB 6 Nos.

d) 40 NB 10 Nos.

e) 25 NB (Threaded end) 10 Nos.

f) 20 NB (Threaded end) 10 Nos.

(B)

Supply Erection &

Commissioning of following

valves on G.I. Pipeline.

Erection

included

in per

meter

rate of

respecti

ve pipe

line.

a) Butter Fly Valve Audco

Make

I. Dia 80 NB 2 Nos.

II. Dia 65 NB 3 Nos.

III Dia 50 NB 2 Nos.

IV Dia 40 NB 8 Nos.

b)Ball Valve Audco Make

I. Dia 25 NB 8 Nos.

3 Supply Erection &

Commissioning of

Non Return Valve (Vertical) in

water circuit

80 NB (Water) 2 Nos.

4 Supply Erection &

Commissioning of Horizontal

monoblock submersible pumps

discharge Cap. 30000 LPH,

Outlet Dia 80 NB working head

30 Mtrs, 3 Phase, 7.5 HP.

Kirlosker / KSB/ Jyoti/

2 Nos.



283

GRUNDFOS, or equivalent

make.

5 Supply Erection &

Commissioning of Seamless

Pipe schedule 40-1.5D, Class

150, Make Maharashtra

Seamless Ltd.(MSL) /Jindal

(JSL) or equivalent make, for

steam line insulation with

50MM thick glass wool (LRB)

Pad of 100 density with 24

SWG. Aluminum cladding.

a) MS pipe 50 NB (IBR) 12 Mtrs.

6 Supply Erection &

Commissioning of MS 'C' Class

pipe Make TATA /Jindal (JSL)

for steam pipe line, insulation

with 50MM thick glass wool

(LRB) Pad of 100 density

with 24 SWG. Aluminum

cladding.

a) MS pipe 150 NB 6 Mtrs.

a) MS pipe 100 NB 36 Mtrs.

b) MS pipe 80 NB 6 Mtrs.

c) MS pipe 65 NB 21 Mtrs.

d) MS pipe 50 NB 42 Mtrs.

e) MS pipe 40 NB 7 Mtrs.

f) MS pipe 25 NB 42 Mtrs.

g) MS pipe 20 NB 64 Mtrs.


above pipelines

i.e. M.S. Flanges Class

150


included

in per

meter

rate of

respecti

ve pipe

line

b) 100 NB 6 Nos.

c) 80 NB 3 Nos.

d) 65 NB 6

e) 50 NB 10 Nos.

f) 40 NB 10 Nos.

g) 25 NB 10 Nos.

h) 20 NB 30 Nos.


above pipelines



284

i.e. M.S. Bend (welded

end) Class 150.


included

in per

meter

rate of

respecti

ve pipe

line

b) 80 NB 3 Nos.

c) 50 NB 6 Nos.

d) 40 NB 6 Nos.

e) 25 NB (Threaded end) 10 Nos.

f) 20 NB (Threaded end) 30 Nos.

7 Supply Erection &

Commissioning of Steam

flange type CS globe valves

with SS working part, class

150. Audco /KSB or

equivalent make


included

in per

meter

rate of

respecti

ve pipe

line

b) 80 NB 1 Nos.

c) 65 NB 1 Nos.

c) 50 NB 2 Nos.

d) 40 NB 1 Nos.

8 Supply Erection &

Commissioning of Steam ball

valve (thread end) Audco make

a) 25 NB 5 Nos.

b) 20 NB 14 Nos.

9 Supply Erection &

Commissioning of steam trap

assembly with steam stainer,

steam valve and TD type steam

trap, JN Marshal make.

a) 20 NB 6 Nos.

10 Steam Pressure gauge with

syphon tube, hex nipple, socket

& pressure cock (IBR)

a. Pressure gauge range (0-20

kgs) per cm2.

4 Set

b. Pressure gauge range (0-7

kgs) per cm2

4 Set



285

11 Supply Erection &

Commissioning of SS Steam

water mixing battery with SS

Hex Nipple, non-return valve,

Hose Nipple, SS hanger and

mounting bracket.

a) Steam battery 7 Set

b) Stem Hose (Dundlop)

make or equivalent make dia 20

NB

50 Mtr.

12 Air pursing system on Steam

line (Air vent)

1 No.


Commissioning of MS

structure (platform)

for ghee kettle and ghee

settling tank. Structure to be

fabricated

with required MS channel size

are mentioned below:-

a)100 x 50 X 6 MM, 1 Set

b)75 X 40X 6 MM 1000 Kg.

c) MS Angle 50X50

d) Checker plate 5 MM Thick.

e) MS. Plate 5 MM thickness

Note : Quote Rates per Kg.

Approx. weight 1000 Kg.

14 Powder mixing venture system

capacity 25000 LPH

1 Set


Commissioning of MS channel

for the support of steam and

water distribution circuit.

a) MS channel size 100MM x

50MM x 6MM

30 Mtr.

b) MS channel size 75MM x

40MM x 3MM

70 Mtr.

c) MS Angle 75x75x6 MM 70 Mtr.

Note : Quote Rates per Kg.

Approx. weight 1500 Kg.

16 Shifting, lifting, placement,

orientation & installation of

Milk storage and processing

equipment as follows

a) HMST Cap. 10/15KL 4 No.



286

b) Milk weighing scale with

weigh bowl.

1 No.

c) Dump Tank 2 No.

d) Milk Chiller 1 No.

e) Milk pasteurizer 1 No.

f) Cream separator 1 No.

g) Air compressor 1 No.

h) Ghee Boiler 1 No.

i) Ghee Storage Tank 1 No.

j) Milk Packing machine 1 No.

k) Ghee settling Tank 1 No.

l) Butter melting VAT 1 No.

m) Ghee packing machine 1 No.

n) Butter Churn 1 No.

p) Cream tank 1 No.

GRAND TOTAL

Note: - 1. Equivalent makes to be approved by RCDF.

2. Party has to insurance HMST 10/15 KL before shifting & lifting of same.

3. All required SS pipeline/SS union joints should be leak proof Argon Arc-welded.

4. Tender should provide the SS/MS/GI Pipe circuit diagram defining the flow of milk, steam/ water

etc. the milk circuit diagram should have a provision of flow plate along with swing bends to

ensure the diversion of milk as per requirement.

5. The pipe line circuits should ensure proper flow of milk, steam and water as per requirement it

includes provision of wash points, tanker loading and unloading points powder mixing venture, re-

chilling, provision of CIP of milk circuit etc.



287

Technical Specification for S.S. pipes and fittings

S.S. Pipe 1.0 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS

1.1 General Description - These SS Pipes would be used to interconnect all milk

processing equipments, storage tanks, in place cleaning system etc.


2.1 All SS Pipes should conform to SMS standards.

2.2 All SS Pipes should be externally polished to dairy standards and internally pickled to

dairy sanitary conditions.

2.5 All pipes should be externally polished to dairy standards and internally pickled to dairy

sanitary conditions. All pipes should have wall thickness as 1.6mm (16 SWG) & of SS

304 (ERW).

2.6 The following sizes of S.S. pipes shall be required :-

a) 63.5 mm

b) 51 mm

c) 38 mm

1. The raw material should be procured only from reputed manufacturer and should

have following composition in case of material SS 304 :

Max. C : 0.08 %

Max. Si : 0.75 %

Max. Mn : 2.00 %

Cr. : 18 to 20%

Ni : 8 to 10.50 %

Max P : 0.045 %

Max S : 0.03



288

S.S. VALVES AND FITTINGS


1.1 General Description - These SS valves and fittings would be used to

interconnect all milk processing equipments, storage tanks, in place cleaning

system etc.


2.1 All valves and fittings should conform to SMS standards.

2.2 All valves and fittings should be externally polished to dairy standards and

internally pickled to dairy sanitary conditions.

UNIONS

2. The union should be made in accordance with the SMS standard. As per

international standard, the unions should be produced out of hot (closed die type )

forgoing only and subsequently should be duly solution treated (annealed ) to

remove the internal stresses.

3. The raw material should be procured only from reputed manufacturer and should

have following composition in case of material SS 304 :

Max. C : 0.08 %

Max. Si : 0.75 %

Max. Mn : 2.00 %

Cr. : 18 to 20%

Ni : 8 to 10.50 %

Max P : 0.045 %

Max S : 0.03

1. The union should be complete with liner, male part, nut and neoprene food grade

rubber gasket. Liner and male part should be suitable for expansion joint.

2. The thread profile should be generated on precise CNC machine so as to have

correct dimension, finish and accuracy. The union components should be

interchangeable so as to have lesser inventory cost.

3. All the dimensions should be checked with calibrated measuring instruments and

GO - NOGO type gauges. The thread profile should be as per DIN 405 std.

4. The union gasket should be of food grade with appropriate hardness and

composition. 5. All the dimensions of the union should be in accordance with DIN 11851

including its tolerance.

6. The surface finish should be less than 1.0 Ra value.

PLUG, BUTTERFLY, NON RETURN AND FLOW REGULAING VALVES

1. The valves should be made in accordance with the SMS standard. The valve

body and plug should be made out of material SS 304 with following material

composition :-

Max. C : 0.08 %

Max Si : 0.75 %

Max. Mn : 2.00 %



289

Cr. : 18 to 20 %

Ni : 8 to 10.50 %

Max P : 0.045 %

Max S : 0.03

2. Each valve should be manufactured on precise CNC machine. The inner of the

valve body and the contact surface of the plug should be ground smooth and

lapped to get full metal to metal contact.

3. All the dimensions should be checked with calibrated measuring instruments and

GO - NOGO type gauges. The thread profile should be as per DIN 405 std.

4. The outer visible surface of the valve body and the plug should be mirror

polished. The male part should be an integral part of the valve body casting.

5. Each valve should be tested for a hydraulic pressure of minimum 6 bar for

minimum 3 minutes.

6. The supplier should furnish material and hydro test certificate along with the

supply of material .

BEND AND TEE

1. The bends and tees should be in accordance with the SMS standard. The

thickness of fittings made from tube section should be 1.6 mm for dia upto 63.5

mm and 2.0 mm for above 63.5 mm. The bend should be suitable for expandable

union joint.

2. The testing certificate of parent material ( i.e. pipe ) should be submitted along

with the supply of bends and tees.

3. The material composition, in case of material SS 304, should be as per following:

Max. C : 0.08 %

Max. Si : 0.75 %

Max. Mn : 2.00 %

Cr. : 18 to 20 %

Ni : 8 to 10.50 %

Max P : 0.045 %

Max S : 0.03

1. The outside surface should be polished to min. 150 grits and inside should be

pickled and shot blasted.

2. The bends should be free from wrinkles and the ''T'' should have uniform flaring

on the radius ( for bends ) should be within the acceptable / permissible limit

specified in the DIN 11852.



290

LIST OF RECOMMENDED ITEMS ( SS VALVES & FITTINGS)

S.No Items Size(mm) FOR Site Unit

Rates

1 SS BEND W/O UNION 38

51

63.5

76

2. SS UNION COMPLETE 38

51

63.5

76

3. SS EXTENDED BEND WIHOUT UNION

500 MM LONG ONE SIDE

38

51

63.5

76

4. SS TEE WITHOUT UNIONS 38

51

63.5

76

5. SS 3 WAY COCK WITH COMPLETE

UNIONS

38

51

63.5

6. SS 2 WAY COCK WITH COMPLETE

UNIONS

38

51

63.5

7. SS INLINE STRAINER 38

51

63.5

76

8. SS NON RETURN VALVE 38

51

63.5

76

9. SS HOSE CONNECTION WITH MALE

PART

38

51

63.5

76

10. SS HOSE CONNECION WITH NUT &

LINER

38

51

63.5

76



291

11. HOSE CLAMPS 38

51

63.5

76

12. SS INLINE SIGHT GLASS WITH

COMPLETE UNIONS

38

51

63.5

76

13. SS PIPE CLAMPS 38

51

63.5

76

14. Pneumatic SS valves 2 way 38

51

63.5

76

15. Pneumatic SS valves 3 way change over

type angular type.

38

51

63.5

76

16. SS RED LINERS 38 X 25

51 X 38

63.5X 51

17. SS NIPPLE PIPES 80 MM X ½''

18. PLASTIC STOPPERS 38

19. FLOOR PLATES WITH 1/2 IN THREAD 38

20. SS BLANK CAPS WITH WINGS



292

DETAILED TECHINICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND SCOPE OF WORK FOR EFFLUENT TREATMENT PALNT

(S/I/T & C period 6 months)

1. The scope of work includes complete designing, supply, installation, testing and commissioning of effluent treatment plant, along with civil work suitable to treat effluent load of 50 Mtr Cub per day.

This should be followed by clearance / approval and Certification by Rajasthan Pollution Control Board, Jaipur. The total job is to be taken up on Turnkey basis.

2. Design Data:

The UASB process (Upflow anaerobic sludge blanket), aerobic process is to be designed on the basis of the following characteristics of raw dairy effluent as indicated below in Table 1.

Table 1 - Raw Effluent Parameters (At the inlet of Inlet Channel)

Parameter Value

Flow, m3/day 50

Ph 5 – 11

BOD, mg/l 2500 – 3000

COD, mg/l 5000 – 6000

TSS, mg/l 1000

TDS, mg/l 1500

Temperature, deg C 30 – 40

Oil & Grease, mg/l 600-700

Treated Effluent Characteristics:

The treated effluent parameters after UASB process followed by Aerobic Process shall be as indicated below in Table 2

Table 2 – Ex Aerobic Process Parameter Value

pH 6.5 – 8.5

BOD, mg/l < 30

COD, mg/l < 250

TSS, mg/l < 50

TDS, mg/l < 2100

O & G, mg/l < 10

The design selected for ETP is based on UASB process followed by aerobic process for which following minimum sizes / specifications would have to be taken into consideration.



293

PROCESS DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS

Effluent Treatment plant is designed for the dairy plant effluent and will consist of preliminary system, primary anaerobic system followed by aerobic system.

The preliminary system includes screening, equalisation, surge and oil & grease removal. The primary anaerobic system includes buffering (acidification), neutralisation, UASB Process and biogas handling system. The aerobic system includes aeration, secondary clarification and sludge dewatering system which includes Sludge drying beds.

As pH of the raw effluent varies between 5.0 – 11.0, either alkali or acid will have to be used for neutralization during process stabilization and commissioning and the consumption of the same can be reduced gradually. The dosing tanks for dosing of alkali or acid by gravity to the buffer tank.

The treated effluent parameters Ex – Aerobic System will be guaranteed for the raw effluent parameters mentioned above in the Table 1.

PROCESS DESCRIPTION

The following section provides a brief description of the process flow diagram and the unit operations involved in the proposed treatment:

The raw effluent from the dairy plant will enter into Inlet channel, which is provided with baffles and screen to remove free floating fat and coarse material in the effluent manually. The effluent from inlet channel will enter into Equalisation Tank where any hydraulic as well as organic variations will be dampened. The equalised effluent will be then pumped Oil & Grease Trap for removal of free oil and grease. The floated free oil & grease will be removed by oil skimmer and will be disposed off. The effluent will be bypassed to Surge Tank in case of a surge. The outlet will again collected into equalisation tank for further treatment. The effluent from oil & grease trap will enter into Buffer Tank where caustic/Lime or acid will be dosed by gravity from dosing tanks if required. The effluent from buffer tank will then be pumped to the proposed UASB Reactor through a series of distribution pipes. The multiple distribution ensures a uniform flow of liquid throughout the sludge blanket making maximum use of available high bacterial population. The liquid rises to the top of UASB reactor alongwith the biogas generated and also some sludge particles. A unique three phase separator, separates out the biogas, liquid and the sludge particles. The biogas is allowed to leave through collecting domes and is carried through a gas header, sediment trap and flame arrestor to gas burner for ultimate flaring to atmosphere. The liquid overflows through the gutters and the suspended solids then separated are allowed to settle down in the sludge blanket thereby retaining valuable bacterial population (attached to the suspended solids).



294

The anaerobically treated effluent from UASB Reactor shall then enter by gravity into Aeration Tank. The aeration is achieved by means of submersible aerator which also help in the complete mixing of the contents of the aeration tank. The activated sludge generated from the A.T will be settled in the Settling Tank. A part of the settled activated sludge is recycled back to the aeration tank for maintaining a desired MLSS concentration, while the excess sludge is pumped on to the Sludge Drying Beds for necessary dewatering. The treated effluent from settling tank can be collected in the Treated Effluent Tank where bleaching powder / hypochlorite can be added for desired disinfection. The treated effluent can be discharged for final disposal or for the gardening purpose from the treated water tank.



295

LIST OF CIVIL UNITS

1. Inlet Channel Length, m Width, m SWD, m Free Board, m MOC

5.0 0.5 0.5 0.3 RCC M30

1 No.

2. Equalisation cum Buffer Tank Length, m Width, m SWD, m Free Board, m MOC

4.0 3.0 3.0 0.3 RCC M30 with partition wall and pipe railing

1 No.

3. Oil & Grease Trap Length, m Width, m SWD, m Free Board, m MOC

4.0 1.5 1.0 0.15 RCC M30 with Baffles & Oil Collection Trough

1 No.

4. UASB Reactor foundation Diameter, m SWD, m Free Board, m MOC

3.25 6.0 0.3 Foundation in RCC M 30 and Drain Channel around the reactor & connecting gutter to buffer tank

1 No.

5. Aeration cum Settling Tank Length, m Width, m SWD, m Free Board, m MOC

4.25 3.00 3.00 0.50 RCC M30 with partition wall

1 No.

6. Sludge Drying Beds Side, m Total Height, m MOC

1.5 1.0 Brickwork In C.M (1:5) with Sand & Gravel Filling

2 Nos.

7. Treated Effluent Tank Length, m Width, m SWD, m Free Board, m MOC

3.00 3.00 3.00 0.30 RCC M30 with pipe railing

1 No.



296

8. Surge Tank Length, m Width, m SWD, m Free Board, m MOC

2.5 2.5 2.5 0.3 RCC M30

1 No.

9. Other Foundations For

a. Feed Pumps b. Biogas Burner c. Filtrate Pit, V Notch Chamber d. Dosing Tanks e. Inserts required in civil structures f. Cable trenches, pipe supports

1 Lot

10. MCC / Lab Room and chemical storage room & Toilet Block

1 No.

CIVIL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS

The scope of civil engineering works will be carried out as per proposed drawings submitted by erector & approved by Salient features are however mentioned below:- Provisions for excavation & back filling for construction of ETP is to be made by contractor and surplus excavated material shall be disposed in consultation CONCRETE MIXES : The following mixes/grades of concrete shall be used in places specified:- M-300 Grade Concrete : In reinforced concrete members in direct contact with liquid using 20mm and nominal size stone aggregates and having cement content not less than the minimum specified in IS:3370:1965. M-150 Grade concrete : In reinforced concrete members not in direct contact with liquid using 20mm and nominal size stone aggregated. 1:4:8 Concrete : In 100mm thick under various footings / foundations and RCC base slabs of structures using 40mm and down size stone aggregate. 1:3:6 Concrete : (i) In 150mm thick foundations for various masonary structures using 40mm down size stone aggregate. (ii) In 100mm thick base slabs of oxidation ditches and aerated lagoon if proposed by the erector using 40mm and down size stone aggregate. Crusher broken stone aggregate used.

NOTES ON CONCRETE CONSTRUCTIONS All concrete will be volume batched. All reinforced will be mechanically mixed and vibrated. All RCC structure will be lift straight from shutters with reasonable rendering of shuttering joint marks only. RCC structure will be suitably plastered wherever necessary. Construction joints in RCC members shall be formed in accordance with the provision of IS:3378.



297

Reinforcement shuttering work For shuttering ply woods / steel plate shuttering as consider suitable for particular place will be provided. Design should be based on Tor Steel reinforcement basis conforming to IS:1768/1139 MASONARY WORK Stone / Brick masonary work for all walls partitions etc. shall be constructed with best quality of brick/RR stone / sand etc. in cement sand mortar mix 1:4 as per the drawings to be supplied by erector and approved by the Milk Union. FINISHING Exposed faces of R.C. walls shall be given two or more coat to give an even shade of cement paint of approved shade. 20mm thick and 12mm thick cement plasters in 1:4 cement sand mortar shall be provided at the rough faces of the brick panel walls of the pump house / blower room. However the ceiling of the roof shall be provided with / average 6mm thick cement plaster in cement sand mortar and 100mm thick water proofing be done in Brick Ballast and CM (1:3) as per specifications. DESIGN OF STRUCTURES The design of structures will be based on the following IS codes of practice unless specified by us: (i) IS-456-1964 : For plain and reinforced concrete work. (ii) IS-3370 : For structural members in part I, II, IV direct contact with liquid. (iii) Other relevant IS codes. Covers to main reinforcements shall be as per IS 56 3370 whichever is applicable. The thickness of wall foundation of machinery etc. should be structurally safe and sound and the same will have to be got approved before execution. Equipment-wise specification for civil work 1 INLET CHANEL : 1 NO.

This will be constructed with RCC M-300 and plaster on both sides. The side of screen chamber would be 5.0m x 0.5m x 0.5m, free board 0.3 mtr.

2 EQULISATION CUM BUFFER TANK : 1 NO. The construction will be RCC M-300 with partition wall with internal plaster with water proof compound. The size of tank would be 4.0m x 3.00m x 3.00m, free board 0.3 mtr with pipe railing.

3 OIL AND GREASE TRAP : 1 NO. The construction will be RCC M-300 with internal plaster with water proof compound. The size of tank would be 4.0m x 1.5m x 1.0m, free board 0.15 mtr with baffles and oil collection trough.

4 UASB REACTOR FOUNDATION : 1 NO. The foundation will be RCC M-300. The size of MS reactor tank would be dia 3.25m x depth 6.00m, free board 0.3 mtr.



298

Foundation will be with drain channel around reactor and connecting gutter to buffer tank.

5 AERATION CUM SETTLING TANK : 1 NO. The construction will be RCC M-300 with partition wall with internal plaster with water proof compound. The size of tank would be L 4.25m x W 3.0m x D 3.00m, free board 0.5 mtr.

6 SLUDGE DRYING BEDS : 2 NOS. The construction will be Brick work in C.M. (1:5) with sand and gravel filling with internal plaster with water proof compound. The size of tank would be L 1.5m x W 1.5m x Total Height 1.00m.

7 SURGE TANK : 1 NO. The construction will be RCC M-200 with internal plaster with water proof compound. The size of tank would be L 2.5m x W 2.5 m x D 2.5m, free board 0.3 mtr.

8 TREATED EFFLUENT TANK : 1 NO. The construction will be RCC M-200 with internal plaster with water proof compound. The size of tank would be L 3.0m x W 3.0 m x D 3.0m, free board 0.3 mtr with pipe railing.

9 OTHER FOUNDATIONS : 1 LOT a. Feed Pumps b. Biogas Burner c. Filtrate Pit, V Notch Chamber d. Dosing

Tanks e. Inserts required in civil structures f. Cable trenches, pipe supports

SPECIFICATIONS FOR PIPING WORK : 1 Effluent Piping: MS B class piping. 2. Sludge Line: Suitable size MS B class piping. 4. Gas Line: Suitable size MS B class piping. 5. Water & Other Lines: Suitable size MS B class piping.

The above piping will be of reputed make, ISI marked, complete with suitable size of valves, bends, flanges, headers and other auxiliary materials. All valves will be of flanged type.



299

LIST OF MECHANICAL, BOUGHT OUT, ELECTRICAL & INSTRUMENTATION ITEMS FOR ETP

A. UASB System, Biogas Handling System:

Sr. No. Unit Specifications Quantity

1. UASB System comprising of: UASB Reactor alongwith ladder a. Influent Header b. Bottom Distribution System c. Three Phase Settler d. Distribution Line Valves e. Baffles f. Sampling Ports g. Inspection Manhole

In MS with internal epoxy painting (Dia 3.25 m x 6.0 m SWD) In M.S of suitable size In M.S. MSEP As per Design In MS Suitable size 1 Lot.

1 Lot

2. Biogas Handling System comprising of: a. Sediment Trap b. Flame Arrestor c. Gas Burner

1 No.

B. Mechanical, Bought Outs & Instrumentation:

Sr. No.

Unit Specifications Quantity

1. Bar Screen Bar Width, mm Bar Depth, mm Cleaning Mode MOC

10.0 10.0 Manual MSEP

1 No.

2. Oil & Grease Trap Feed Pumps Flow Rate, m3/hr Head, MWC Motor Rating / Speed Type MOC

3.0 10.0 1.0 HP / 2900 RPM Horizontal Centrifugal Non Clog C.I.

2 Nos. (1+1)

3. Oil Skimmer Type

Trolley Type

1 No.

4. Dosing Tanks for Acid & Caustic Capacity, lits MOC

100.0 HDPE

2 Nos.

5. UASB Feed Pumps Flow Rate, m3/hr Head, MWC Motor Rating / Speed Type MOC


2 Nos. (1+1)



300

6. Aerator in Aeration Tank

Rating, HP Type Air blower.,

Submersible capacity 65m3/hr, pressure 0.4 kg./cm2, 3 HP qty. 2 nos. (1W+1S) with non clog type membrane diffuser, air grid system suitable for 65m3/hr. with lifting arrangement for Aerator in Aeration Tank

1 No.

7. Sludge Recycle Pumps Flow Rate, m3/hr Head, MWC Motor Rating / Speed Type MOC


2 Nos. (1+1)

8. Process Piping, Valves and Fittings within battery limits

Piping – M.S. Class B Valves – C.I Butterfly Wafer

1 Lot

9. “V” Notch for flow measurement MOC

MSEP

1 No.

10. Electricals: Starters for UASB Reactor Feed Pumps, Aerator, Sludge Recycle Pumps Associated Cabling and Earthing.

1 Lot

SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT 1. The make of items here in covered should be well reputed. 2. The ETP is to be treated as a turnkey project as per the lay out to be submitted

by suppliers and final drawing to be approved by Concerned Milk Union/RCDF. 3. All necessary mechanical, electrical equipments controls machinery and other

items, which may be required for the erection of the entire plant falls in the scope of supply though specifically mentioned. The plant also is guaranteed for the performance parameters.

4. All the taxes and duties are included and rates are FOR site. 5. The price is inclusive of unloading charges at site of the equipments and your

representative will unload the same safety at site. 6. Complete erection, testing and commissioning of the plant comprise of the

following: Shifting and placing of the equipments on the respective foundations. Electrical wiring of the complete plant including power and control, lubrications, testing, commissioning and handing over of the plant in satisfactory working condition after satisfactory trial runs for 15 days including capacity test.

7. The services/utilities to be made available to the erector shall be arranged upto the battery limits and it will be the erectors responsibility to tap these service / utilities from the battery point to the different places of requirement. All necessary fittings, mountings and all other items required for tapings and transmitting the services shall be supplied and installed by the erector.



301

8. The necessary quantities of cleaning chemicals, make up lubricants etc. required for the installation, commissioning, testing and start up of all the equipments are to be supplied by erector free of cost.

9. Initially the plant will be on commissioning and will be commissioned on the flow of effluent available at point of time subject to delivery mentioned in the order. However, supplier will be required to demonstrate satisfactory performance of the plant during full flow conditions to be made available during peak season.

10. The performance guarantee period will start from the date of successful commissioning of plant.

11. The tendrer has to stabilize the plant to required parameter and will inform Milk Union/RCDF for 15 days on load trial. During trial period required chemical and lubricants to be arrange by tendrer.

12. The supply system should be under one year performance guarantee period after successful installation and commissioning.

13. The one year performance guarantee period includes deputation of one technical person for supervision of plant operation during general shift. The general maintenance will be carried out by concerned milk union in direction/supervision of deputed technical person by the party.

14. It will be the sole responsibility of the suppliers to ensure performance of the plant to give desire results of treated water as specified by the water pollution board of Rajasthan and as given in the tender. In case any changes, modifications, alterations etc. are required at the time of commissioning by Board, the same will have to be carried out by the supplier free of cost.

15. ZDUSS will reimburse any statutory fee payable for the plant on submission of receipt / vouchers etc.

16. Approval from various Agencies like RPCB/Electrical Inspectorate etc. which are connected with the ETP plants supply, installation, testing and commissioning will be obtained by the suppliers.

17. The oil and grease trap, equilisation tank, Aeration tank etc. will be RCC M-300 construction. The detailed civil drawings will be got approved by supplier prior to construction.

18. All interconnecting pipe lines will be of MS as mentioned. 19. ZDUSS will lay cables up to ETP which is to be connected therein by contractor. 20. The plant layout will be such as to facilitate expansion in future. The expansion

possibilities and directions should be down dotted in the layout. 21. Tenderer should have execute three ETP projects of similar or above capacity in

India. 22. Tenderer should furnish the details of the chemicals / power consumption per

ltrs of effluent treatment at rated capacity. 23. Tenderers should visit the site for complete analysis of work involved in the

project and S/I/C of ETP should be as per site condition (considering site ground lavels etc.)

24. The consent to establish and consent to operate is in the scope of tenderer.



302

MAKES OF EQUIPMENTS :

Sr. No. ITEM MAKE

1. Centrifugal pumps Jyoti/Johnson / KSB / Kirloskar

2. Motors Bharat Bijlee / kriloskar / ABB / Siemens Crompton

3. Air blowers Kay / Usha / Everest / Eq.

4. Flow meters / Instruments E&H / Emerson / Eq.

5. Level Probes / switches Pune Techtrol / SBEM / E&H / P&F/ Waree

6. Electrical switchgear L&T / Siemens

7. Cables Gloster / CCI / Nicco/ Finolex/Havells

8. Pressure gauges Fiebig / Forbes / H Guru / Waree / Wika

9. Structural steel SAIL / TISCO / Jindal

10. MS / GI pipes Tata / Jindal

11. HDPE Pipes Finolex / Godavari / Supreme / Dutron

12. DAF Krofta / DAFTECH / Dew /Ionex

13. Decanter Centrifuge Humboldt Wedag / Alfa Laval / Eq.

14. PSF / ACF Thermax / Water Treatment / Ionex

15. PVRV Fainger / Eq.

16. Limit Switch Jayashree / Sirnens /Honeywell/L&T

17. Aerator, Clarifier, Agitator - Gear Box

Redicon/Elecon / Greeves

18. Dosing Pumps Milton Roy / ProMinent / Eq.

19. PH Meter E&H/Emerson/HACH

20. Diffuser Rehau/OTT/Eq.



303



304

LIST OF EQUIPMENT Sl.

No.

Item Description Capacity Quantit

y

Units

1 2 3 4 5

1. Milk Reception

1.1 Electric Weighing Scale with bowl 500 Kg., & dock automation * As per T.S. 1 SET

1.2 Chain Can Conveyor with can tipping bar (powered ) * As per T.S. 1 set

1.3 Dump Tanks -


* As per T.S. 2 Nos.

1.4 S.S. can Scrubber * As per T.S. 2 Nos.

1.5 Can drip saver * As per T.S. 1 No.

1.6 Platform balance 100 Kg. Suitable 1 Set

1.7 Milk Pumps 10,000 LPD / 3.5 HP 30 Mtrs. Head 10 KLPH 4 Nos.

1.8 SS Balance tank 200 Ltrs. 8 Nos.

2 Process Section

2.1 Milk Chillers 10,000LPH * As per T.S. 1 Set

2.2 Milk Pasteurizer 5,000 LPH expandable to 10000 LPH * As per T.S. 1 Set

2.3 Milk Separator 5,000 LPH * As per T.S. 1 Set

2.4 Raw Milk Storage Tanks (HMST) 15 KL * As per T.S. 2 Nos.

2.5 Pasteurised Milk Storage Tanks (HMST) 15 KL * As per T.S. 2 Nos.

2.6 Cream Ripening Tanks 5 KL * As per T.S. 1 No.

2.7 Butter Churn 2 KLPH * As per T.S. 1 No.

2.8 Milk Pumps 10,000 LPH (3.5 HP) 30 Mtrs. Head 10000 LPH 1 Lot

2.9 Ghee Kettle 1000 L. * As per T.S. 1 set

2.10 Ghee Settling Tank 1000 L * As per T.S. 1 No.

2.11 Butter melting Vat 1000 L * As per T.S. 1 No.

2.12 Ghee & Butter Oil pumps 1000 ltr. per hr. Suitable 1 Lot

2.13 Ghee Clarifier 1 KLPH * As per T.S. 1 Set

2.14 Ghee storage tank Cap. 2.5 Ltrs. * As per T.S. 1 Set

2.15 Sour Milk Separator * As per T.S. 1 Set

2.16 Butter Trolley cap. 600 Kg. * As per T.S. 2 No.

2.17 Ghee pouch filling machine cap. 1500 * As per T.S. 1 Set

3 Liquid Milk Packing

3.1 Form fill and Seal Machine (Mechanical) * As per T.S. 1 Set



305

3.2 Crate Conveyors Rollers * As per T.S. 1 Set

3.3 Plastic Crates Suitable 2000 Nos.

3.4 Leackage Pouch Tank with stainer cap. 500 ltrs. * As per T.S. 1 Set

3.5 Manual operated jet type crate washer. Suitable As per

T.S.

1 Set

4. Services

4.1 Complete Refrigeration Plant with Ice Bank system with suitable IBTs,


* As per T.S. 1 Lot

4.2 Cold store of 7Mtr* 7Mtr. size with AHUs, insulation, doors, air

curtains, safety devices etc.

* As per T.S. 1 Lot

4.3 Boiler 1000 Kg./ hour - with chimney * As per T.S. 1 Set

4.4 F.O. Service Tank cap. 825 Ltrs., Boiler feed water tank Cap.2000 ltr

with structure

* As per T.S. 1 Set

4.5 F.O. tanks of 35 KL capacity, F.O. Loading & Unloading system with

oil pumps, oil service line, with heating arrangement etc.

* As per T.S. 1 Lot

4.6 Water softening plant with accessories 100000 ltrs. per day * As per T.S. 1 Set

4.7 Air Compressor (Screw) * As per T.S. 1 Set

5. Electricals

5.1 Complete electrical work consisting of HT & LT switch geares,

panels for 11 KVA 3 phase 50 Hz. AC Supply consisting of

following. HT switch / VCB, LT panel, Electric panels for

(Refrigeration section, process section, ghee section, Boiler

section, External lighting, Internal lighting, ETP, Pump House etc.

315 KVA Transformer with accessories, Automatic power factor

control panel with capacitor bank, HT/LT cables, control panels,

cables various size etc.

* As per T.S. 1 Lot

6. General

6.1 D.G. Set 160 KVA * As per T.S. 1 Lot

6.2 Erection & commissioning of equipment alongwith allied pipe

lines i.e. (SS pipe line, GI pipe line, MS pipe lines with required

valves & fittings, MS Pipe line HP / LP with insulation and steam

valves)

* As per T.S. 1 Lot

6.3 Effluent treatment plant Suitable 1 Lot



306

Sub-Section 7

BATTERY LIMIT



307

BATTERY LIMITS

Supplier will be responsible to undertake all the works involved in completing the

project within the battery limits prescribed below

The battery limits for the dairy project are as follows:

Raw Milk Raw Milk with required quality, quantity shall be made available at the inlet of the tanker

unloading hose of the evaporation plant. Pasteurized milk reception and storage assembly is in

scope of bidder.

Raw Water, Soft Water The purchaser shall provide raw water, soft water at one point outside the dairy project building.

The bidder shall be responsible for the distribution of the water to all points of consumption,

within the dairy plant.

Condensate The bidder shall be responsible for separate collection of the condensate from the plant,

collected condensate shall be transferred to feed water tank in boiler house.

LT Power Milk Union to provide three phases LT power (four wire) at one point within plant premises,

bidder will arrange the extension of same up to work site.

Temporary Site Office and Store The bidder shall be responsible for the construction of the temporary site office and store.

Civil The purchaser shall be responsible for Civil works. However, the bidder shall provide for the

supply of foundation bolts along with template / sub- base, mirror, motor slide rails etc. for

erection and alignment of the equipment.

Raw Material Packing Material and Consumable.

Purchaser shall provide raw material, consumable, CIP detergent or milk etc. As required for

trail run commissioning and performance demonstration etc.

Effluent

The supply, installation and commissioning of suitable ETP plant is in the scope of bidder. The

effluent shall be treated as per CPCB norms.



308

Sub -Section 8

Deviations from Technical Requirement



309

DEVIATION FROM TECHNICAL REQUIREMENT

8.1 This tender document provides guidelines for the processes and equipment to be

used in tender package and the "basis of design" and the "standards and

specifications", define the qualitative parameters against which equipment will

be required to perform.

8.2 It is incumbent on bidder to provide a fully detailed list of equipment and

services, which they intend to provide a fully execute the contract inline with the

tender document.

8.3 At various points in the tender the purchaser has stated that alternative processes

or alternative equipment will be considered. The bidder as part of the bid

document shall provide the fully detailed list of such alternatives, together with a

consider rationale for employing such alternatives.

8.4 Items, which deviate from the tender proposal, shall be as per design

specification of the bidder and shall be treated as a deviation from the text of this

tender document. Deviated item should fulfill the minimum performance

parameters as specified in the tender.

8.5 This tender does not allow bidders to make exclusions from any part of tender

packages for which they bid, and an incomplete list of equipment or an

incomplete schedule of services to be provided would be considered as a non-

responsive bid.

Remarks : Technical deviation statement of Annexure ‘V’



310

Sub Section 9

Drawing, Data and Documents



311

Drawings enclosed with the tender.

1. Tenderer should submit the proposed plant and machinery, equipment, layout as per

building layout plan of Khetri Plant.

2. Tenderer should submit the proposed pipe-line (steam, hard water, soft water,

condensate recovery, milk circuit etc. layout as per building layout plan of Khetri Plant.

3. Tenderer should submit fabrication drawing of equipment for approval from RCDF,

before start of fabrication.

4. Tenderer should submit foundation drawing of supplied equipment of Khetri Plant.

for approval from RCDF, before installation and commissioning of machinery.

5. Tenderer should submit electrical panel drawing, cable route drawing, electrical panel

layout drawing etc. For approval from RCDF, before start of installation and

commission of electrical cable, laying of cables etc.

6. Tenderer should submit the ETP drawing for approval from RCDF, before start of ETP

plant work.

7. Tenderer should submit the Refrigeration plant layout, fabrication drawing of IBT, PI

diagram defining dia of pipe line valves, controls, liquid flow, milk cold store layout

etc. for approval from RCDF, before start of fabrication of Refrigeration plant.

Kindly find enclosed herewith master plan of site and ground floor plan of Dairy Plant, Khetri.



312

Sub Section 10

Bidders Meetings



313

13.0 BIDDERS MEETINGS

13.1.1 This will be general meeting at which all purchasers of the tender document

may attend.

13.2 Bidders may also request technical discussions with the Dairy / clients project

team before the tender closing date. Subjects for discussion at the technical

meeting may include:

Project management

Technical clarifications

Scope of supply

Concept of the design

Processes

Equipment designs

Equipment suppliers

Automation

Plant management

Quality control

Existing equipment to be utilized in the job

Battery limits

Acceptable alternatives

This will be the only opportunity for bidders to discuss the project in detail with

Dairy before the commercial bid opening, and all technical matters should be

resolved at meetings.



314

RECOMMENDED MAKES OF MAJOR EQUIPMENT / BOUGHT OUT ITEMS

Sr

N

Description of Item Name of tenderer

1. Plate Heat Exchangers i.e. Milk Chiller,

Milk/Cream Pasteuriser,

HMT/GEA Ecoflex/Tetrapak/D-Laval/Alfa Laval/

IDMC/Dover India (Tranter)/Westfalia

2. Milk / Cream Separator Tetrapak/Alfa Laval/ Westfalia

3. SS fabricated items Milk Silo / HMST

Ghee Kettal / Weigh Bowel / Butter

Melting Wet / Paneer Press / CIP

System / Butter Trolley / Butter Ghee

Storage Tank / Ghee Settling Churn

Cream Tank

HMT/GEA Process Engineering (India) Ltd./Tetrapak/D-

Laval/Alfa Laval/ IDMC/ Westfalia/Swastik

Enterprises/Food & biotech/L&T/ SS Engineering

4. Automatic Form Fill & Ceiling machine

for milk

Nichrome/RMC/Samarpan

5. Automatic Form Fill & Ceiling machine

for ghee

Nichrome/RMC/Samarpan/Paper Products/Tetra pak

6. Oil Fired Boilers with accessories Forbes Marshal/Thermax

7. Water Softening Plant Forbes Marshal/Thermax/Ion Exchange

8. Refrigeration plant and allied item like

cold store, IBT etc.

Kirloskar/Frick India/GEA/Servotech

9. Reciprocating Ammoia compressor Kirloskar/Frick India

10. SS valves and fittings Swastika/IDMC/Sri Pumps & Fittings/Kspar

11. Curd Cup / Shrikkhad Cup Filling &

Ceiling machine

Space Electricals/RMC/Samarpan/Nichrome

12. Desil Generator Set Kirloskar/Cummins/Greaves/Mahendra & Mahindra/Eicher

13. Continuous Butter making machine HMT/GEA Process Engineer (India) Ltd./Tetrapak/ IDMC

14. Automation Rockwell Automation/Tata Honeywell/ Emersion/ IIM/

Siemens

15. Dock Automation REIL

16. Electronic Weigh Bridge Avery India/Mettler

17. Ghee Clarifier Tetra Pak/Penwalt/Alfa Lavel/Westfalia

18. Can scrubbers Chaddha Sales/Swastik/IDMC/Anand Dairy

machinery/BAAF/D-Mech/RPM Engineers

19. SS Pipes Apex Tubes/Bhandhari Foils & Tubes/Ratnaani/ Nika

Tubes/Heavy Metals

20. Air compressor Elgi/Ingersol Rand

21. SS Pumps IDMC/Swastik/Sri Pumps/HMT/Alfa Laval/Tetra

pak/Filtron/Fristam/Zeutec

22. Centrifugal fans ABB / FLAKT WOODS /AEROTECH / DUVENT/

ENGICON / RITZ / TLT / NADI / AIR CONTROL

23. Starter L&T/ ABB /SIEMENS / ALLEN BRADLEY / DANFOSS

24. Programmable Protection Relay MINILEC

25. Temperature / Pressure Transmitter E&H / ROSEMOUNT

26. RTD RADIX /PYROELETRIC / ALTOP / GIC / TOSHNIWAL

27. PID Controller YOKAGAVA / CHINO / FOXBORO / TATA

HONEYWELL/SIEMENS / ROSEMOUNT

28. Level Switch (float type for liquid &

vibrating fork type for powder)

E&H / ROSEMOUNT / P&F / HONEYWELL / TECHROL /

SB ELECTRONICS



315

29. Vortex / Magnetic Steam Flow meter FORBES MARSHALL / E&H / ROSEMOUNT /

YOKAGAWA / MANAS MICROSYSTEMS

30. Process Control Valve FORBS MARSHALL /SAMSON / ROSEMOUNT

31. Butterfly Valve SAMSON /DANFOSS / DEMBLA / AVCON / TOSHBRO /

FISHER XOMOX / MASONEILAN/AUDCO/CASTLE

32. Temperature sensors / digital indicator/

controller / recorder

YOKOGAWA / CHINO / TATA HONEYWELL / RADIX /

PYROTECH

33. Energy Monitor L&T / SIEMENS / ABB / ALLEN BRADLEY

34. Voltage / Current / Energy /

Power/factor Transducer

RISHABH / ENERCON

35. Printer HP/Canon

36. Automation System IIM / SIEMENS / ROCKWELL/ TATA HONEYWELL/

INVENSYS / EMERSION/ MELSS / TECHNOWEIGH

37. Electric Motors ABB / KIRLOSKAR / BHARAT BIJLEE / SIEMENS /

NGEF / CROMPTON GREAVES

38. Air Circuit Breaker L&T / SIEMENS / ABB / SCHNEIDER

39. MCCB, MPCB L&T / MDS-LEGRAND / SIEMENS / ABB / MERLIN

GERIN / GE / CROMPTON GREAVES

40. Contactors L&T / SIEMENS / ABB / SCHNEIDER

41. Starter, Overload Relays L&T / SIEMENS / ABB / SCHNEIDER

42. Timers (Electronic) L&T / SIEMENS / BCH / GE

43. Fuse Switch Units L&T / SIEMENS / ABB / SCHNEIDER / C&S/ GE

44. MCBs L&T-HAGER /SIEMENS/ MDS-LEGRAND / GE

45. Push Buttons TEKNIC / ESBEE / SIEMENS / GE / VAISHNO /

46. Indicating Lamps L&T / SIEMENS / VAISHNO / TEKNIC / BINAY

47. Digital Ammeter & Voltmeter L&T /ANERCON / HPL SOCOMEC / MECO

48. Analog Ammeter & Voltmeter RISHABH / IMP / MECO / AE

49. Digital Energy Meter L&T / ENERCON / HPL SOCOMEC / CADEL / AE

50. Analog Energy Meter GEC / UNIVERSAL / HAVE / JAIPUR

51. Power Factor Meter RISHABH / IMP / MECO / AE

52. Current Transformer KAPPA / MECO / AE / IMP / INDCOIL

53. LT Power Cables FINOLEX / FORT GLOSTER / CCI / INCAB / HAVELS

54. LT Copper Control Cables FINOLEX / FORT GLOSTER /CCI / RPG ASIAN / RR

KABELS (UNILAY) / LAPP KABEL/ HAVELS

55. Signal & Instrument cable POLYCAB / LAPP KABEL / THERMOPAD

56. Power Capacitors EPCOS / MOMAYA / MEHER / KHATAU JANKAR /

SIEMENS / UNISTAR

57. APFC Relay L&T / BELUKE / EPCOS / PHASITRON / MECO

58. Cable Tray INDIANA / MEK / SUNRISE / SUPER / PILCO

59. Isolating Switches L&T / SIEMENS / ABB / SCHNEIDER / C&S

60. HRC fuses L&T / SIEMENS / EE / C&S

61. IP 55 boxes for motor isolators, push

buttons, junction boxes etc.

HENSEL / HANSU

62. Terminal Blocks WAGO / LAPP INDIA / CONNECT WELL / ELMEX

63. Selector Switch L&T / KAYCEE / SALZER /

64. Cable Glands COMET / EX-PROTECTA / DOWELS / LAPP KABEL /

BRACKO

65. Programmable Protection Relay MINILEC

66. Servo Voltage Stabilizer SUVIK / APLAB / NEEL / KRYKARD

67. MS Pipes TATA / JINDAL / KALYANI / MST / ISMT

68. LP Steam / condensate Valves AUDCO / LEADER / BDK



316

69. Steam relief valve, traps & strainers SPIRAX / SAMSON / THERMAX

70. Expansion bend for steam line JN MARSHALL / MAZDA

71. Steam Pressure Reducing Valve SPIRAX

72. Air Compressor (Reciprocating) INGERSOLL RAND / ELGI / KIRLOSKAR

73. Cables Gloster/ Nicco/ Finolex /Universal / Cci /Rpg Havells/

74. Capacitors Mehir / Unistar

75. Energy meter L&T / Siemens / Enercon

76. Hoist Indef / Consolidated Hoist/

77. Level switch E&H / P&F / Waree

78. Milk / CIP Hoses Gayatri / Saint Gobain/ Pearl/ Sainath

79. Milk / CIP Pumps Fristum / Alfa Laval / GEA / IDMC

80. Motors ABB / Siemens / Crompton Greaves / Kirloskar

81. PRS JNM

82. Steam Flowmeter E&H / Rosemount / Yokagawa / Krone Marshall

83. Water pumps Grundfoss / Becon / Kirloskar / Jyoti

Note:- Bidder may supply Equivalent make subject to purchaser approval.



317



318



319



320